Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2010

Registration No. 333-168624

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



SEMILEDS CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  3674
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  20-2735523
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3F, No.11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site,
Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350,
Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.
+886-37-586788

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area
Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



National Corporate Research Ltd.
Process Agent
615 South DuPont Highway
Dover, DE 19901
1-(800)-483-1140

(Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



COPIES TO:

Mark J. Lee
Thomas H. Tobiason
Harold M. Yu

 

Jeffrey D. Saper
Steven V. Bernard
Eva H. Wang

ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP
43/F., Gloucester Tower, The Landmark
15 Queen's Road Central,
Hong Kong

 

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



                  If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

                  If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o  _______________

                  If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o  _______________

                  If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o  _______________

                  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered
  Proposed maximum aggregate offering price (1)(2)
  Amount of registration fee
 

Common Stock, par value $0.0000004 per share

  $172,500,000   $12,299.25 (3)

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover overallotments, if any.

(3)
Previously paid.

                   The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated                        , 2010.

PROSPECTUS

            Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



              This is SemiLEDs Corporation's initial public offering. We are selling            shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders are selling            shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders.

              We expect the public offering price to be between $            and $            per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "LEDS."

               Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.



 
 
Per Share
 
Total
 
Public offering price   $     $    
Underwriting discount   $     $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders   $     $    

              The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                shares from us, and up to an additional                shares from the selling stockholders, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

              Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

              The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2010.



BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays Capital   Jefferies & Company



Canaccord Genuity   Caris & Company, Inc.



The date of this prospectus is                        , 2010.


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

THE OFFERING

  7

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  10

RISK FACTORS

  12

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  43

USE OF PROCEEDS

  45

DIVIDEND POLICY

  45

CAPITALIZATION

  46

DILUTION

  48

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  50

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  53

INDUSTRY

  84

BUSINESS

  88

MANAGEMENT

  107

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  112

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

  126

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  130

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  133

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  137

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

  139

UNDERWRITING

  143

LEGAL MATTERS

  149

EXPERTS

  149

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  149

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1

              You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

              This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by us or any underwriter that would permit a public offering of our common stock or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering and sale of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

               This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

              We develop, manufacture and sell LED chips and LED components that we believe are among the industry leading LED products on both a lumens per watt and cost per lumen basis. Our products are used primarily for general lighting applications, including street lights and commercial, industrial and residential lighting. We sell blue, green and ultraviolet (UV) LED chips under our MvpLED brand, primarily to customers in China, Taiwan and other parts of Asia. We sell our LED chips to packaging customers or to distributors, who in turn sell to packagers. In addition, we package a portion of our LED chips into LED components which we sell to distributors and end-customers in select markets. For the year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, our revenues were $11.6 million and $24.3 million, respectively. We incurred a net loss of $3.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2009 and recorded net income of $5.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Given our historical net losses, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2009 include a footnote to the effect that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The going concern note does not take into account the receipt by us of the net proceeds of this offering.

              Our operations include both LED chip and LED component manufacturing. Utilizing our patented and proprietary technology, our manufacturing process begins by growing upon the surface of a sapphire wafer, or substrate, several very thin separate semiconductive crystalline layers of gallium nitride, or GaN, a process known as epitaxial growth, on top of which a mirror-like reflective silver layer is then deposited. After the subsequent addition of a copper alloy layer and finally the removal of the sapphire substrate, we further process this multiple-layered material to create individual LED chips. We also package a portion of these chips to create LED components.

              We have developed advanced capabilities and proprietary know-how in:

These technical capabilities and vertical structure enable us to produce LED chips that can provide efficacies of greater than 100 lumens per watt when packaged. We believe these capabilities and know-how also allow us to reduce our manufacturing costs and our dependence on sapphire, a costly raw material used in the production of sapphire-based LEDs. In addition, we believe these technologies will help facilitate our migration to larger wafer sizes.

              Our manufacturing operations are located in Taiwan. We intend to expand our manufacturing capabilities in Taiwan to meet the expected demand for our products. In addition, we have interests in

1


Table of Contents


three joint ventures in China, Malaysia and Taiwan, including a 49% ownership interest in Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd., or China SemiLEDs, which is based in Foshan, China. China SemiLEDs is in an early stage of development and has not yet commenced operations. China SemiLEDs has begun constructing manufacturing facilities which we expect to be operational after January 2011. When operational, it will manufacture and sell LED chips in China. We expect that a substantial portion of our future business in China will be conducted through China SemiLEDs and expect that our future results of operations will be significantly impacted by the performance of China SemiLEDs. Our joint venture entities in Taiwan and Malaysia are also in an early stage development. We do not expect such entities to have any substantial business or operations for at least the next 12 months.

Industry Background

              Light emitting diodes, or LEDs, are solid-state electronic components that emit light in a variety of brightness levels and colors. LEDs are increasingly used in a growing number of applications ranging from consumer electronics, such as backlighting for handsets, laptops and televisions, to general lighting, such as outdoor and indoor lighting.

              LEDs have recently begun penetrating the general lighting market, which includes applications for architectural, replacement lamp, retail display, commercial, industrial, outdoor area and residential uses. According to the Freedonia Group, an independent market research firm, the general lighting market, including sales of the light fixtures and bulbs, is estimated to be in excess of $100 billion.

              Currently LED lighting accounts for a small portion of the general lighting market. However, we believe that increased LED performance, reduced LED cost, growing awareness of the advantages of LEDs and government policies that discourage the use of some traditional lighting technologies and support LED adoption will continue to drive the adoption of LEDs in the general lighting market. LED lighting consists of the LED components, optics, heat sinks, power supplies and fixtures. An LED component is an LED chip that has been packaged. According to Strategies Unlimited, an independent market research firm, revenues attributable to LED components for general lighting applications were $665 million in 2009 and are estimated to grow to $4.3 billion by 2014, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 45%.

              However, to increase penetration of the general lighting market, LED chip and package manufacturers must continue to reduce the total cost of ownership of LED lighting. Total cost of ownership primarily includes: (i) the upfront cost of the LED device, which includes the LED chip costs and the cost of packaging the LED chips; (ii) the lifetime energy cost; and (iii) the frequency of replacement, which is in part a function of the product lifespan. Although energy cost and lifespan tend to favor LED lighting over some traditional lighting technologies, currently the upfront cost of an LED device is significantly higher than that of traditional lighting technologies.

Our Strengths

              We believe that the following strengths will enable us to compete effectively and to capitalize on the expected growth of the LED general lighting market:

2


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

              Our goal is to be the leading developer and manufacturer of LED chips and LED components that meet the performance requirements demanded by LED lighting customers, while providing the best value proposition on both a lumens per watt and cost per lumen basis. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

3


Table of Contents

Risks Associated With Our Business

              We believe the following are some of the major challenges, risks and uncertainties that may materially affect us:

4


Table of Contents

              In addition, our industry is characterized by frequent intellectual property litigation. We seek to minimize the risk of litigation, and the potential significant costs and diversion of our management's attention that can accompany litigation, by marketing certain of our products in countries in which we believe the enforcement of intellectual property rights has been more limited. Although this strategy correspondingly exposes us to the risk that our intellectual property rights will not be protected, we believe that the benefit to us of minimizing the risk of litigation sufficiently offsets the risk that our intellectual property rights in these countries may not be fully enforced.

Corporate Information and Structure

              We were incorporated in Delaware on January 4, 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 3F, No.11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C. Our telephone number is +886-37-586788. Our website address is www.semileds.com . The information on or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus.

              We are a holding company for various wholly owned subsidiaries and holdings in joint ventures. Our most significant subsidiary is our wholly owned operating subsidiary, SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., or Taiwan SemiLEDs, where substantially all of our assets are held and our operations are located. Taiwan SemiLEDs owns a 100% equity interest in Silicon Base Development, Inc., or SBDI. SBDI packages LED chips into LED components. We also sell a majority of our LED components through the Taiwan branch office of Helios Crew Corporation, or Helios Crew, our wholly owned Delaware subsidiary.

              We have a 49% interest in China SemiLEDs, a joint venture entity that was established in China in January 2010 to manufacture and sell LED chips. China SemiLEDs, which is in an early development stage and has not yet commenced operations, has begun constructing manufacturing facilities which we expect to be operational after January 2011. We also own a 50% interest in SILQ, a joint venture in Malaysia, and a 49% interest in SS Optoelectronics, a joint venture in Taiwan. Each of our three joint ventures, China SemiLEDs, SILQ and SS Optoelectronics, is an unconsolidated entity that is still in an early development stage and has not had any material operations to date. Such entities are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, and as such, we recognize our portion of the net income or loss from such entities under income (loss) from unconsolidated entities.

5


Table of Contents

              The following chart illustrates our corporate structure and our joint venture entities:

 
   
    GRAPHIC

(1)
Has not commenced operations.

(2)
Has not had material operations to date.

6


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us. 

                     shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                     shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

Overallotment option

  The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                   additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders to cover overallotments. Of the shares subject to the option,                   shares would be sold by us, and                   shares would be sold by the selling stockholders. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of the prospectus.

Use of proceeds

  We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering principally as follows:

 

•        approximately $         million to expand production capacity in Taiwan, including to (i) purchase additional manufacturing space and build out existing space that we already own in the building in Hsinchu that houses our existing manufacturing facilities and administrative offices, (ii) purchase three additional reactors that are expected to be delivered by the end of December 2010, and (iii) purchase additional manufacturing equipment, including reactors, as well as hire additional employees in the next 12 months;

 

•        approximately $         million to build a test line and for research and development expenses related to LED chip production based on 6" wafers; and

 

•        the balance of the net proceeds from this offering to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures.

  We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses or to obtain rights to such complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. There are no agreements, understandings or commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment at this time.

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

7


Table of Contents

Directed share program

  At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                   shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Risk factors

  Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

  "LEDS"

              The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 293,588,236 shares outstanding as of May 31, 2010, and excludes:

              Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

              Unless the context otherwise requires in this prospectus, "we," "us," "our company," "our," and "SemiLEDs" refer collectively to SemiLEDs Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries; "China" or "PRC" refers to the People's Republic of China, excluding Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau; "Korea"

8


Table of Contents


refers to the Republic of Korea; "$" or "U.S. dollars" refers to the legal currency of the United States; "NT dollars" refers to New Taiwan dollars, the legal currency of Taiwan; "RMB" or "Renminbi" refers to the legal currency of China; and convertible preferred stock refers collectively to our Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock.

              This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB and NT dollar amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates. All translations from RMB and NT dollars to U.S. dollars were made at the noon buying rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of RMB and NT dollars into U.S. dollars have been made at the noon buying rate in effect on May 28, 2010, which was RMB6.83 to US$1.00 and NT$32.00 to US$1.00. We make no representation that the RMB, NT dollar or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars, RMB or NT dollars, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On July 30, 2010, the noon buying rates were RMB6.77 to US$1.00 and NT$31.95 to US$1.00.

9


Table of Contents


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

              The following tables summarize the consolidated financial data for our business. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

              We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future periods.

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended
May 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations:

                               

Revenues, net

  $ 6,860   $ 14,749   $ 11,551   $ 7,010   $ 24,275  

Cost of revenues (1)

    4,484     11,681     11,019     6,536     14,230  
                       
 

Gross profit

    2,376     3,068     532     474     10,045  
                       

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Research and development (1)

    902     1,935     2,452     1,591     1,490  
 

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    1,704     2,320     2,568     1,600     2,244  
                       
   

Total operating expenses

    2,606     4,255     5,020     3,191     3,734  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (230 )   (1,187 )   (4,488 )   (2,717 )   6,311  

Other income (expense):

                               
 

Loss from unconsolidated entities (2)

                    (169 )
 

Interest income (expense), net

    97     41     215     209     (21 )
 

Other income, net

        37              
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    234     295     580     424     (325 )
                       
   

Total other income (expense), net

    331     373     795     633     (515 )
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    101     (814 )   (3,693 )   (2,084 )   5,796  

Provision for income taxes

                    271  
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 101   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 5,525  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stock:

                               
 

Basic

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 460  
                       
 

Diluted

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 487  
                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                       
 

Diluted

  $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                       

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock:

                               
 

Basic

    57,342,749     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     98,029,563  
 

Diluted

    57,892,748     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     107,899,182  

10


Table of Contents


 
  As of May 31, 2010 (3)
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
  (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

 
$

14,157
 
$

14,157
 

$      

Working capital (4)

   
23,725
   
23,725
   

Total assets

   
76,307
   
76,307
   

Long-term debt, net of current portion (5)

   
3,964
   
3,964
 

      

Total stockholders' equity

 
$

65,867
 
$

65,867
 

$      


(1)
Stock-based compensation expenses are included in our cost of revenues, research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses as follows:

   
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended
May 31,
 
   
  2007   2008   2009   2010  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Stock-based compensation expenses included in:

                         
   

Cost of revenues

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

29
 
   

Research and development

   
   
   
   
18
 
   

Selling, general and administrative

   
3
   
8
   
16
   
53
 
                     
     

Total stock-based compensation expenses

  $ 3   $ 8   $ 16   $ 100  
                     
(2)
Includes our proportionate share of loss from our unconsolidated joint venture entities, including China SemiLEDs. Our investments in these entities are initially stated at cost on our consolidated balance sheets and adjusted for our portion of equity in these investees' income or loss.

(3)
Our consolidated balance sheet data as of May 31, 2010 is presented:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of 5,859,950 Class B common stock into Class A common stock and the conversion of 192,064,223 shares of convertible preferred stock, which represents all of the issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments stated above and the sale by us of             shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at the initial public offering price of $            per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(4)
Working capital represents short-term assets less short-term liabilities.

(5)
Long-term debt includes long-term notes with a maturity of greater than 12 months.

11


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

               An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially and adversely affected by any of the risks set forth herein as well as other risks not currently known to us. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history which makes it difficult for you to evaluate our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects and which impairs our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

              We were incorporated in January 2005 and our first sales of LED chips occurred in November 2005. Our revenue to date has not been significant and we have only recently generated net income. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving nature of the LED industry in which we compete, may not provide an adequate basis for you to evaluate our operating and financial results and business prospects. In addition, we only have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely affect our business, prospects and our operating results. As such, our limited operating history may impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We have incurred net losses and although we have recorded moderate net income in recent periods, we may again incur net losses in the future and no assurance can be given that we will be able to maintain our recent revenue and net income growth.

              We incurred net losses of $0.8 million and $3.7 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and we recorded only moderate net income of $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007. As a result, our financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2009 include a note that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, which note does not give effect to the receipt by us of the net proceeds of this offering. As of May 31, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of $4.2 million. Although we recorded net income of $5.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, no assurance can be given that we can maintain such profitability and we may incur substantial net losses in the future. Our revenue and net income may decline for a variety of reasons, some of which are described elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section and are beyond our control. You should not rely on the revenue or net income growth of any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future performance. In the past, we have experienced revenue declines and incurred increased net losses. If our future growth fails to meet investor or analyst expectations, it could have a severe adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the sale of our LED chips. Our inability to grow or maintain our revenues generated from the sales of LED chips would have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operation.

              A substantial portion of our revenues to date have been derived from the sale of LED chips, our core product. Revenues attributable to the sale of our LED chips represented 94.6%, 88.0%, 77.6% and 78.8% of our revenues in the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively. Revenues attributable to the sale of our LED components represented substantially all of the remaining portion of our revenues for those periods. We expect to continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the sale of LED chips for the foreseeable

12


Table of Contents


future. As such, the continued market acceptance of our LED chips is critical to our continued success, and our inability to grow or maintain our revenues generated from the sales of LED chips would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If LEDs fail to achieve widespread adoption in the general lighting market, or if alternative technologies gain market acceptance, our prospects will be materially adversely impacted and we may be unable to maintain our profitability.

              Our products are primarily sold for use in LED general lighting applications. Our financial condition, results of operations and prospects substantially depend on increased market acceptance of LEDs in general lighting globally, and in particular in Asia. Although LED lighting has grown rapidly in recent years, adoption of LEDs for general lighting has only recently begun, is still limited and faces significant challenges.

              If LED lighting does not achieve widespread acceptance and adoption, or if demand for LED products does not grow as we anticipate, our revenues may decline and our prospects for growth and profitability will be limited. Moreover, if existing sources of light other than LED devices, such as organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), achieve adoption, or if new sources of light are developed, our current products and technologies could become less competitive or obsolete.

              Potential customers for LED general lighting systems may not adopt LED lighting as an alternative to traditional lighting technology because of LEDs' higher upfront cost. In addition, manufacturers of general lighting systems may have substantial investments and know-how related to their existing lighting technologies, such as traditional incandescent, fluorescent, halogen and high intensity discharge, or HID, lighting devices, and may perceive risks relating to the complexity, reliability, quality, usefulness and cost-effectiveness of LED products. Incumbents in the light fixture industry may view LEDs as a threat and disfavor them. Even if LED lighting continues to achieve performance improvements and cost reductions, limited customer awareness of the benefits of LEDs, lack of widely accepted standards governing LED lighting and customer unwillingness to adopt LEDs in favor of entrenched solutions could significantly limit the demand for LED products. Additional factors that may limit the adoption of LEDs for general lighting include, among others:

We operate in highly competitive markets that are characterized by rapid technological changes and declining average selling prices. Competitive pressures from existing and new companies may harm our business and operating results.

              Competition in the markets for LED products is intense, and we expect that competition will continue to increase. Increased competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

              We compete with many LED chip manufacturers and, to a lesser extent, LED packaging manufacturers. With respect to our LED chips and LED components, we primarily compete with Citizen Electronics Co., Ltd., Cree, Inc., Epistar Corporation, Everlight Electronics Co., Ltd., Nichia

13


Table of Contents


Corporation, Philips (Lumileds), Siemens (Osram), Showa Denko K.K., or Showa Denko, and Toyoda Gosei Co., Ltd., or Toyoda Gosei. We have a number of competitors that compete directly with us and are much larger than us, including, among others, Cree, Inc., Epistar Corporation, Nichia Corporation, Philips (Lumileds), and Siemens (Osram). Several substantially larger companies, such as Philips (Lumileds), Siemens (Osram) and Toyoda Gosei, compete against us with a relatively small segment of their overall business. In addition, several large and well-capitalized semiconductor companies, such as Micron Technology, Inc., Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., Sharp Ltd. and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., have recently announced their plans to enter into the LED chip and lighting market. These potential competitors have extensive experience in developing semiconductor chips, which is similar to the manufacturing process for LED chips. We are also aware of a number of well-funded private companies that are developing competing products. We will also compete with numerous smaller companies entering the market, some of whom may receive significant government incentives and subsidies pursuant to government programs designed to encourage the use of LED lighting and to establish LED-sector companies. For example, Korea has programs to encourage the use of LED lighting and to establish LED-sector companies, which could result in new competitors.

              Our existing and potential competitors may have a number of significant advantages over us, including greater financial, technical, managerial, marketing, distribution and other resources, more long-standing and established relationships with our existing and potential customers, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and greater government incentives and support. In addition, some of our competitors have been in operation much longer than we have and therefore may have more long-standing and established relationships with our current and potential customers.

              We compete primarily on the basis of our products' performance, price, quality, and reliability and on our ability to customize products to meet customer needs. However, our competitors may be able to develop more competitive products, respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies, or bring new products to the market earlier. Any failure to respond to increased competition in a timely or cost-effective manner could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospects.

The market for LEDs has historically been, and we expect will continue to be, highly volatile, which could harm our business and result in significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock.

              Fluctuations in supply and demand for LEDs pose serious risks to our prospects, business and results of operations. Our industry, akin to the semiconductor industry, is highly cyclical and characterized by rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence, declining average selling prices and wide fluctuations in supply and demand. Our industry's cyclicality results from a complex set of factors, including, but not limited to:

              As market demand increases, if we are not able to increase our capacity or if we experience delays or unforeseen costs associated with increasing our capacity levels, we may not be able to achieve our financial targets. Alternatively, as market demand decreases or as market supply surpasses demand, we may not be able to reduce manufacturing expenses or overhead costs proportionately. We believe that many of our competitors are, like us, adding MOCVD reactors and related equipment to increase manufacturing capacity. We expect a significant number of MOCVD reactors and related equipment will come on line in the next 12 months and increase LED chip supply. If the expected increase in supply outpaces any increases in future market demand, or if demand decreases, the resulting

14


Table of Contents


oversupply could adversely impact our sales and cause us to reduce our prices, which would lower our margins and adversely impact our financial results.

We may be exposed to intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims by third parties, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

              Trademark, patent, copyright and other intellectual property rights are critical to our business and the business of our competitors. Our industry is characterized by frequent intellectual property litigation involving patents, trade secrets, copyrights, and mask designs among others. Competitors of ours and other third parties have in the past and will likely from time to time in the future allege that our products infringe on their intellectual property rights. Other companies, including our primary competitors, have been for several years, and continue to be, devoting substantially greater resources than us in filing for and obtaining patents that potentially affect many aspects of our LED chips and LED components and our business. Any intellectual property claim against us, regardless of the validity or outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation and competitive position. The risk that an infringement claim, with or without merit, will be asserted against us will increase as our visibility within the LED market increases as a result of this offering.

              Litigation to determine the validity and scope of any claim against us for infringement, mis-appropriation, mis-use or other violation of third-party intellectual property rights can be highly uncertain because of the complex scientific, legal and factual questions and analyses involved. Defending against any intellectual property infringement claims would likely result in costly litigation, diversion of the attention and efforts of our technical and management personnel or the inability to manufacture, use or sell products found to be infringing. As a result of any such dispute, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, pay substantial damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements to use third-party technology, cease selling certain products, adjust our marketing and advertising activities or take other actions to resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain sufficient rights or develop non-infringing intellectual property or otherwise alter our business practices on a timely basis, our business and competitive position may be adversely affected.

              The intellectual property rights related to packaging LEDs with phosphors to make white light LED components are particularly complex and characterized by aggressive enforcement of those rights. Many of our competitors and other third parties hold patents or licenses or cross-licenses that relate to phosphors and the use of phosphors in LED packages to make white light LED components. We have sought to minimize the risk that one of our competitors or another third party will assert a claim related to our packaged LED components by marketing these products only in certain countries in which we believe enforcement of intellectual property rights has historically been more limited. We cannot assure you that our belief with respect to the enforcement of rights within those markets is accurate. In addition, if the products we sell in a particular country are subsequently shipped or resold to another country, the intellectual property laws of the country of final destination may also apply to our products. Further, we may be subject to claims if our packaging customers for our LED chips lack sufficient intellectual property rights with respect to their packaging process and related packaging materials. We cannot assure you that our competitors or others will not claim that our LED chips or our LED components infringe their intellectual property rights or that, if such claims are made, we will be able to successfully dispute such claims.

              In August 2009, Gertrude F. Neumark Rothschild, a retired professor from the United States, filed a complaint with the Intellectual Property Court in Taiwan against us and seven other companies, asserting that the production process we use to manufacture our LED chips infringes her patent in Taiwan. In the complaint, Ms. Rothschild seeks monetary damages and an injunction against future infringement. She alleges that we and Mr. Trung T. Doan, our chief executive officer, are jointly and severally liable. On June 30, 2010, the complaint was dismissed by the court and on July 30, 2010,

15


Table of Contents


Ms. Rothschild appealed the decision. We believe the patent in suit is invalid and has expired, among other defenses that we have asserted. Nevertheless, if such an injunction were issued by the court and we were unable to change our manufacturing processes and products to avoid infringement of the patent in suit, the injunction could prevent us from selling our products and meeting our supply obligations. In addition, Ms. Rothschild is seeking initial monetary damages of NT33.0 million ($1.0 million), although the ultimate amount of the damages if she were to prevail on appeal is unpredictable and has not yet been determined. In addition, in May 2010, Bluestone Innovations Texas LLC filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Osram GmbH, a major German lighting systems manufacturer, as well as other major players in the LED industry. The complaint also named SemiLEDs as a defendant. Bluestone alleged infringement of a U.S. patent and sought injunctive relief and damages. In August 2010, Bluestone filed an amended complaint. Although we are no longer named as a defendant in the amended complaint, there can be no assurance that Bluestone will not name us as a defendant in any future complaints, or that we will be successful in our defense against any future infringement allegation brought by Bluestone. See "Business—Legal Proceedings."

Intellectual property claims against our customers, including our distributor customers, could subject us to significant costs and materially damage our business and reputation.

              From time to time, third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers with respect to our customers' products that incorporate our technologies or products, and any unfavorable result could impair such customers' continued demand for our products. For example, Nichia Corporation, or Nichia, filed a lawsuit in Japan against a Japanese subsidiary of Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd., or Seoul Semiconductor, which is one of our customers, and another lawsuit in Korea against Seoul Semiconductor. In those two lawsuits, Nichia asserted that our LED chips infringed two patents in Japan and one in Korea. While we were not named as a defendant in either of those lawsuits, we intervened as independent or supplementary parties. Although the Japanese lawsuit was settled, it is still possible for Nichia to file a new lawsuit on the two patents originally at issue in the action in Japan. In addition, although the Korean district court found the patent at issue to be invalid, Nichia's subsequent appeal and Seoul Semiconductor's related invalidation action were both withdrawn after the parties entered into a cross-licensing agreement. As such, the invalidity finding by the district court was vacated.

              Furthermore, some of our distribution agreements require us to defend and indemnify our distributor customers in the event that they are sued by third parties for intellectual property infringement claims involving the sale or use of our products. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in defending these claims. Our indemnification obligations could increase the cost to us of an adverse ruling in any such action.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our operating results for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

              Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past. However, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, those fluctuations may be masked by our recent growth rates and as a result may not be readily apparent from our historical operating results. As such, our past quarterly operating results may not be good indicators of future performance.

              In addition to the other risks described in this "Risk Factors" section, the following factors could cause our operating results to fluctuate:

16


Table of Contents

For these or other reasons, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance, and our actual revenue and operating results in future quarters may fall short of the expectations of investors and financial analysts, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We may not be able to effectively expand production capacity or do so in a timely or cost-effective manner, which could prevent us from achieving increased sales, margins and market share.

              We plan to continue to expand production capacity at Taiwan SemiLEDs' manufacturing facilities. In addition, our strategy to capitalize on the potential growth of the LED market in China includes China SemiLEDs. China SemiLEDs is currently constructing manufacturing facilities in Foshan, China and is not yet operational. There are many events that could delay, prevent or impact our ability to increase our capacity in accordance with our plans, or otherwise increase our costs, including shortages or late delivery of building materials and facility equipment, delays in governmental approval, consents, licenses, permits and certifications, labor disputes, availability of space for further build-out or earthquakes or other natural disasters, among others.

              Any unanticipated delays in completion of planned expanded facilities at Taiwan SemiLEDs or China SemiLEDs or cost overruns may result in a loss of customers and will have a negative impact on our and China SemiLEDs' reputation.

              Upgrading or expanding existing facilities could also result in manufacturing problems that reduce our yields. For example, in the third fiscal quarter of 2009, we suffered a temporary decrease in our yields after we moved our manufacturing facilities in Taiwan to a new location to increase manufacturing capacity. Yields and utilization rates below our target levels could negatively impact our gross profit.

              Our plan to expand production capacity requires a significant amount of fixed cost as it will require us to add and purchase manufacturing lines, equipment and additional raw materials and other supplies. If we are not able to recoup these costs through increased sales and profits, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We may have difficulty managing our future growth and the associated increased scale of our operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

              We have experienced a period of significant growth over the past few years and expect to continue to expand our business and operations. Since our inception in 2005, our revenues grew from $0.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2006 to $11.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2009 and $24.3 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. However, we incurred a net loss of $4.3 million and $3.7 million for the years ended August 31, 2006 and 2009, respectively, and recorded a net income of $5.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. In addition, China SemiLEDs will have to complete the build-out of the manufacturing facilities, purchase equipment and hire technical and managerial personnel, install LED chip manufacturing lines, install financial and administrative equipment and software and commence operations and begin to market and sell products.

17


Table of Contents

              Our future expansion plans, in particular those in China, may place a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, technological and financial resources. In order to manage our growth, we must continue to hire, recruit and manage our workforce effectively as well as implement adequate controls and reporting systems and procedures in a timely manner. If we fail to manage our growth, we may encounter, among other things, delays in production and operational difficulties. Moreover, additional capital investments will increase our cost base, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls by offsetting expense reductions in the short term.

              In order to effectively support our growth and meet customer demand, we must also continue to:

              If we are unable to effectively manage our growth and the associated increased scale of our operations, our financial results, financial condition, business or prospects could be harmed significantly.

Sales of our products are concentrated in Asia, particularly in China and in Taiwan. Adverse developments in these markets could have a material and disproportionate impact on us.

              Our revenues are highly concentrated in markets in Asia, particularly in China and Taiwan. Revenues generated from sales of our LED chips and LED components to China (including Hong Kong) accounted for 23.2%, 47.2% and 41.6% of our revenues for the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively, and revenues generated from sales of our LED chips and LED components to Taiwan accounted for 42.2%, 31.8% and 41.3% of our revenues for the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively. As a result of our revenue concentration in these two markets, economic downturns, changes in governmental policies and increased competition in China or Taiwan could have a material and disproportionate impact on our revenues, operating results, business and prospects.

We may not succeed in cost-effectively producing LED chips using larger wafer sizes.

              We expect to have to continually develop new technologies that allow us to produce LED chips using larger wafer sizes. Larger wafer sizes enable us to improve our production capacity, which can reduce the per-unit costs of our products and allow us to compete more effectively against companies that already possess or are developing such technologies. We are currently producing chips based on 2.5" wafer sizes. Although we have plans to migrate to commercial production based on 4" wafers and to commence research and development or testing for the manufacture of 6" wafers in the next 12 months, we do not have any experience in the commercial production of LED chips using 4" and 6" wafers.

              Larger wafers are significantly more expensive to manufacture than smaller wafers and generally have physical attributes and properties that make it materially more difficult to process efficiently for the manufacture of LED chips with yield and consistency that may not justify the high cost of the wafer. While we have invested and will continue to invest in process technologies and know-how to manufacture LED chips using 4" wafers and we expect to commence research and

18


Table of Contents


development to manufacture chips using 6" wafers, no assurance can be given that we will be successful in doing so. Even if we develop the technology and know-how necessary to successfully manufacture LED chips using larger wafer sizes, there could be shortages of MOCVD reactors that are capable of producing LED chips on these larger wafer sizes. For example, there are currently very few suppliers that manufacture MOCVD reactors capable of producing LED chips on 4" or greater size wafers. Several of our competitors, such as Cree, Inc., Philips (Lumileds) and Siemens (Osram), have begun manufacturing LED chips based on 4" wafers. If we are unable to cost-effectively migrate to larger wafer sizes, or if these and other manufacturers succeed in developing cost-effective 4" and 6" wafer technology before we do, our financial condition, results of operations, competitiveness and prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

Variations in our production yields and limitations in the amount of process improvements we can implement could impact our ability to reduce costs and could cause our margins to decline and our operating results could suffer.

              Our products are manufactured using technologies that are highly complex. The number of usable chips, or yield, from our production processes may fluctuate as a result of many factors, including but not limited to the following:

              Introduction of new products and manufacturing processes are often characterized by lower yields in the initial commercialization stage. LED chip and component manufacturing is complicated and consists of many layers of complex materials that must interact with each other. In addition, when we introduce new products and processes we often use new chemical solutions and chemical compounds which we have less experience with. We must analyze how the various solutions, compounds and layers of materials interact with each other and perform as parts of the LED chip structure. It takes time for us to analyze the data from our initial manufacturing runs and optimize our processes, and over time we generally achieve higher yield rates as we gain more experience with the product or processes. In the past, we have experienced difficulties in achieving acceptable yields when introducing new products or new manufacturing processes, which has adversely affected our operating results. For example, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2010, we introduced a high-performance LED chip product using a different design with a larger chip size, which required us to modify certain aspects of our manufacturing process to achieve optimal sizing and alignment of various layers, which are critical steps in our manufacturing process. During the early stages of introducing this product, sub-optimal parameters employed in our manufacturing process caused us to experience yields lower than those of our mature products. Over time, we improved these parameters, such as the sizing and alignment of various layers, and were able to improve our yield on this high-performance product. We may experience similar problems in the future, and we cannot predict when they may occur or the severity of such difficulties and the impact on our business.

              In some instances, we may offer products for future delivery at prices based on planned yield improvements or increased cost efficiencies from other production advances. Failure to achieve these planned improvements or advances could significantly affect our margins and operating results.

19


Table of Contents


If we are unable to implement our product innovation strategy effectively, our business and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

              As part of our growth strategy, we plan to continue to be innovative in product design, to deliver new products and improve our manufacturing efficiencies. In particular, as the LED industry develops and technical specifications and market standards change, we must continue to innovate and develop competitive products that are accepted by the marketplace. Our existing or potential customers could develop, or acquire companies that develop, products or technologies that may render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. Our continued success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new, technologically advanced and lower cost products, such as more efficient, higher brightness LED chips. If we are unable to achieve technological breakthroughs, introduce new products that are commercially viable and meet rapidly evolving customer requirements, and keep pace with evolving technological standards and market development, we may experience reduced market share and our ability to compete may be adversely impacted. If we are unable to execute our product innovation strategy effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities as they arise, execute our business plan or respond to competition.

We may not be successful in expanding our sales of LED components in certain markets, and some of our packaging customers may reduce orders if they perceive us as competing with them.

              We have recently expanded our sales of LED components and plan to continue to focus on increasing such sales in the future. As we continue to expand our LED components business, some of our packaging customers may perceive us as a competitor and may reduce or cease purchasing our LED chips. If such reduction in orders occurs faster than our growth in our LED components business or if future demand for these products does not grow, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

              In addition, we face challenges in further expanding our LED components business because it involves processes and technologies that are significantly different from our manufacturing processes for LED chips, which has been our core product to date. For example, we are developing advanced level LED component techniques, such as wafer level packaging, which is in early stages of development. We have not yet produced wafer level packaging commercially or in any significant volumes, and may not be able to do so. If we are not able to further develop our LED components business or if competitors create or adopt more advanced packaging technologies than ours, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

              In addition, the intellectual property rights related to LED components are particularly complex and characterized by aggressive enforcement of those rights. To minimize the likelihood that one of our competitors or another third party will assert a claim, regardless of the merit, related to our LED components, we have sought to market these products only in certain countries in which we believe enforcement of intellectual property rights has historically been more limited. As a result, sales of our LED components have been limited to selected markets such as China, Taiwan, Russia and Malaysia. We do not currently sell our LED components in all countries that meet, what we believe to be, an acceptable litigation risk profile. We currently believe that countries such as Mexico, South Africa and Vietnam also meet our litigation risk profile for the sale of our LED components. However, we may not be able to identify additional countries that we find to be suitable markets for these products. In addition, if the countries in which we currently sell our LED components increase their enforcement of intellectual property rights, the risk of litigation would materially increase and our ability to continue to sell our LED components in our current markets may be materially adversely affected. Sales of our LED components and our other products may also be limited in the event that they are subsequently shipped or otherwise resold in a country, and a claim is brought against us or our customer pursuant to the intellectual property laws of the country of final destination.

20


Table of Contents


We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers and generally do not enter into long-term customer contracts. The loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by, one or more of these customers could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

              We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of customers. For the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, our top ten customers represented 77.7%, 73.0% and 57.3% of our revenues, respectively, and 63.8% for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Some of our largest customers have changed from year to year primarily as a result of our limited operating history, rapid growth, broadening customer base, and the timing of discrete, large project-based purchases. In addition, for the year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, sales to Shenzhen Noah OPT-ELE Co., Ltd., or Shenzhen Noah, accounted for 32.2% and 25.6%, respectively, of our revenues. Shenzhen Noah, a distributor customer, purchases products from us through one-time purchase orders and does not have any long-term purchase commitments. For the year ended August 31, 2008, sales to our three largest customers, Lumens Semiconductor Lighting, or Lumens, Shenzhen Noah and Intematix Corporation, or Intematix, accounted for 22.3%, 21.8% and 10.2%, respectively, of our total revenues. For the year ended August 31, 2007, sales to our three largest customers, Shenzhen Noah, Dominant Semiconductors Sdn Bhd, or Dominant, and Intematix, accounted for 24.9%, 10.4% and 10.1%, respectively, of our total revenues.

              The sales cycle from initial contact to confirmed orders with our customers is typically long and unpredictable. We typically enter into individual purchase orders with large customers, which can be altered, reduced or cancelled with little or no notice to us. We do not generally enter into long-term commitment contracts with our customers. As such, these customers may alter their purchasing behavior and reduce or cancel orders with little or no notice to us. Consequently, any one of the following events may cause material fluctuations or declines in our revenues:

We rely on certain key personnel. The loss of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, assimilate and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future, could harm our business.

              Our future success depends on the continued service and performance of our key personnel, including in particular Trung T. Doan, our chief executive officer, and Dr. Anh Chuong Tran, our chief operating officer. We do not maintain key man insurance on any of our officers or key employees.

              If any of Mr. Doan, Dr. Tran or others of our key personnel were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them readily or on terms that are reasonable, if at all. As such, the loss of Mr. Doan, Dr. Tran or other key personnel, including other key members of our management team and certain of our key marketing, sales, product development or technology personnel, could significantly disrupt our operations and prevent the timely achievement of our development strategies and growth, which would likely have an adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and prospects. Moreover, we may lose some of our customers if any of our officers or key employees were to join a competitor or form a competing company. The loss of the services of our senior management for any reason could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

              In addition, competition for experienced employees in our industry can be intense, and we may not be successful in recruiting, motivating or retaining sufficiently qualified personnel on terms that are reasonable, or at all. In particular, China SemiLEDs may face difficulties recruiting and retaining suitable employees in sufficient numbers and it may need to invest significant time and resources to

21


Table of Contents


train personnel to perform the necessary manufacturing, senior management and administrative functions.

The marketing and distribution efforts of our third-party distributors may not be effective, which could negatively affect our ability to expand our business outside of Taiwan and China and damage our brand reputation.

              We market and sell our products through third-party distributors in certain markets such as China, Japan and South Korea. For the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, 40.0%, 54.8% and 45.5% of our revenues were from sales to distributors. We rely on these distributors to service end-customers, and our failure to maintain strong working relationships with such distributors could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and revenues from such countries and damage our brand reputation.

              We do not control the activities of our distributors with respect to the marketing and sales of and customer service support for our products. Therefore, the reputation and performance of our distributors and the ability and willingness of our distributors to sell our products, uphold our brand reputation for quality, by providing, for example, high quality service and pre- and post-sales support, and their ability to expand their businesses and their sales channels are essential to the future growth of our business and has a direct and material impact on our sales and profitability in such jurisdictions. Also, as with our individual customers, we do not have long-term purchase commitments from our distributor customers, and they can therefore generally cancel, modify or reduce orders with little or no notice to us. As a result, any reductions or delays in, or cancellations of, orders from any of our distributors may have a negative impact on our sales and budgeting process.

              In addition, we have entered and may from time to time enter into exclusivity or other restrictions or arrangements of a similar nature as part of our agreements with our distributors. For example, we entered into a distribution agreement with Nanoteco Corp., or Nanoteco, in December 2006, pursuant to which we have appointed Nanoteco as the exclusive distributor of our LED chips to specified customers. The distribution agreement with Nanoteco was originally effective for a term of two years and, in accordance with the agreement, has been automatically extended every December for additional one year terms. The agreement may be terminated at either party's discretion with 60 days' prior written notice and may be terminated for cause immediately upon written notice. We also entered into a collaboration and distribution agreement with Intematix in April 2007, pursuant to which we have appointed Intematix as the exclusive distributor of our LED chips and related products to certain approved customers within China. The distribution agreement with Intematix was originally effective for a term of three years and, in accordance with the agreement, has been automatically extended every April for additional one year terms. The agreement may be terminated at either party's discretion with 60 days' prior written notice and may be terminated for cause immediately upon written notice. Such restrictions or arrangements may significantly hinder our ability to sell additional products, or enter into agreements with new or existing customers or distributors that plan to sell our products, in certain markets, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              Moreover, we may not be able to compete successfully against those of our competitors who have greater financial resources and are able to provide better incentives to distributors, which may result in reduced sales of our products or the loss of our distributors. The loss of any key distributor may force us to seek replacement distributors, and any resulting delay may be disruptive and costly.

22


Table of Contents


We are highly dependent on our customers' ability to produce and sell products incorporating our LED products. If our customers are not successful, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

              Our customers incorporate our LED products into their products. As such, demand for our products is dependent on demand for our customers' end-products that incorporate our LED products and our customers' ability to sell these products. The general lighting market has only recently begun to develop and adopt standards for fixtures that incorporate LED devices. If the end-customers for our products are unable to manufacture fixtures that meet these standards, our customers' sales, and consequently our sales, will suffer.

              With respect to our LED chips, substantially all of our sales are to packagers or distributors, who in turn sell to packagers, a substantial portion of which is used in LED general lighting applications. Our packaging customers package our LED chips and sell the packaged product to distributors or end-customers such as lighting fixture manufacturers. Our distributors resell our LED chips either to packagers or to end-customers. General lighting applications typically require white lighting whereas we typically sell blue chips or chips with other non-white color characteristics. Therefore, our customers coat our LED chips with an appropriately colored phosphor that converts the LED light emission into the desired color. Sales of our LED chips are highly dependent upon our customers' ability to procure high quality phosphors, develop high quality and highly efficient white LED components and obtain the necessary intellectual property rights, such as the rights to use various phosphors. Even if our customers are able to develop competitive white LED components using our LED chips, there can be no assurance that our customers will be successful in the marketplace.

              With respect to the sale of our LED components, a majority of our sales are to distributors, who sell to end-customers, or directly to end-customers. Sales by end-customers of our products are generally dependent on their ability to develop high quality and highly efficient lighting products and require complex designs and processes, including thermal design, optical design and power conversion.

If our intellectual property, including our proprietary technologies and trade secrets, are not adequately protected to prevent mis-use or misappropriation by our competitors, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

              Our future success and competitive position depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property, including proprietary technologies and trade secrets. In particular, we have developed advanced capabilities and proprietary know-how in sapphire reclamation, gallium nitride, or GaN, epitaxial growth, copper alloy technology, nanoscale surface engineering and vertical LED structure technology that are critical to our business. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a combination of confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, licensees and third parties with whom we have relationships, and trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection laws, to protect our intellectual property, including our proprietary technologies and trade secrets.

              There can be no assurance that the steps we have taken or plan to take in the future are adequate to protect our intellectual property, including our proprietary technologies and trade secrets. We currently have 33 patents issued and 44 patents pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office covering various aspects of our core technologies. We also have 43 patents issued and 77 patents pending before patent and trademark offices outside the United States. Of these 76 issued patents, 25 patents expire between the years 2016 and 2020, 42 patents expire between the years 2021 and 2025, and the remaining patents expire between the years 2026 and 2035. Fifty-eight of our issued patents are design patents and nine of our pending patents are design patents. We expect to continue to seek patent and trademark protection for our technologies and know-how. However, we will only be able to protect such technologies and know-how from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that valid, protectable and enforceable rights cover them. We cannot be certain that our patent and trademark applications will lead to issued patents being issued and registered trademarks being granted

23


Table of Contents


in a timely manner, or at all. Even if we are successful in obtaining such rights, the intellectual property laws of other countries in which our products are sold or may in the future be sold may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, China currently affords less protection to a company's intellectual property than some other jurisdictions. As such, the lack of strong patent and other intellectual property protection in China may significantly increase our vulnerability as regards unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property and undermine our competitive position. The legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in LED-related industries are uncertain and still evolving, both in the United States and in other countries. Moreover, the contractual agreements that we enter into with employees, licensees and third parties to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights afford only limited protection and may not be enforceable.

              We also expect that the more successful we are, the more likely it will be that competitors will try to develop or patent similar or superior technologies, products and services. In the event that our competitors or others are able to obtain knowledge of our know-how, trade secrets and technologies through independent development, our failure to protect such know-how, trade secrets and technologies and/or our other intellectual property and proprietary rights may undermine our competitive position. In addition, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, and litigation may be necessary to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights or determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights. Any such litigation could be very costly and could divert management attention and resources away from our business, and the outcome of such litigation may not be in our favor. If the protection of our intellectual property, including our proprietary technologies and trade secrets, is inadequate to prevent use or appropriation by third parties, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished and competitors may be able to more effectively mimic our products and methods of operation. Any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation and competitive position.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

              To protect a substantial amount of our technologies, we have chosen to rely primarily on trade secrets law rather than seeking protection through patents. Trade secrets are inherently difficult to protect. In order to protect our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technologies and trade secrets, we rely in part on security measures, as well as confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees and other third parties. These measures and agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. While we believe we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, we could potentially lose future trade secret protection if any unintentional or willful disclosure by our directors, employees, consultants or contractors of such information occurs, including disclosure by employees during or after the termination of their employment with us, in particular if they were to join one of our competitors. Laws regarding trade secret rights in certain markets in which we operate may afford little or no protection. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position.

24


Table of Contents

The reduction or elimination of government investment in LED lighting or the elimination of, or changes in, policies in certain countries that encourage the use of LEDs over some traditional lighting technologies could cause demand for our products to decline, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues, profits and margins.

              We believe the near-term growth of the LED market will be driven in part by government policies in certain countries that either directly promote the use of LEDs or discourage the use of some traditional lighting technologies. Examples of these policies include a regulation adopted by the European Union to phase out inefficient lighting technologies, such as incandescent bulbs and conventional halogen bulbs, from the EU market within three years starting in September 2009, the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 in the United States, which applies stringent constraints on the sale of incandescent lights beginning in 2012, the LED street lighting plan in China that calls for one million LED street lights to be installed in China before the end of 2011, and programs instituted by Korea to promote the use of LED-based lighting products and to help establish and promote LED companies. Today, the upfront cost of LED lighting exceeds the upfront cost for some traditional lighting technologies that provide similar lumen output in many applications. However, for environmental reasons, among others, some governments around the world have used policy initiatives to accelerate the development and adoption of LED lighting and other non-traditional lighting technologies that are seen as more environmentally-friendly compared to some traditional lighting technologies. Reductions in, or eliminations of, government investment and favorable energy policies could result in decreased demand for our products and decrease our revenues, profits, margins and prospects.

If we fail to implement proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial reports could be impaired and our stock price could decline.

              Prior to this offering, we have been a private company and have not filed reports with the SEC. We will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, upon the completion of this offering. As a public reporting company listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will be required, among other things, to maintain a system of effective internal control over financial reporting. We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or US GAAP, but it is necessary for us to enhance our internal control environment to align our procedures with those expected of a public company.

              Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports. As a public company, we will be required to evaluate periodically the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls over financial reporting. These evaluations may result in the conclusion that enhancements, modifications or changes to our internal controls are necessary or desirable. Although we have begun recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel, we will need to hire additional personnel or outsource this function to meet these requirements. Our ability to hire and retain personnel with US GAAP expertise in Taiwan may affect our ability to meet these requirements. We have not yet begun the process of evaluating or documenting our internal control over financial reporting processes and systems. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we include a management report that assesses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 10-K beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending August 31, 2012. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our initiatives ultimately may not result in an effective internal control environment.

              If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting we may be unable to produce timely, reliable financial reports. Similarly, if management or

25


Table of Contents


our independent registered public accounting firm were to discover material weaknesses in our internal controls it could result in loss of investor confidence and a decline in our stock price.

Our gross margins could fluctuate as a result of changes in our product mix and other factors, which may adversely impact our operating results.

              We anticipate that our gross margins will fluctuate from period to period as a result of the mix of products that we sell in any given period. If our sales mix shifts to a greater percentage of LED components, our average selling prices could be higher. However, LED components generally have lower margins than our LED chips, and therefore our overall gross margin levels would be adversely impacted.

              Increased competition and the adoption of alternatives to our products, more complex engineering requirements, lower demand, over-capacity in the market and other factors may also lead to price erosion and, as a result, lower product margins and lower revenues. For example, some of our competitors have in the past reduced their average selling prices, and the resulting competitive pricing pressures have caused us to similarly reduce our prices, accelerating the decline in the gross margin of our products. We anticipate our competitors will implement such competitive strategies again in the future.

We may undertake joint ventures, investments, acquisitions and other strategic alliances and such undertakings, as well as our existing joint ventures, may be unsuccessful and may have an adverse effect on our business.

              We have grown our business in part through strategic alliances and acquisitions. For example, we formed China SemiLEDs in January 2010 to focus on the growing market in China and we acquired SBDI in April 2010 to process LED chips into LED components. We intend to continue growing our operations by entering into joint ventures, undertaking acquisitions or establishing other strategic alliances with third parties in the LED and LED-related industries. These activities involve challenges and risks in negotiation, execution, valuation and integration, and closing of the transactions could be delayed or prevented by regulatory approval requirements, including antitrust review, or other conditions.

              Our existing joint ventures and acquisitions and future ones that we may enter into also could expose us to new operational, regulatory, market, litigation and geographical risks as well as risks associated with significant capital requirements, the diversion of management and financial resources, sharing proprietary information, loss of control over operations, non-performance by a counterparty and potential competition and conflicts of interest with the newly created or acquired entity. In addition, we may not be successful in finding suitable targets on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. Even if successfully negotiated and closed, expected synergies from a joint venture, acquisition or other strategic alliance may not materialize or may not advance our business strategy, may fall short of expected return-on-investment targets or may not prove successful or effective for our business.

              We may need to raise additional debt funding or sell additional equity securities to enter into such joint ventures or make such acquisitions. However, we may not be able to obtain such debt funding or sell equity securities on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. The raising of additional debt funding by us, if required and available, would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in additional operating and financing covenants, or liens on our assets, that would restrict our operations. The sale of additional equity securities, if required and available, could result in dilution to our stockholders.

26


Table of Contents

Any undetected defects in our products may harm our sales and reputation and adversely affect our manufacturing yields.

              The manufacture of LED chips is highly complex, requiring precise processes in a highly controlled and sterile environment using specialized equipment. We manufacture our LED products to meet customer requirements with respect to quality, performance and reliability. Although we utilize quality control procedures at each stage of our manufacturing process, our products may still contain defects that are undetected until after they are shipped or inspected by our customers. Unsatisfactory performance of or defects in our products may cause us to incur additional expenses, including costs in relation to product warranties, cancellation and rescheduling of orders and shipments, and product returns or recalls. Failure to detect and rectify defects in our products before delivery could subject us to product liability claims and harm our credibility and market reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

              In addition, we do not currently have fully automated manufacturing processes, which could potentially introduce contaminants to the production processes through human error. Defects or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can prevent us from achieving maximum capacity utilization, which is the actual number of wafers that we are able to produce in relation to our capacity, and acceptable yields of quality LED chips from those wafers.

We rely on a limited number of key suppliers for certain key raw materials and equipment. The loss of key suppliers may have a material adverse effect on our business.

              There are a limited number of companies which supply certain of the specialized raw materials that are important to the manufacture of our products as well as a very limited number of manufacturers of equipment that are critical to our operations. We generally enter into spot purchase orders with our suppliers and do not have long-term or guaranteed supply arrangements with any of them. We purchase sapphire products, the key wafer material used in the manufacture of our LEDs from a limited number of suppliers. A major shortage of sapphire wafers would impair our ability to meet our production needs resulting in increased costs.

              We also purchase gases, photo chemicals and other materials from various suppliers on the spot market. For example, there are currently supply constraints in the market for Trimethylgallium and other Organo-metallic material, which is used for MOCVD growth of GaN, Aluminium Gallium Nitride, or AlGaN, and Indium Gallium Nitride, or InGaN, layers on sapphire. Although those constraints have not yet had a impact on our ability to procure supply, continued supply constraints could have a negative impact on us if supply does not increase over the next year. Additionally, we use metals such as copper alloy and other commodities in our manufacturing process. The price volatility of such materials may make our procurement planning challenging. If the prices of materials increase it may adversely affect our operating margins. Although these materials are generally available and are not considered to be specialty chemicals, our inability to procure such materials in volumes and at commercially reasonable prices could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              Furthermore, the global LED chip manufacturing industry currently relies on only a few manufacturers of MOCVD reactors. Because the MOCVD reactor is the key equipment used to produce LED chips, a significant increase in demand for production capacity could place significant pressure on these equipment manufacturers. These equipment manufacturers may not be able to timely meet such demand. In addition, there are varying lead times of up to six months or more for MOCVD reactors. In the event that we are unable to procure sufficient equipment for our planned capacity expansions, planned migration to larger wafer sizes and, in particular, for China SemiLEDs' new 4" manufacturing facility, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

27


Table of Contents

              If any of our key raw material and equipment suppliers fails to meet our needs on time or at all, we may not be able to procure replacement supplies from other sources on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms and our production may be delayed or interrupted, which could impair our ability to meet our customers' needs and damage our customer relationships.

Unfavorable economic or global market conditions are likely to continue to have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              The recent economic downturn in the United States and international markets has led to slower economic activity, concerns about inflation and energy costs, decreased business and consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and diminished liquidity and credit availability in many financial markets. In addition, the global economic recession has led to reduced spending in our target markets and made it difficult for our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. Continued weak economic conditions and further adverse trends in general economic conditions, consumer confidence, employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, availability of credit, inflation and taxation have in the past and may again in the future cause consumer spending to decline further, reduce demand for and prices of our products and our customers' products, affect the prices and availability of raw materials, and limit our ability to obtain financing for our operations. Furthermore, our customers may be unable to access capital efficiently, or at all, which could adversely affect our financial condition by resulting in product delays, increased defaults in accounts receivables and increased inventory exposures. Any unfavorable economic or market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations depend on an adequate and timely supply of electricity and water.

              We consume a significant amount of electricity and water in our manufacturing process. We may experience future disruptions or shortages in our electricity or water supply, which could result in a drop in or loss of throughput and product yield or even the loss of an entire production run, depending on the duration of disruption or shortage. Although we maintain generators and other backup sources of electricity, these replacement sources are only capable of providing effective backup supplies for limited periods of time. We do not currently have any alternative sources of water nor do we retain backup tanks. We cannot assure you that we will not experience disruptions or shortages in our electricity or water supply or that there will be sufficient electricity and water available to us to meet our future requirements. Any material disruption could significantly impact our normal business operations, cause us to incur additional costs and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations involve the use of hazardous materials and we must comply with environmental laws, which can result in significant costs, and may affect our business and operating results.

              Our research and development and manufacturing activities involve the use of hazardous materials, including acids, adhesives and other industrial chemicals. As a result, we are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling, transportation, emission, discharge, exposure to, and disposal of such hazardous materials. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate can be costly, and there can be no assurance that violations of these laws will not occur in the future as a result of human error, accident, equipment failure, or other causes. Liability under environmental and health and safety laws can be joint and several, and without regard to fault or negligence. The failure to comply with past, present, or future laws could subject us to increased costs and significant fines and penalties, damages, legal liabilities, suspension of production or operations, alteration of our manufacturing facilities or processes, curtailment of our sales and adverse publicity. Any of these events

28


Table of Contents


could harm our business and financial condition. In addition, China SemiLEDs is required to obtain the relevant approvals from PRC environmental protection authorities prior to commencing commercial operations at its manufacturing facility, and there can be no assurance that it will be able to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, or at all.

              Furthermore, environmental protection and workplace safety regulations may become more stringent in the future, and although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws, they may impose greater compliance costs or result in increased risks or penalties, which could harm our business. Existing and future environmental laws and regulations could also require us to acquire pollution abatement or remediation equipment, modify our product designs or incur other expenses associated with such laws and regulations. As our industry continues to evolve, we may be required to evaluate and use new materials in our manufacturing process that may be subject to regulation under existing or future environmental laws and regulations, and our use of such new materials may be restricted. Any such restriction could require us to alter our manufacturing processes or increase our expenses. If we fail to comply with current and future environmental laws and regulations, whether intentional or inadvertent, we may be required to pay fines and other liabilities to the government or third parties, suspend production or even cease operation.

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

              We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms' length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms' length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which would result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Proposed and enacted U.S. federal income tax legislation could negatively impact our effective tax rate.

              Recent changes to U.S. tax law as well as other proposed tax legislation that could be enacted in the future could substantially impact the tax treatment of our non-U.S. earnings. These proposed and enacted changes include limitations on the ability to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and deferral of interest expense deductions until non-U.S. earnings are repatriated to the United States. Such legislation could negatively impact the amount of taxes payable in the United States and our effective tax rate and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Investment in China SemiLEDs

We may not be successful in executing our China strategy through China SemiLEDs.

              Given the significance of the China market as part of our business strategy, our net income growth and overall growth prospects are significantly dependent on the success of China SemiLEDs. We established China SemiLEDs in January 2010. It is still in an early development stage, has not

29


Table of Contents


commenced operations, and we expect its manufacturing facilities will not be operational until after January 2011. China SemiLEDs is the first operating entity we have established in China and we have not had prior experience in establishing, constructing and managing design, manufacture and sales operations of the scale that is contemplated at China SemiLEDs. China SemiLEDs may not be able to complete construction of its manufacturing facilities on a timely basis, or at all, or within projected budgets.

              In addition, China SemiLEDs must hire significant numbers of additional technical, engineering and operational staff, install new equipment and begin operations in accordance with current budget and plans and must establish a new sales force and distribution network for its products. Our management and other key personnel will also have to devote significant managerial time and resources to help grow China SemiLEDs' business, which could result in the diversion of our management resources away from our current business operations and customers. A majority of the members of the board of directors of China SemiLEDs are our employees, including our chief executive officer Trung T. Doan and our chief operating officer Dr. Anh Chuong Tran. Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran serve as chairman and vice-chairman, respectively, of the board of China SemiLEDs.

              Although we are not legally obligated to further fund China SemiLEDs, we may need to provide it with additional funding to meet our and its goals, in particular if the government subsidies and incentives that it currently receives were to be eliminated or reduced. China SemiLEDs must be profitable for us to recoup the cost of our investment and realize financial benefits from this joint venture. However, we cannot assure you that our investment will be profitable or that China SemiLEDs will be successful as it could fail for a number of reasons, some of which are beyond our control.

We do not own a majority of the shares of China SemiLEDs and if there are significant disagreements with the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

              Pursuant to the articles of association of China SemiLEDs, we have the right to nominate a majority of its board of directors. However, we only own 49% of the shares of the joint venture, and if all of the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs vote unanimously on a matter such shareholders would effectively control China SemiLEDs with respect to any matters that require stockholder approval by a simple majority. Although special resolutions, which require the approval of stockholders representing at least two-thirds of the shares of China SemiLEDs, are necessary for certain corporate actions, including any increase or reduction in the registered capital, any merger, separation, dissolution or change of the form of China SemiLEDs or any amendments to its articles of association, we cannot assure you that disputes will not arise with respect to the interpretation and application of the provision requiring special resolutions or that the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs will not exercise their voting rights to the detriment of our interests in other matters.

              Our right to nominate a majority of the board terminates if China SemiLEDs is listed on a stock exchange. In addition, the number of directors we can nominate declines as the percentage of the outstanding shares of China SemiLEDs that we hold declines below 41%. If our percentage ownership is diluted because China SemiLEDs issues additional common stock for any reason, including to raise capital or effect acquisitions, or if China SemiLEDs conducts a public offering and lists its common stock on a stock exchange, our ability to control or influence board decisions or the operation of the business could be substantially diminished or eliminated. Furthermore, under its articles of association, if a director has a connected relationship with any enterprise that is the subject of a resolution at a board meeting, such director may not vote on the matter, either directly or by proxy. As such, in the event that any matters involving us or our relationship with China SemiLEDs are brought before the board of directors of China SemiLEDs, our directors would be required to recuse themselves and such board decisions would be made by the remaining directors that are not affiliated with us.

30


Table of Contents

              Although we and the other non-selling stockholders have a right of first refusal with respect to the sale by any of the other shareholders of their interests in China SemiLEDs, if we do not exercise such rights, or are unable to do so, new stockholders will become our partners in the joint venture. These new partners may have different interests, objectives and strategic plans that conflict with ours or those of the other shareholders in China SemiLEDs. In addition, no assurance can be given that such new stockholders may not be one of our competitors in China or elsewhere, which could lead to significant conflicts, including the disclosure of proprietary information and lead to contested stockholder votes and attempts by such stockholder to influence China SemiLEDs to take actions that are not favorable to us.

              Any disputes between us and the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs may lead to adverse consequences for the growth prospects of China SemiLEDs and its and our ability to further access and penetrate the China market and also may result in litigation.

China SemiLEDs may compete with us for sales in China.

              For the year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, 47.2% and 41.6%, respectively, of our revenues were generated from sales to customers in China (including Hong Kong). Under various intellectual property agreements between us and China SemiLEDs, we have transferred patents and granted licenses with respect to certain of our patents to China SemiLEDs so that it can manufacture and sell LED chips in China. As such, both China SemiLEDs and Taiwan SemiLEDs will sell substantially the same LED chips in China.

              We cannot assure you that China SemiLEDs and Taiwan SemiLEDs will not ultimately compete for the same pool of existing or new customers, in particular if demand for LED products decreases or does not increase. We do not consolidate the financial results of China SemiLEDs in our consolidated financial statements but instead record 49% of the net income or loss from China SemiLEDs in our income statement under income (loss) from unconsolidated entities. If China SemiLEDs makes significant sales to customers in China that would have otherwise been made by Taiwan SemiLEDs our revenues could be materially and adversely affected, and if the amount we record under income (loss) from unconsolidated entities for those sales does not compensate for the impact of the loss of the sale by Taiwan SemiLEDs, then our results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

              Because China SemiLEDs is not yet operational, we do not yet know the nature or extent of any potential head-to-head sales competition between us and China SemiLEDs nor have we determined how we and China SemiLEDs will determine whether the sale should be made by us or it. We have not yet established a method for resolving conflicts and there are no objective criteria in place to evaluate conflicts. In addition, we have not yet determined the nature or extent of any potential conflicts of interest in terms of allocating customers between China SemiLEDs and us or how any conflicts may be resolved relating to Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran serving as both our officers and directors and also the chairman and vice-chairman, respectively, of China SemiLEDs, or by whom such conflicts will be resolved. They may face circumstances where a business opportunity is available to both China SemiLEDs and us. In such a scenario, they may need to decide the extent, if any, either company retains such opportunity. If the sales competition or conflicts are frequent or severe, we may be unable to resolve them in a timely or satisfactory manner. For example, if there is competition for or conflict regarding business opportunities, we could be harmed in many ways, including if the sales competition or conflict results in:

31


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that we will not have significant disputes concerning the scope of our intellectual property agreements with China SemiLEDs, and the non-compete provisions between us and China SemiLEDs may constrain our ability to grow in China, both of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

              We have entered into various patent assignment and cross-license agreements with China SemiLEDs, pursuant to which we agreed to assign certain patents to China SemiLEDs and grant royalty-free, exclusive and non-transferable licenses with respect to certain other patents to China SemiLEDs for use in manufacturing and selling LED chips in China. In return, China SemiLEDs agreed to grant us a royalty-free, transferable and exclusive license to use the assigned patents globally except in manufacturing LED wafers and chips in China. Pursuant to the cross-license agreements all future patents acquired by China SemiLEDs will be licensed to us for use in manufacturing or selling LED products globally. Under a trademark cross-license agreement, we agreed to grant China SemiLEDs a royalty-free, exclusive license to use our "SemiLEDs" trademark within China, subject to certain conditions.

              We have also agreed to certain non-compete provisions in favor of China SemiLEDs. In particular, we cannot invest in any other company that is engaged in the production of LED wafers or chips in China. We also cannot engage in the production of LED wafers or chips directly or indirectly, in the form of original equipment manufacturing or outsourcing, in China. Finally, we cannot allow any third party to which we transfer or license our technologies to apply such technologies in the production of LED wafers or chips in China.

              We cannot assure you that we will not have disputes with the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs regarding the scope of the intellectual property rights licensed, our rights under the cross-licensing agreements or the scope of the non-compete provisions. In addition, if China SemiLEDs is not successful, these non-compete provisions and the limitations in the intellectual property cross-licensing agreements could prohibit us from entering into other strategic joint ventures and relationships in China and from entering certain markets in China, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If China SemiLEDs' management takes actions that are detrimental to us, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

              The day-to-day management of China SemiLEDs will be conducted by its general manager, deputy general manager and other senior personnel. Although the board of directors appoints and may dismiss the general manager and the general manager must implement board resolutions and report to the board, the general manager of China SemiLEDs and other members of its management will have significant operational control over China SemiLEDs. While we intend to actively monitor and, to the extent possible, direct the operations of China SemiLEDs through our five board members, we cannot assure you that the management of China SemiLEDs will not take actions that are detrimental to our interests.

32


Table of Contents


Any significant reduction in the scope or discontinuation of government incentives or subsidies offered to China SemiLEDs may harm our and its financial condition.

              Certain local and provincial governments of the PRC have offered China SemiLEDs support in the form of incentives, including subsidies with respect to the construction of manufacturing facilities, interest rates on loans and equipment purchases, and research and development grants. For the year ended August 31, 2010, China SemiLEDs received government subsidies for construction and equipment purchases of approximately $12.9 million. There can be no assurance that such local and provincial governments will not significantly reduce or even eliminate some or all of these government incentives or subsidies. In addition, such incentives and subsidies, which were approved and provided by local and provincial government authorities, may be in contravention of PRC national written rules and regulations and therefore, such incentives and subsidies may be challenged by the PRC national government.

Risks Relating to Our Holding Company Structure

Our ability to receive dividends and other payments from Taiwan SemiLEDs and China SemiLEDs may be restricted by commercial, statutory and legal restrictions, which may materially and adversely affect our ability to grow, fund investments, make acquisitions, pay dividends and otherwise fund and conduct our business.

              We are a holding company. Our two material assets are our ownership interest in Taiwan SemiLEDs and our joint venture interest in China SemiLEDs. We also have other joint ventures in the early stages of business development.

              Dividends and interest on intercompany loans we receive from our subsidiaries in Taiwan, if any, will be subject to withholding tax under Taiwan law. The ability of our subsidiaries in Taiwan to pay dividends, repay intercompany loans from us or make other distributions to us is restricted by, among other things, the availability of funds, the terms of various credit arrangements entered into by our subsidiaries, as well as statutory and other legal restrictions, including the Taiwan government's right to revoke repatriation of profits within a specified period subject to certain violations. In addition, although there are currently no foreign exchange control regulations that restrict the ability of our subsidiaries located in Taiwan to distribute dividends to us, we cannot assure you that the relevant regulations will not be changed and that the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends to us will not be restricted in the future. A Taiwan company is generally not permitted to distribute dividends or to make any other distributions to stockholders for any year in which it did not have either earnings or retained earnings (excluding reserves). In addition, before distributing a dividend to stockholders following the end of a fiscal year, the company must recover any past losses, pay all outstanding taxes and set aside 10% of its annual net income (less prior years' losses and outstanding taxes) as a legal reserve until the accumulated legal reserve equals its paid-in capital, and may set aside a special reserve.

              Upon commencement of commercial production at China SemiLEDs, a substantial portion of our business in China will be conducted through China SemiLEDs. The payment of dividends by entities established in China is subject to limitations. Regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in China. PRC subsidiaries are generally required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profit based on PRC accounting standards each year to their general reserves or statutory capital reserve fund until the aggregate amount of such reserves reaches 50% of their respective registered capital, which is approximately RMB102.4 million for China SemiLEDs. Statutory reserves are not distributable as loans, advances or cash dividends. As China SemiLEDs is in early stages of development we expect that it will have accumulated deficits for the near term.

              In addition, any dividends paid by China SemiLEDs requires the approval of the affirmative vote of the stockholders of China SemiLEDs, which may not be given. Moreover, any income that we

33


Table of Contents


source from China is subject to PRC withholding tax under the new Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, or the EIT Law. Under the EIT Law and its implementation regulations, both of which became effective on January 1, 2008, we will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10% for any dividends paid by China SemiLEDs to us if we are deemed a non-PRC tax resident.

Our ability to make further investments in Taiwan SemiLEDs may be dependent on regulatory approvals in Taiwan and, with respect to China SemiLEDs, regulatory approvals in China.

              Taiwan SemiLEDs depends on us and China SemiLEDs depends on us and its other stockholders to meet their equity financing requirements. Any capital contribution by us to Taiwan SemiLEDs requires the approval of the relevant Taiwan authorities such as the Hsinchu Science Park Administration. We may not be able to obtain any such approval in the future in a timely manner, or at all. Any loans or capital contributions to PRC subsidiaries including China SemiLEDs, are subject to PRC regulations in connection with foreign investment and foreign exchange administration. For example, loans by us to China SemiLEDs to fund its activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange in China, or SAFE, or its local branch, and additional capital contributions would be subject to government approvals.

              We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete these government registrations or obtain the government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans or capital contributions by us to our subsidiaries or any of their respective subsidiaries. If we fail to complete these registrations or obtain the approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we receive from this offering and to capitalize Taiwan SemiLEDs and China SemiLEDs may be negatively affected, which could adversely and materially affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Your rights may be limited as we conduct a substantial portion of our operations in Taiwan and in China, and a substantial portion of our assets and a majority of our directors and officers reside outside the United States.

              Although we are incorporated in Delaware, substantially all of our operations are conducted in Taiwan through Taiwan SemiLEDs and in China through China SemiLEDs. As such, substantially all of our assets are located in Taiwan or the PRC. In addition, substantially all of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of those persons are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under applicable securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action, the laws of Taiwan and China may render you unable to enforce a United States judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

              For judgments obtained in courts outside of Taiwan to be recognized and enforceable in Taiwan without review of the merits, the Taiwan court in which the enforcement is sought must be satisfied that: the foreign court rendering such judgment has jurisdiction over the subject matter in accordance with the Taiwan law; the judgment and the court procedure resulting in the judgment are not contrary to the public order or good morals of Taiwan; the judgment is a final judgment for which the period for appeal has expired or from which no appeal can be taken; if the judgment was rendered by default by the foreign court, the defendant was duly served in the jurisdiction of such court within a reasonable period of time in accordance with the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction, or process was served on the defendant with the Taiwan judicial assistance; and judgment of Taiwan courts is recognized and enforceable in the foreign court rendering the judgment on a reciprocal basis.

              The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments, which do not otherwise violate basic legal principles, state sovereignty, safety or social public interest of the PRC, in accordance

34


Table of Contents


with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between the PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. As there currently exists no treaty or other form of reciprocity between the PRC and the United States governing the recognition of judgments, including those predicated upon the liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, there is uncertainty whether and on what basis a PRC court would recognize and enforce judgments rendered by U.S. courts.

Political, Geographical and Economic Risks

Due to the location of our operations in Taiwan and the location of the operations of China SemiLEDs, we are vulnerable to natural disasters and other events, which may seriously disrupt our operations.

              Most of our operations, and the operations of many of our LED manufacturing service providers, suppliers and customers are located in Taiwan and the PRC. For the year ended August 31, 2009 and for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, 31.8% and 41.3%, respectively, of our revenues were derived from customers located in Taiwan and 47.2% and 41.6%, respectively, of our revenues were derived from customers located in China (including Hong Kong). Our operations and the operations of our customers and suppliers are vulnerable to earthquakes, floods, droughts, typhoons, fires, power losses and other major catastrophic events, including the outbreak, or threatened outbreak, of any widespread communicable diseases. Disruption of operations due to any of these events may require us to evacuate personnel or suspend operations, which could reduce our productivity. Such disasters may also damage our facilities and equipment and cause us to incur additional costs to repair our facilities or procure new equipment, or result in personal injuries or fatalities or result in the termination of our leases and land use agreements. Any resulting delays in shipments of our products could also cause our customers to obtain products from other sources. Although we maintain property and business interruption insurance for such risks, there is no guarantee that future damages or business losses from earthquakes and other events will be covered by such insurance, that we will be able to collect from our insurance carriers, should we choose to claim under our insurance policies, or that such coverage will be sufficient. In addition, natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods and typhoons, may also disrupt or seriously affect the operations of our customers and suppliers, resulting in reduced orders or shipments or the inability to perform contractual obligations. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations in China expose us to certain inherent legal and other risks that could adversely affect our business.

              As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign companies operating in China in general and specifically to the laws and regulations applicable to foreign-invested joint stock companies. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation since then has been to significantly enhance the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. The PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve and the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties, which may limit legal protections available to us. For example, China SemiLEDs must obtain relevant permits (including land use permits), licenses and approvals necessary for the completion of its factory, to purchase equipment and to commence operations and sales. Although we believe that China SemiLEDs has obtained or will obtain such permits, licenses and approvals, no assurance can be given that it will be able to do so or that if obtained that such permits, licenses or approvals will be adequate or that they will not be revoked or cancelled in the future. In addition,

35


Table of Contents


some regulatory requirements issued by certain PRC government authorities may not be consistently applied by other government authorities (including local government authorities), thus making strict compliance with all regulatory requirements impractical, or in some circumstances, impossible. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection that we have either by law or contract. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we have. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into with our business partners, customers and suppliers.

              Because the legal and regulatory environment in China is subject to inherent uncertainties, the enforcement of our rights as a foreign company investing in China may be difficult. For example, our intellectual property may be afforded less protection in China than in some other countries. By entering the market in China in general and in particular by establishing manufacturing operations in China through China SemiLEDs, our vulnerability towards unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property may be significantly increased.

              Future litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of our management's attention and resources, and could disrupt our business, as well as have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Given the relative unpredictability of China's legal system and potential difficulties enforcing a court judgment in China, we may be unable to halt the unauthorized use of our intellectual property through litigation, which could adversely affect our competitive position, our ability to attract customers, and our results of operations.

New labor laws in China may adversely affect China SemiLEDs' results of operations or that of our customers.

              On June 29, 2007, the PRC government promulgated the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, or the New Labor Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The New Labor Contract Law imposes greater liabilities on employers and significantly affects the cost of an employer's decision to reduce its workforce. If an employer intends to terminate an employee or not to renew an employment contract upon its expiration, the employer is obligated to pay severance calculated based on the seniority and monthly salary of such employee (except for certain special circumstances expressly provided for under Chinese laws). Furthermore, only under certain circumstances expressly provided for under the New Labor Contract Law, can the employer terminate the employment contract. In the event that China SemiLEDs decides to significantly change or decrease its workforce, the New Labor Contract Law could adversely affect its ability to enact such changes in a manner that is most advantageous to its business or in a timely and cost-effective manner, thus materially and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

China SemiLEDs may face labor shortages, strikes and other disturbances.

              In recent years, certain regions of China have been experiencing a labor shortage as migrant workers and middle level management seek better wages and working conditions elsewhere. This trend of labor shortages is expected to continue and will likely result in increasing wages as companies seek to keep their existing work forces. In addition, substantial competition in China for qualified and capable personnel, particularly experienced engineers and technical personnel, may make it difficult for China SemiLEDs to recruit and retain qualified employees at its China facilities, which would adversely affect its profitability as well as our reported net income.

              Furthermore, certain foreign owned enterprises in southern China, in particular in Foshan and Zhongshan in Guangdong Province have recently witnessed significant labor disturbances, including prolonged strikes and work stoppages. No assurance can be given that China SemiLEDs, which is also

36


Table of Contents


located in Foshan, Guangdong Province, or any of our customers in China will not experience similar labor disturbances related to working conditions, wages or other reasons. Any labor shortages, strikes and other disturbances may adversely affect China SemiLEDs' future operating results and result in negative publicity and reputational harm.

Strained relations between the PRC and Taiwan could negatively affect our business and the market price of our common stock.

              Taiwan has a unique international political status. Since 1949, Taiwan and the PRC have been separately governed. The PRC government claims that it is the sole government in China and that Taiwan is part of China. Although significant economic and cultural relations have been established during recent years between Taiwan and China, the PRC government has refused to renounce the possibility that it may at some point use force to gain control over Taiwan. Furthermore, the PRC government adopted an anti-secession law relating to Taiwan. Relations between Taiwan and the PRC governments have been strained in recent years for a variety of reasons, including the PRC government's position on the "One China" policy and tensions concerning arms sales to Taiwan by the United States government. Any tension between the Taiwan government and the PRC government, or between the United States and China, could materially and adversely affect the market prices of our common stock.

If the U.S. dollar or other currencies in which our sales, raw materials, component purchases and capital expenditures are denominated fluctuate significantly against the NT dollar, the Japanese Yen and other currencies, our profitability may be seriously affected.

              We have significant foreign currency exposure, and are primarily affected by fluctuations in exchange rates among the U.S. dollar, the NT dollar, the Japanese Yen and other currencies. A portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than NT dollars, primarily U.S. dollars and to a lesser extent the Japanese Yen. We do not hedge our net foreign exchange positions through the use of forward exchange contracts or otherwise and as a result are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates among the U.S. dollar, the NT dollar, the Japanese Yen and other currencies. Any significant fluctuation in exchange rates may be harmful to our financial condition and results of operations.

The PRC government's control of currency conversion and changes in the exchange rate between Renminbi and other currencies could negatively affect our financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

              The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade related transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC, or SAFE, provided that we satisfy certain procedural requirements. However, approval from SAFE or its local counterpart is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. Our revenue from sales in China (including Hong Kong) accounted for 47.2% and 41.6% of our revenue for the year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010. We also expect China SemiLEDs to begin making sales in China after it commences commercial production at its Foshan manufacturing facilities. Since substantially all of China SemiLEDs' future cash flow from operations is expected to be denominated and settled in Renminbi, any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit China SemiLEDs' ability to purchase goods and

37


Table of Contents


services outside of China or otherwise fund its business activities that are conducted in foreign currencies.

If the PRC government determines that China SemiLEDs failed to obtain requisite PRC governmental approvals for, or register with the PRC government, China SemiLEDs' current and past import and export of technologies, China SemiLEDs could be subject to sanctions.

              The PRC government imposes controls on technology import and export. The term "technology import and export" is broadly defined to include, without limitation, the transfer or license of patents, software and know-how, and the provision of services in relation to technology. Depending on the nature of the relevant technology, the import and export of technology require either approval by, or registration with, the relevant PRC governmental authorities. We have transferred and licensed certain of our technologies to China SemiLEDs, which transfers and licenses may constitute technology import under PRC laws. In addition, China SemiLEDs has licensed and will continue to license certain technologies to us, which licenses constitute technology export under PRC laws. In addition, China SemiLEDs may enter into licenses with other third parties outside of China for certain technologies, which licenses would also constitute the import or export of technology under PRC laws. China SemiLEDs has not obtained the approval of, or completed the applicable registration with, the relevant PRC governmental authorities for all of its import and export of these technologies.

              If China SemiLEDs is found to be, or has been, in violation of PRC laws or regulations concerning the import or export of technologies, the relevant regulatory authorities have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including, but not limited to, issuing a warning, levying fines, restricting China SemiLEDs from remitting royalties or any other fees, if any, relating to these technologies outside of China, confiscating China SemiLEDs' earnings generated from the import or export of such technology or even restricting its future export and import of any technology. If the PRC government determines that China SemiLEDs' past import and export of technology were inconsistent with, or insufficient for, the proper operation of its business, it could be subject to similar sanctions. Any of these or similar sanctions could cause significant disruption to China SemiLEDs' business operations or render it unable to conduct a substantial portion of its business operations and may adversely affect its business and result of operations.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

              We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In addition, we are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent our transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Foreign companies, including some that may compete with us, may not be subject to these prohibitions, and therefore may have a competitive advantage. In the past, there have been instances of corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices in Taiwan and China as well as other Asian countries. We cannot assure that our employees or other agents will not engage in such conduct and render us responsible under the FCPA. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in corrupt or fraudulent business practices, we could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

38


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Stock

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, our stock price may be volatile and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price you paid.

              Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the closing of the offering. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

              Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline.

              If the market price of shares of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Future sales of our common stock could cause our stock price to fall.

              Sales of substantial amounts our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

39


Table of Contents

              Based on the number of shares outstanding as of            , upon completion of this offering, there will be            shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, only the shares sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, unless held by our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining            shares outstanding as of            are "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration other than in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration. In addition, as of May 31, 2010, there were outstanding options to purchase 9,668,775 shares of common stock, 2,967,425 of which were vested and exercisable.

              In connection with this offering, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and officers, and holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters or us under which the holders of such shares have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Barclays Capital. At any time and without public notice, any or all of the shares subject to the lock-up may be released prior to expiration of the 180-day lock-up period at the discretion of Merrill Lynch and Barclays Capital. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our stockholders or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock.

              As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of May 31, 2010, the holders of 287,728,285 shares of common stock will be entitled to rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to the 180-day lock-up period. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us and will be able to influence corporate matters.

              After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately            % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, certain of these stockholders acting alone or these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might harm the market price of our common stock by:

              There can be no assurance that our interests will not conflict with those of these stockholders, who may also take actions that are not in line, or may conflict, with our other stockholders' best interests.

40


Table of Contents


Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in tangible book value of their investment.

              Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value. Because our common stock has in the past been sold at prices substantially lower than the initial public offering price that you will pay, you will suffer immediate dilution of $            per share in net tangible book value, based on an assumed initial offering price of $            per share of common stock, which is the mid-point of the range of the proposed initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The exercise of outstanding options, 2,967,425 of which are outstanding and exercisable as of May 31, 2010, will result in further dilution. See "Dilution."

We may seek additional capital that may result in stockholder dilution.

              We may require additional capital due to changed business conditions or other future developments. If our current sources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain bank loans and credit facilities. The sale of convertible debt securities or additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness, whether in the form of public debt or bonds or bank financing, would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations and liquidity.

              Our ability to obtain external financing is subject to a number of uncertainties, including:

              We cannot assure you that financing, if needed, would be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

              We intend to use an as yet undetermined amount of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses or to obtain rights to such complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. Our management and board of directors will have considerable discretion in applying our net proceeds and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using our net proceeds appropriately. Until the net proceeds we receive are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. We may use our net proceeds for purposes that do not result in any increase in our net income, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

              We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or convertible preferred stock and do not intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of

41


Table of Contents


our common stock will appreciate in value or maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares in this offering or in the future.

Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

              Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, that we intend to adopt before the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require that any action to be taken by stockholders must be taken at a duly called meeting of stockholders, which may only be called by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors or the chief executive officer with the concurrence of a majority of our board of directors, and may not be taken by written consent. Our amended and restated bylaws will require that any stockholder proposals or nominations for election to our board of directors must meet specific advance notice requirements and procedures, which make it more difficult for our stockholders to make proposals or director nominations. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

              Furthermore, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in our market price being lower than it would be without these provisions.

42


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

              This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, strategy and plans, and our expectations for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "design," "intend," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in "Risk Factors." Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

              Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking

43


Table of Contents


statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

              This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates, including those relating to market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate. These market data, including market data from Strategies Unlimited, the Freedonia Group and the U.S. Department of Energy, include projections that are based on a number of assumptions. The LED market may not grow at the rates projected by the market data, or at all. The failure of the market to grow at the projected rates may materially and adversely affect our business and the market price of our common stock. In addition, the rapidly changing nature of the LED market subjects any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our market to significant uncertainties.

44


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

              We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering, after expenses to be approximately $                 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $                 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase the net proceeds to us by $                 million. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the net proceeds to us by $                 million. If the underwriters' overallotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $                 million.

              The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering principally as follows:

              We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses or to obtain rights to such complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. There are no agreements, understandings or commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment at this time.

              Notwithstanding our estimate of the amounts to be used for each of the purposes discussed above, the amounts and timing of any expenditure will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly, our management will have significant discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds we will receive for this offering. Depending on future events and other changes in the business climate, we may use the net proceeds for different purposes. Pending their use, we intend to place our net proceeds in short-term bank deposits.

              We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.


DIVIDEND POLICY

              We have never declared or paid, and do not have any present plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, general business conditions, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, restrictions on the payment of dividends under Delaware law and any other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

45


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

              The following table sets forth our capitalization as of May 31, 2010:

              You should read this table in conjunction with the sections titled "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of May 31, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As
Adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)

 

Long-term debt (including current portion)

  $ 4,953   $ 4,953   $    
               

Stockholders' equity:

                   
 

Common stock

                   
   

Class A and Class B, $0.0000004 par value—206,483,335 shares authorized; 101,524,013 shares issued and outstanding actual (unaudited); 407,000,000 shares authorized, 293,588,236 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited);            shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)

               
 

Convertible preferred stock

                   
   

Issuable in series A to E, $0.0000004 par value—192,064,239 shares authorized; 192,064,223 shares issued and outstanding actual (unaudited); no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)

               
 

Additional paid-in capital

    70,278     70,278        
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (238 )   (238 )      
 

Accumulated deficit

    (4,173 )   (4,173 )      
               
     

Total stockholders' equity

    65,867     65,867        
               
     

Total capitalization

  $ 70,820   $ 70,820   $    
               

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

46


Table of Contents

              The number of shares of our common stock set forth in the table above:

47


Table of Contents


DILUTION

              If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

              The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of May 31, 2010 was $65.5 million, or $0.65 per share. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock.

              The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of May 31, 2010 was $             million, or $            per share. The pro forma net tangible book value per share gives effect to the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering. The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock as of May 31, 2010 was $            , or $            per share. The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value gives effect to the (i) automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The difference between the initial public offering price and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents an immediate dilution of $                per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

              The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Initial public offering price per share

        $    
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of May 31, 2010

 
$
       
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

 
$
       
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       
$
 
             

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

       
$
 
             

              A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of May 31, 2010 by approximately $                 million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $                per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $                per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

              If the underwriters' overallotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $            per share.

48


Table of Contents

              The table below summarizes as of May 31, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of our common stock we issued and sold, the total consideration we received and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders, (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $                per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us of $                 million and estimated offering expenses of approximately $                 million, and (iii) the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    293,588,236         $ 70,278,000         $ 0.24  

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 %      
                         

              The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 293,588,236 shares issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis and:

              Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to                shares or                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to                 or                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

              To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

49


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

              You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data and related notes thereto in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

              The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2005 (inception) through August 31, 2005 and for the year ended August 31, 2006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of such data. The results of operations for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any subsequent period.

50


Table of Contents

 
  January 4,
2005 (1)
through
August 31,
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended
May 31,
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations:

                                           

Revenues, net

  $   $ 745   $ 6,860   $ 14,749   $ 11,551   $ 7,010   $ 24,275  

Cost of revenues (2)

        1,680     4,484     11,681     11,019     6,536     14,230  
                               

Gross profit (loss)

        (935 )   2,376     3,068     532     474     10,045  
                               

Operating expenses:

                                           
 

Research and development (2)

    633     1,584     902     1,935     2,452     1,591     1,490  
 

Selling, general and administrative (2)

    530     1,788     1,704     2,320     2,568     1,600     2,244  
                               
   

Total operating expenses

    1,163     3,372     2,606     4,255     5,020     3,191     3,734  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (1,163 )   (4,307 )   (230 )   (1,187 )   (4,488 )   (2,717 )   6,311  

Other income (expense):

                                           
 

Loss of unconsolidated entities (3)

                            (169 )
 

Interest income (expense), net

    78     101     97     41     215     209     (21 )
 

Other income, net

                37              
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    63     (65 )   234     295     580     424     (325 )
                               
   

Total other income (expense), net

    141     36     331     373     795     633     (515 )
                               

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (1,022 )   (4,271 )   101     (814 )   (3,693 )   (2,084 )   5,796  

Provision for income taxes

                            271  
                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,022 ) $ (4,271 ) $ 101   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 5,525  
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to common stock:

                                           
 

Basic

  $   $   $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 460  
                               
 

Diluted

  $   $   $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 487  
                               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock:

                                           
 

Basic

  $ 0.00   $ 0.00   $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                               
 

Diluted

  $ 0.00   $ 0.00   $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                               

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock:

                                           
 

Basic

    24,911,987     39,142,776     57,342,749     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     98,029,563  
 

Diluted

    24,911,987     39,142,776     57,892,748     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     107,899,182  

51


Table of Contents


 
  As of August 31,   As of May 31, 2010 (4)  
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                                 

Cash and cash equivalents

 
$

3,768
 
$

1,972
 
$

1,960
 
$

11,120
 
$

13,715
 
$

14,157
 
$

14,157
 
$
 

Working capital (5)

   
5,374
   
2,785
   
6,761
   
16,944
   
20,836
   
23,725
   
23,725
       

Total assets

   
14,954
   
14,025
   
31,882
   
43,740
   
50,801
   
76,307
   
76,307
       

Long-term debt, net of current portion (6)

   
   
   
   
   
2,995
   
3,964
   
3,964
       

Total stockholders' equity

 
$

13,738
 
$

13,075
 
$

29,159
 
$

39,492
 
$

43,997
 
$

65,867
 
$

65,867
 
$
 

(1)
We were incorporated on January 4, 2005.

(2)
Stock-based compensation expenses are included in our cost of revenues, research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses as follows:

   
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended
May 31,
 
   
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Stock-based compensation expenses included in:

                                     
   

Cost of revenues

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

29
 
   

Research and development

   
   
   
   
   
   
18
 
   

Selling, general and administrative

   
   
   
3
   
8
   
16
   
53
 
                             
     

Total stock-based compensation expenses

  $   $   $ 3   $ 8   $ 16   $ 100  
                             
(3)
Includes our proportionate share of loss from our unconsolidated joint venture entities, including China SemiLEDs. Our investments in these entities are initially stated at cost on our consolidated balance sheets and adjusted for our portion of equity in these investees' income or loss.

(4)
Our consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2010 is presented:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of 5,859,950 Class B common stock into Class A common stock and the conversion of 192,064,223 shares of convertible preferred stock, which represents all of the issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments stated above and the sale by us of         shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at the initial public offering price of $        per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(5)
Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.

(6)
Long-term debt includes long-term notes with a maturity of greater than 12 months.

52


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

               This prospectus contains certain statements that are forward-looking in nature relating to our business, future events or our future financial performance. Prospective investors are cautioned that such statements involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual events or results may differ materially from the statements made in such forward-looking statements. In evaluating such statements, prospective investors should specifically consider the various factors identified in this prospectus, including the matters set forth under the caption "Risk Factors," which could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements.

Company Overview

              We develop, manufacture and sell LED chips and LED components that we believe are among the industry leading LED products on both a lumens per watt and cost per lumen basis. Our products are used primarily for general lighting applications, including street lights and commercial, industrial and residential lighting.

              We sell blue, green and ultraviolet (UV) LED chips under our MvpLED brand to a customer base that is heavily concentrated in Asia, in particular China, Taiwan and Korea. Our operations include both LED chip and LED component manufacturing. Utilizing our patented and proprietary technology, our manufacturing process begins by growing upon the surface of a sapphire wafer, or substrate, several very thin separate semiconductive crystalline layers of gallium nitride, or GaN, a process known as epitaxial growth, on top of which a mirror-like reflective silver layer is then deposited. After the subsequent addition of a copper alloy layer and finally the removal of the sapphire substrate, we further process this multiple-layered material to create individual LED chips.

              We produce a wide variety of LED chips, currently ranging from chip sizes of 1520 m m by 1520 m m to 380 m m by 380 m m. The majority of our chips are capable of providing over 100 lumens per watt when packaged. We sell our LED chips to packaging customers or to distributors, who in turn sell to packagers. In addition, we package a portion of our LED chips into LED components, which we sell to distributors and end-customers in selected markets.

              We are a holding company for various wholly owned subsidiaries and joint ventures. Our most significant subsidiary is our wholly owned operating subsidiary, Taiwan SemiLEDs, where substantially all of our assets are held and located, substantially all of our employees are employed and located, and where all of our research and development and sales activities take place. Taiwan SemiLEDs owns a 100% equity interest in SBDI, a consolidated entity effective April 1, 2010. We also sell a majority of our LED components through the Taiwan branch office of our wholly owned Delaware subsidiary, Helios Crew, which purchases LED components from Taiwan SemiLEDs and resells them to our customers. We have a 49% interest in China SemiLEDs, a joint venture in China, which has not had any material operations to date. In addition, we own a 50% interest in SILQ, a joint venture established in Malaysia to design, manufacture and sell lighting fixtures and systems. We also own a 49% interest in SS Optoelectronics, a joint venture that we formed in Taiwan with one of our customers. We intend to sell LED chips to SS Optoelectronics, which in turn will resell the LED chips to this customer. Each of these three joint venture entities is still in an early development stage and has not had any material operations to date.

              Our 49% ownership interest in China SemiLEDs is accounted for as an equity method investment and as such is not consolidated for financial reporting purposes. We report our investment in China SemiLEDs on our consolidated balance sheet at cost, after adding or deducting our portion of equity in undistributed earnings or losses. If the value of our investment in China SemiLEDs declines, and the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the investment will be written down to fair value. We recognize our proportionate share (based on our percentage ownership) of the net income or

53


Table of Contents


loss, as the case may be, from China SemiLEDs under income (loss) from unconsolidated entities in our consolidated statements of operations, which include, in addition to the income or loss attributable to China SemiLEDs, our proportionate share of the income or loss from our other two joint venture entities.

China SemiLEDs

              We expect that a substantial portion of our business in China will be conducted through China SemiLEDs and we expect that our results of operations will be significantly impacted by the performance of China SemiLEDs as it begins to manufacture and sell products, and begins to aggressively pursue customers. We expect that China SemiLEDs will manufacture LED chips for sale to packagers and distributors, which we expect will include shareholders of China SemiLEDs. We expect that the end users of China SemiLEDs' LED products will include government entities, such as cities and provinces who will use its LED products for installation in street lighting and signage applications and to a lesser extent include businesses for use in commercial applications, such as lighting for warehouses and commercial buildings and backlighting applications for LCD notebooks, television sets and computer monitors.

              Our chief executive officer, Trung T. Doan, and our chief operating officer, Dr. Anh Chuong Tran, serve as chairman and vice-chairman, respectively, of the board of directors of China SemiLEDs. Neither of these officers, however, will receive separate compensation in the form of salary or other benefits from China SemiLEDs. China SemiLEDs' board of directors, together with its management, will be responsible for supervising the operations of China SemiLEDs. A general manager has been appointed at China SemiLEDs to carry out its day-to-day operations, including its manufacturing, sales and marketing, and employee relations.

              We expect that China SemiLEDs will begin to incur expenses, including research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses, as it ramps up manufacturing and commercial production and as it continues to develop new products and applications. During this initial growth and commercialization stage of China SemiLEDs, we expect both our our sales and marketing and research and development staff will be actively involved in the development and build-up of the business. After this initial period, we expect China SemiLEDs will hire and train professionals in these functions who will be dedicated to China SemiLEDs' business, products and customers, and we expect to maintain close collaboration across teams. As with our two senior officers, none of our employees or staff involved in assisting China SemiLEDs will receive any compensation in the form of salary, bonus or other compensation from China SemiLEDs. China SemiLEDs is expected to grant stock options, subject to its board of directors' approval and shareholders approval, to its employees, which are independent of our employee stock compensation plans.

              As China SemiLEDs' business grows, depending on the materiality of China SemiLEDs' business as compared to our business, we expect that we will have to report the financial performance of China SemiLEDs, to varying degrees, in the periodic and annual reports that we file with the SEC under the Exchange Act. In certain circumstances, we may be required to include the financial statements of China SemiLEDs in their entirety in our reports.

              We have invested approximately $14.7 million in China SemiLEDs to date. China SemiLEDs' total capital contribution received to date is approximately $45.0 million, and all of its capital expenditures have been funded from proceeds of its equity financings. Neither we nor the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs have any contractual obligation to make further capital contributions to China SemiLEDs.

54


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition, Results of Operations and Business

              The following are key factors that we believe affect our financial condition, results of operations and business:

55


Table of Contents

Components of Consolidated Statements of Operations

            Our revenues are derived substantially from the sale of our LED chips and to a lesser extent from the sale of our LED components. Revenues for our LED chips represented 94.6%, 88.0%, 77.6% and 78.8% for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively, with the substantial portion of our remaining revenues attributable to our LED components.

              Our revenues and the percentage of total revenues by products for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 are as follows:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues, net:

                                                             

LED chips

  $ 6,490     94.6 % $ 12,981     88.0 % $ 8,960     77.6 % $ 5,379     76.7 % $ 19,120     78.8 %

LED components

    182     2.7     1,228     8.3     2,328     20.1     1,405     20.1     4,748     19.5  

Other (1)

    188     2.7     540     3.7     263     2.3     226     3.2     407     1.7  
                                           

Total

  $ 6,860     100.0 % $ 14,749     100.0 % $ 11,551     100.0 % $ 7,010     100.0 % $ 24,275     100.0 %
                                           

(1)
Other includes revenues attributable to the sale of general lighting products for use in residential homes and office buildings, the sale of specialized LED applications, the sale of epitaxial wafers and the sale of scraps and raw materials.

              Our revenues are affected by sales volumes of our LED chips and LED components and our average selling prices for such products. Average selling prices for LED components are higher than for LED chips and therefore our total revenues are also affected by our product mix.

              We recognize revenue on sales of our products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, ownership and risk of loss has transferred and collection of the sales proceeds is probable. We obtain written purchase authorizations from our customers as evidence of an arrangement and these authorizations generally provide for a specified amount of product at a fixed price. We typically consider delivery to have occurred at the time of shipment, unless otherwise agreed in the applicable sales terms, as this is generally when title and risk of loss for the product passes to the customer.

              Our larger customers typically provide us with non-binding rolling forecasts of their requirements for the coming three to six months. Typically, our customers place purchase orders one to two months before the expected shipment date; however, during periods when market demand significantly exceeds supply, customers generally place their orders more than two months in advance in order to ensure an adequate supply to meet their growing business needs. Our customers may increase, decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place, with no material consequences to the customer. As a result, we may face increased inventories and our backlog may decline as a result of any economic downturn or material change in market conditions or economic outlook. We price our

56


Table of Contents


products in accordance with prevailing market conditions, taking into account the technical specifications of the product being sold, the order volume, the strength and history of our relationship with the customer, our inventory levels and our capacity utilization.

              The number of customers that we sold our products to increased from 116 customers during the year ended August 31, 2007 to 305 customers during the nine month period ended May 31, 2010. Our customers for LED chips consist of both packagers and distributors who sell our LED chips to their packaging customers. Packagers in turn sell their packaged LED components to end-users of lighting devices. Our customers for LED components consist primarily of distributors. Distributors accounted for 39.2%, 40.0%, 54.8% and 45.5% of our revenues for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively. Our revenues attributable to our ten largest customers accounted for 77.7%, 73.0%, 57.3% and 63.8% of our revenues for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively.

              Our revenues are concentrated to sales to customers in certain countries in Asia, in particular, China and Taiwan. Our revenues attributable to customers in China (including Hong Kong) and Taiwan represented 69.3%, 65.4%, 79.0% and 82.9%, respectively, of our revenues for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively. We expect that our revenues will continue to be concentrated to sales in these jurisdictions for the foreseeable future.

              Our revenues by geographic region are based on the billing addresses of our customers. The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic region and the percentage of total revenues represented by each geographic region for the periods indicated:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues, net:

                                                             

Taiwan

  $ 2,871     41.9 % $ 6,225     42.2 % $ 3,671     31.8 % $ 2,332     33.3 % $ 10,013     41.3 %

China (1)

    1,881     27.4     3,416     23.2     5,457     47.2     3,014     43.0     10,104     41.6  

United States

    397     5.8     240     1.6     771     6.7     575     8.2     946     3.9  

Korea

    322     4.7     3,746     25.4     539     4.7     243     3.4     1,023     4.2  

Others

    1,389     20.2     1,122     7.6     1,113     9.6     846     12.1     2,189     9.0  
                                           

Total

  $ 6,860     100.0 % $ 14,749     100.0 % $ 11,551     100.0 % $ 7,010     100.0 % $ 24,275     100.0 %
                                           

(1)
Includes Hong Kong.

              Our revenues are presented net of estimated sales returns and discounts. We estimate sales returns and discounts based on our historical discounts and return rates and our assessment of future conditions.

            Our cost of revenues consists primarily of cost of materials, depreciation expenses, manufacturing overhead costs, direct labor costs and utilities cost, all related to the manufacture of our LED chips and LED components. Materials include raw materials that are used in the manufacturing of our products, other materials such as gases and chemicals and consumables. Because our products are manufactured based on customers' orders and specifications and we purchase materials and supplies to support such orders, we generally purchase our materials at spot prices in the marketplace and do not maintain long-term supply contracts. We purchase materials from several suppliers. Our procurement policy is to select only a small number of qualified vendors who demonstrate quality of materials and reliability on delivery time. We are subject to variations in the cost of our materials and consumables from period to period. Moreover, because we consume a significant amount of electricity

57


Table of Contents

in our manufacturing process, any fluctuations in electricity costs will have an impact on our cost of revenues.

              Direct labor costs consist of salary (including stock-based compensation), bonus, training, retirement and other costs related to our employees engaged in the manufacture of our products. Manufacturing overhead costs consist primarily of salaries, bonuses and other benefits (including stock-based compensation expenses) for our administrative personnel allocated to manufacturing functions, repairs and maintenance costs for equipment and machinery maintenance costs and lease expenses.

    Operating Expenses

            Our operating expenses include research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. The components of our operating expenses and percentage of such expenses as a percentage of total operating expenses for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 comprised the following:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating Expenses:

                                                             

Research and development

  $ 902     34.6 % $ 1,935     45.5 % $ 2,452     48.8 % $ 1,591     49.9 % $ 1,490     39.9 %

Selling, general and administrative

    1,704     65.4     2,320     54.5     2,568     51.2     1,600     50.1     2,244     60.1  
                                           

Total

  $ 2,606     100.0 % $ 4,255     100.0 % $ 5,020     100.0 % $ 3,191     100.0 % $ 3,734     100.0 %
                                           

              Research and development.     Our research and development expenses, which are expensed as incurred, consist primarily of expenses related to employee salaries, bonuses and other benefits (including stock-based compensation expenses) for our research and development personnel, engineering charges related to product design, purchases of materials and supplies, repairs and maintenance and depreciation related expenses. We expect our research and development expenses to increase as we hire additional personnel and devote more resources to research and development to improve our technologies and manufacturing processes and to reduce manufacturing costs.

              Selling, general and administrative.     Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, bonuses and other benefits (including stock-based compensation expenses) for our administrative, sales and marketing personnel and also consist of lease expenses, marketing-related travel, entertainment expenses and general office-related expenses. We also incur expenses for professional services, which include fees and expenses for accounting, legal, tax and valuation services.

              We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in the near future as we increase our sales and marketing efforts in line with the expansion of our business, manufacturing capacity and product offerings. In addition, we will incur a significantly higher level of administrative costs and expenses as we hire additional staff and engage legal, accounting and other professional service providers to meet our public company reporting and corporate governance requirements subsequent to this offering.

    Other Income (Expense)

              Loss from unconsolidated entities.     Loss from unconsolidated entities consists of our portion of the loss of our three partially owned, unconsolidated entities, which include China SemiLEDs. These entities are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, and as such, we recognize our portion of the net income or loss from such entities in our consolidated statements of operations. We report our investment in such entities as investments in unconsolidated entities on our consolidated balance sheets and such investment amounts are initially stated at cost, and subsequently adjusted for our

58


Table of Contents

portion of equity in undistributed earnings or losses. If the value of our investment in such entities declines, and the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the investment will be written down to fair value.

              Interest income (expense), net.     Interest income (expense), net consists of interest income and interest expense. Interest income represents interest earned from our cash and cash equivalents which are on deposit with commercial banks in Taiwan and the United States, and from certificates of deposit purchased from commercial banks in Taiwan. We had $13.7 million and $14.2 million in cash and cash equivalents as of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, respectively.

              Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our long-term borrowings and short-term lines of credit with certain banks in Taiwan. We had $3.4 million and $4.7 million of long-term debt, including the current portion of such long-term debt as of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, respectively. We also had drawn down $0.3 million from our short-term credit facilities as of May 31, 2010.

              Other income, net.     Other income, net primarily consists of a gain on sale of an investment accounted for under the cost method for the year ended August 31, 2008. We did not record other income or loss, net for the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2009 or for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     The functional currency of Taiwan SemiLEDs, SBDI, and the Taiwan branch office of Helios Crew is NT dollar. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are recognized in our consolidated statement of operations as foreign currency transaction gains (losses). Certain purchase contracts for materials, supplies and equipment entered into by our subsidiaries are denominated in currencies other than NT dollars, mainly in U.S. dollars and to a lesser extent Japanese Yen. For our customers outside of Taiwan, our subsidiaries quote prices for our products and bill our customers in U.S. dollars, and record revenues and accounts receivable in NT dollars for such orders at the time of such sale based on our revenue recognition policies. Most of our sales to customers and purchases are on credit. Any changes in the exchange rates between NT dollar, U.S. dollar, Japanese Yen and other currencies will result in our recognizing foreign currency transaction gains or losses, as the case may be, depending on the movement of the foreign exchange rates from the time when we record revenues and purchases, to the time we receive and make payment. We also have foreign currency transaction gains or losses from time deposits held in currencies other than the functional currency of the subsidiary that holds such deposits.

    Provision for Income Taxes

              United States tax treatment.     We and our subsidiary, Helios Crew, are United States corporations and are therefore required to file federal income tax returns with the Internal Revenue Service as well as with certain applicable state tax authorities. As our operations in the United States have been minimal, we have not to date recorded nor paid any federal or state corporate income tax.

              We have investments in controlled foreign corporations and affiliates, which under Subpart F of the United States Internal Revenue Code, or Subpart F, may under certain circumstances subject our investments in controlled foreign corporations and affiliates to taxation in the United States. Subpart F provides that United States corporations may be required to include in their income certain undistributed earnings of the foreign corporations and affiliates as though such earnings had been distributed currently. Subpart F applies only to United States shareholders (such as us) who hold an interest in a foreign corporation and affiliates that meets the definition of a "controlled foreign corporation." Under Section 957(a) of Subpart F, a "controlled foreign corporation" means any foreign corporation if more than 50% of either (i) the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of

59


Table of Contents


such corporation entitled to vote, or (ii) the total value of the stock of such corporation, is owned by "United States Shareholders" on any day during the foreign corporation's taxable year.

              Subpart F does not apply, however, to the income of a controlled foreign corporation generated from the sale of goods that are manufactured in its country of incorporation. Also, any income attributable to a controlled foreign corporation and its affiliates that is not engaged in a United States trade or business is generally not subject to United States taxation until its earnings are distributed, or the stock of the foreign corporation is disposed. All of our products are manufactured in Taiwan by Taiwan SemiLEDs, our wholly owned foreign subsidiary. Because Taiwan SemiLEDs conducts its manufacturing activities in Taiwan, the income or loss of Taiwan SemiLEDs is included in our consolidated financial statements, but is not considered taxable income for United States taxation purposes pursuant to §954(d)(1)(A) of the United States Internal Revenue Code. This generally enables a United States taxpayer, such as us, to indefinitely defer United States taxation on the profits earned by its controlled foreign corporations and affiliates by retaining the earnings in such entities. We do not currently have any plans to repatriate any of our retained earnings from any of our controlled foreign subsidiaries or affiliates and we do not currently have any plans to declare or pay any dividends from such entities.

              It has been reported, however, that the current presidential administration in the United States may seek to modify the rules governing taxation of controlled foreign corporations and affiliates and any such changes may result in our having to pay applicable taxes in the United States on income earned by such entities in the future.

              Taiwan tax treatment.     Prior to January 1, 2010, the corporate income tax rate in Taiwan was 25%. On May 28, 2010, Taiwan's legislature passed a bill reducing Taiwan's corporate income tax rate to 17%, which was promulgated by the President of Taiwan on June 15, 2010. This 17% tax rate applies to our income tax returns for the fiscal year starting September 1, 2010. Pursuant to the Taiwan Alternative Minimum Tax Act, or the AMT Act, which became effective on January 1, 2006, an alternative minimum tax, or AMT, is payable if the income tax payable pursuant to the Taiwan Income Tax is below the minimum amount prescribed under the AMT Act. The taxable income for calculating the AMT includes most income that is exempted from income tax under various legislations, such as tax holidays and investment tax credits. The AMT rate for business entities is 10%. However, the Taiwan AMT Act grandfathered certain tax exemptions and tax credits granted prior to the enactment of the AMT.

              Companies in Taiwan that conduct business in certain industries promoted by the Taiwan government, including the semiconductor and LED industries, may also be eligible for preferential tax treatment under the Statute for Upgrading Industries even though it was abolished on May 12, 2010. Under the Statute for Upgrading Industries, Taiwan SemiLEDs is entitled to a five-year tax exemption for income attributable from the use of equipment that we previously purchased to manufacture blue and green LED wafers and LED chips funded in whole or in part by proceeds from its initial capital investments and subsequent capital increases. Such tax exemption is available either to the shareholder of Taiwan SemiLEDs or, if we so determine, to Taiwan SemiLEDs itself. We have received approval from the tax authorities to utilize this five-year exemption. This five-year exemption period must begin within four years following the date on which we commenced commercial production using such equipment, which was November 30, 2009. We are required to inform the tax authorities by November 30, 2011 of the designated year from which we will begin using such exemption. As such, the final date on which we can choose to use this exemption would be our fiscal year beginning September 1, 2013, and in this case, this exemption would expire on August 31, 2018.

              In addition, Taiwan SemiLEDs enjoys certain tax credits under the Statute for Upgrading Industries ranging from 7% to 11% for investments in automation equipment and technology made prior to December 31, 2009 as well as tax credits of 30% for research and development expenses

60


Table of Contents


incurred prior to December 31, 2009, both of which can be applied over a period of five years. Such tax credits cannot exceed 50% of income tax payable for that year, and unused credits can be carried over for four years and be fully applied in the last year of carry-over. As of August 31, 2009, Taiwan SemiLEDs had unused tax credits of $1.1 million, which will begin expiring in various amounts in the year ending August 31, 2010. We expect Taiwan SemiLEDs to utilize a portion of such tax credits to offset income tax payable in the year ending August 31, 2010. In addition, Taiwan SemiLEDs has received preliminary approval from the tax authorities to enjoy tax credits of up to 20% under the Statute for Upgrading Industries for our prior investments in township areas in Taiwan with limited resources or with slow development, which can be applied over a period of four years. We are still in the process of applying for the final approval for the application of such tax credit.

              According to the newly enacted Statute for Industrial Innovation, which came into effect on May 12, 2010, a Taiwan company is entitled to apply for a tax credit of up to 15% of the aggregate amount invested in research and development if the amount of such credit does not exceed 30% of its income tax payable for that year. Any unused credit cannot be carried over to later years. This law changed the tax regime that was in effect under the Statute for Upgrading Industries, which was abolished on May 12, 2010. Although the Statute for Industrial Innovation became effective in May 2010, the applicable tax incentives under this new tax regime can be retroactively applied from January 1, 2010. Taiwan SemiLEDs may be entitled to such tax credits under the Statute for Industrial Innovation to offset its income tax payable from the year ending August 31, 2010 through the year ending August 31, 2019.

              As of August 31, 2009, Taiwan SemiLEDs had unused net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.8 million, which will begin expiring in various amounts in the year ending August 31, 2015. Pursuant to the Taiwan Income Tax Act, as amended on January 21, 2009, net operating loss carryforwards can be carried forward for a period of ten years. We expect that Taiwan SemiLEDs will fully utilize net operating loss carryforwards to offset taxable income in the year ending August 31, 2010.

              In addition, in accordance with the Taiwan Income Tax Act, dividends distributed by companies incorporated in accordance with the Taiwan Company Act shall be deemed as income derived from sources in Taiwan and income taxes shall be levied on the shareholders receiving such dividends. In the event that a Taiwan incorporated company distributes dividends to its foreign shareholders, it will be required to withhold tax payable by the foreign shareholders at the time of payment at a rate of 20% or a lower tax treaty rate if applicable. Therefore, dividends received from Taiwan SemiLEDs, if any, will be subjected to withholding tax under Taiwan law.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

              We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or US GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current and other conditions, our expectations regarding our future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates.

              We believe the following accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

    Revenue Recognition

            Our revenues are derived substantially from the sale of our LED chips and, to a lesser extent, from the sale of our LED components. We sell a large portion of our products to distributors, who in turn sell our products to their customers, which include both packaging customers that package our LED chips and to end-user customers that manufacture general lighting devices.

61


Table of Contents

              We recognize revenue on sales of our products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, ownership and risk of loss has transferred and collection of the sales proceeds is probable. We obtain written purchase authorizations from our customers as evidence of an arrangement and these authorizations generally provide for a specified amount of product at a fixed price. We typically consider delivery to have occurred at the time of shipment, unless otherwise agreed in the applicable sales terms, as this is generally when title and risk of loss for the products passes to the customer.

              We provide our customers with limited rights of return for non-conforming shipments and product warranty claims. Based on historical return percentages and other relevant factors, we estimate our potential future exposure on recorded product sales and record a provision against revenues when deemed appropriate. If we enter into an arrangement that contains more specific rights of return or acceptance provisions, revenues are deferred until the rights or provisions lapse. To date, our product returns and the related estimated sales returns have been insignificant. Our revenue recognition policy is generally the same whether we sell to packagers, end-customers or distributors as we do not provide any special rights to any class of customer.

              The evaluation of the above revenue recognition criteria requires significant management judgment. For instance, we use judgment to assess collectibility based on factors such as credit-worthiness and past collection history. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, revenue recognition is deferred until the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment. We also use judgment to assess whether a price is fixed or determinable by reviewing contractual terms and conditions related to payment terms. In addition, we estimate sales returns and allowances on product sales which are based on historical sales returns, allowances, market activity, and other known or anticipated trends and factors. These estimates are subject to management judgment and actual results could be different from our estimates which could result in future adjustments to our revenues and operating results.

    Stock-Based Compensation

            We account for our stock options granted to employees utilizing a fair value method of accounting which requires us to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for the stock options based on the estimated grant date fair value of those options. The fair value of the stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The resulting expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, or the vesting period, which for our stock option grants has generally been four years.

              We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on their estimated fair value which is also determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. However, the fair value of the stock options granted to nonemployees is remeasured each reporting period through the vesting date, and the resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

              The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires inputs for the expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate for each option grant. Further, the forfeiture rate also affects the amount of aggregate compensation that we are required to record as an expense. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant judgment.

              The expected term for options granted to our employees is derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior after taking into account the contractual life of the options. Our expected volatility is derived from the historical volatilities of several unrelated public companies within our industry over a period approximately equal to the expected term of each option grant because we have no trading history and, therefore, very limited information on the volatility of the fair value of our common stock. When making the selections of our

62


Table of Contents


industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, we also considered the stage of development and size of potential comparable companies, among other factors. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of each option grant.

              The fair value of the options granted during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months
Ended
May 31,
 
Assumptions
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  

Risk-free interest rates (%)

    4.8     3.4     2.3     2.3     2.7  

Expected term (in years)

    5.8     5.8     5.9     5.9     6.2  

Dividend yield (%)

    0     0     0     0     0  

Expected volatility (%)

    47.0     61.6     61.6     61.6     69.8  

              If, in the future, we determine that another method for calculating these input assumptions is more reasonable, or if another method is prescribed by authoritative guidance, the fair value calculations for future grants of stock options could change significantly. In that regard, higher volatility and longer expected lives generally result in an increase in the fair value of a stock option which would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term and expected volatility on a prospective basis and incorporating these factors into the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

              We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on reported stock-based compensation expense, as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. To date, we have not recognized any significant adjustments to our stock-based compensation as a result of forfeiture revisions. We will also continue to use judgment in evaluating the forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation.

              The following table summarizes, by grant date, the number of shares of common stock subject to options granted to employees since September 1, 2008, the associated per share exercise price and estimated fair value of our common stock for each grant:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price   Fair Value Per Share
of Common Stock
  Aggregate Grant
Date Fair Value
 

September 1, 2008

    3,104,800   $ 0.06   $ 0.02   $ 25,000  

November 1, 2008

    210,000     0.07     0.02     2,000  

February 15, 2009

    65,000     0.07     0.02     1,000  

March 1, 2009

    1,000,000     0.07     0.02     8,000  

February 10, 2010

    1,692,700     0.07     0.55     822,000  

July 23, 2010

    200,000     0.64     0.64     67,000  

              In addition to the options granted above, we granted options to purchase 40,000 shares on September 1, 2008, 25,000 shares on February 10, 2010 and 25,000 shares on May 2, 2010 with exercise

63


Table of Contents


prices of $0.06, $0.07 and $0.07 per share, respectively, to our nonemployees. We determined that the fair value of the underlying common stock on these dates was $0.02, $0.55 and $0.64 per share, respectively. The total amount of expenses associated with these grants was not determinable on the dates of the grants or the date of this prospectus as they are subject to periodic remeasurement.

              Also required for the calculation of the fair value of our stock options is the fair value of the underlying common stock. Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock for our grants of stock options. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock based in part on an analysis of relevant metrics, including some or all of the following for each grant date:

              Our board determined the fair value of our common stock in part by using contemporaneous and retrospective valuations based on the market approach and the income approach to estimate our aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. The market approach measures the enterprise value of a company through the analysis of different market variables of comparable companies. Consideration is given to the financial condition and operating performance of the company being valued relative to those of publicly traded comparable companies. When choosing the comparable companies to be used for the market approaches, we focused on companies in our industry or a similar line of business that had similar characteristics. Some of the other criteria used to select our comparable companies included the business description, business size, projected growth, financial condition and historical earnings. The income approach measures the value of a company as the present value of its future economic benefits by applying an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to expected cash flows, based on forecasted revenues and costs. The discount rate used is the weighted average cost of interest-bearing debt and equity capital. We utilized a discounted cash flow analysis for the income approach. In the discounted cash flow analysis, future cash flows are discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. Cash flows are forecasted for a discrete period of years and then projected to grow at a constant rate in perpetuity. We prepared a financial forecast for each valuation to be used in the computation of the enterprise value for the income approaches. The financial forecasts took into account our past experience and future expectations. The risks associated with achieving these forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rate. The enterprise values for the market approach and the income approach were then weighted based the valuation purpose, availability of data and possibility of future scenarios for our company.

              In order to determine the fair value of our common stock, the enterprise value determined from the market approach and income approach at each valuation date were allocated to the shares of convertible preferred stock and shares of common stock using an option-pricing methodology. The option-pricing method treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company. When a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale, merger or initial public offering occurs and the total equity value of a company is less than the amount of debt owed plus the

64


Table of Contents


total liquidation preference of a company's convertible preferred stock, the value of the common stock is zero. However, if the total equity value is greater than the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock, the common and convertible preferred stock share equally in the value of each dollar of total equity value greater than the total liquidation preference.

              The option-pricing methodology uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities' fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated holding period and the estimated volatility of the equity securities. The anticipated holding period utilized in these valuations was based on then-current plans and estimates of our board of directors and management. Estimates of the volatility of our stock were based on available information on the volatility of the capital stock of our comparable publicly traded companies. This approach is consistent with the methods outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

              Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock underlying our stock options on each stock option grant date and, in doing so, considered several factors, including the review of independent valuation reports and developments in our business. The independent valuations were as of measurement dates that were not the same as the dates of our stock option grants but were sufficiently close to the stock option grant dates such that the resulting fair values of the underlying common stock determined in the independent valuations were an appropriate approximation of the fair values of the underlying common stock on the stock option grant dates during the intervening periods. In making that determination, our board of directors considered whether there were any changes in the relevant metrics utilized in the independent valuations during the intervening periods that would have a significant impact on the resulting fair values of the underlying common stock and determined that there were none, except in 2010 when our board of directors obtained a retrospective valuation as of February 2010 to assist with evaluating these changes, as discuss further below. The independent valuations include significant assumptions including risk-adjusted discount rates, non-marketability discounts as a result of being a private company, and an estimated holding period until a liquidity event. The risk-adjusted discount rates utilized in the valuations were based on a several factors, including date specific risk-free borrowing rates, debt borrowing rates, debt and equity relationships for companies in the industry, the size of our company in relation to other publicly traded companies in our industry, expected additional return rates above the risk-free rate, risks specific to us, industry and economic conditions and expectations, and return rates for other companies in similar early stages of the business life cycle. The non-marketability discount was determined utilizing a protective put analysis, which included holding period considerations, risk-free rates as of the date of the valuations, and the volatility of the stock prices of comparable public companies in the industry. The estimates of the holding period for a liquidity event were based on expectations for revenue levels, profitability levels, and market conditions that would dictate the most likely liquidity scenario as determined by our board of directors. The independent valuations incorporated into the valuations performed by our board of directors and the intervening changes between valuations are discussed below.

              August 31, 2008 contemporaneous valuation.     The contemporaneous valuation as of August 31, 2008 determined a fair value of our common stock of $0.02 per share. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount rate of 21.6%, a non-marketability discount of 35.5% and an estimated holding period of three years from the valuation date. In order to determine the aggregate enterprise value, the valuation was weighted between the market approach and the income approach with 85% of the enterprise value determined utilizing the income approach being combined with 15% of the enterprise value determined utilizing the market approach. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors determined that the fair value of the common stock for our stock option grants on September 1, 2008, November 1, 2008, February 15, 2009 and March 1, 2009 to be $0.02 per share,

65


Table of Contents


however, set the exercise prices at $0.06 per share for the stock options granted on September 1, 2008 and $0.07 per share for the stock options granted on the other dates.

              August 31, 2009 contemporaneous valuation.     The contemporaneous valuation as of August 31, 2009 determined a fair value of our common stock of $0.02 per share. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount rate of 25.4%, a non-marketability discount of 42.4% and an estimated holding period of three years from the valuation date. The increase in the risk-adjusted discount rate from the August 31, 2008 valuation was due to additional specific risks facing our business, including meeting higher projected future profitability. The increase in the non-marketability discount from the August 31, 2008 valuation was due primarily to increased volatility in the industry. There was no change to the estimated holding period due primarily to the decline in the global financial markets and related expectations of our board of directors on a liquidity event. Due in part to a decline in our financial performance and combined with the overall downturn in the global financial markets, the contemporaneous valuation also relied solely on the income approach and, therefore, was not weighted among the market and income approaches. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors initially determined that the fair value of the common stock for our stock option grants on February 10, 2010 and May 2, 2010 to be $0.02 per share. However, the board of directors set the exercise price at $0.07 per share for these stock options. As a result of a retrospective valuation performed as of February 28, 2010 and a contemporaneous valuation performed as of May 31, 2010 discussed further below, the fair value of the underlying common stock for stock options granted in February and May 2010 were subsequently increased, as detailed further below, for the calculations of our stock-based compensation for the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

              February 28, 2010 retrospective valuation.     The retrospective valuation as of February 28, 2010 determined a fair value of our common stock of $0.55 per share. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount rate of 28.7%, a non-marketability discount of 22.3% and an estimated holding period of nine months from the valuation date. The increase in the risk-adjusted discount rate from the August 31, 2009 valuation was due to an assessment made by our board of directors that we faced additional, specific risks and meeting higher projected future profitability. The decrease in the non-marketability discount from the August 31, 2009 valuation was due primarily to the decreased expected time to a liquidity event as a result of the expectations of our board of directors regarding an initial public offering, which decreased the time to expiration in the protective put calculations. In order to determine the aggregate enterprise value, the valuation was weighted between the market approach and the income approach with 80% of the enterprise value determined utilizing the income approach being combined with 20% of the enterprise value determined utilizing the market approach. Significant developments in our business that contributed to the increase in the fair value of our common stock during the period from the date of our August 31, 2009 contemporaneous valuation included our entering into a number of joint ventures, including China SemiLEDs. Based on this retrospective valuation and other factors, our board of directors reassessed the fair value of the underlying common stock for the stock options granted in February 2010 and determined that the fair value was $0.55 per share. Accordingly, the fair value of the underlying common stock was subsequently increased to $0.55 per share for the calculations of our stock-based compensation for the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

              May 31, 2010 contemporaneous valuation.     The contemporaneous valuation as of May 31, 2010 determined a fair value of our common stock of $0.64 per share. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount rate of 29.5%, a non-marketability discount of 13.4% and an estimated holding period of five months from the valuation date. The slight increase in the risk-adjusted discount rate from the February 28, 2010 valuation was due to changes in industry and market conditions. The decrease in the non-marketability discount from the February 28, 2010 valuation was due to the decreased expected time to a liquidity event, which decreased the time to expiration in the protective put calculations and also due to lower reported volatility in the industry. In order to determine the aggregate enterprise

66


Table of Contents


value, the valuation was weighted between the market approach and the income approach with 80% of the enterprise value determined utilizing the income approach being combined with 20% of the enterprise value determined utilizing the market approach. Significant developments in our business that contributed to the increase in the fair value of our common stock during the period from the date of our February 28, 2010 retrospective valuation included (i) a Series E convertible preferred stock offering which resulted in the receipt of $15.0 million in proceeds, which provided us with resources to support our growth plan, (ii) our move toward a potential initial public offering, followed by informal discussions with potential underwriters in March 2010 and formal discussions with potential underwriters in April 2010, and (iii) the increase in our levels of staff, including the addition of key management employees, during this period. Based on this valuation and other factors, our board of directors determined the fair value of the underlying common stock for stock options granted in May 2010 to be $0.64 per share. Accordingly, the fair value of the underlying common stock was subsequently increased to $0.64 per share for the calculations of our stock-based compensation for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. In addition, our board of directors determined that the fair value of the underlying common stock for the stock option grant on July 23, 2010 to also be $0.64 per share as there were no specific events during this intervening period that would cause the fair value for the common stock to change.

              There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and if we had made different assumptions than those described above, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share amounts could have been significantly different.

              We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0 for the year ended August 31, 2009 and $0.1 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. As of May 31, 2010, we had $0.8 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, which is expected to be recognized over an average period of 2.4 years. As of May 31, 2010, we had 142,500 stock options outstanding held by our nonemployee consultants, of which 78,750 had not yet vested. As of May 31, 2010, we also had 63,750 shares of common stock outstanding held by our nonemployee consultants that are still vesting and, therefore, are subject to repurchase by us. The recognition of future compensation expense for these nonemployee stock options and shares are potentially subject to adjustment based on future fluctuations in the fair value of our common stock and various other assumptions and, with respect to the stock options, future exercise activity. In future periods, our stock-based compensation expense is expected to increase as a result of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation and as we issue additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees and nonemployee directors.

              Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the intrinsic value of the outstanding options as of August 31, 2010 was $            , of which $            related to vested stock options.

            Inventories consist of raw materials, work in process and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. We determine cost using a weighted average. At each balance sheet date, we evaluate our ending inventories for excess quantities and obsolescence and we write-down our inventory to its estimated market value based upon an aging analysis of the inventory on hand and assumptions about future demand. Our estimation of future demand is primarily based on the backlog of customer orders as of the balance sheet date and projections based on our actual historical sales trends and customers' demand forecast. Once written down, inventories are carried at this lower amount until sold or scrapped. We also establish a reserve for items that are considered obsolete based upon changes in customer demand, manufacturing process changes or new product introductions that may eliminate demand for the product. There is significant judgment involved with the estimates of excess and obsolescence and the related reserves and if our estimates regarding customer demand or

67


Table of Contents

other factors are inaccurate or actual market conditions or technological changes are less favorable than those estimated by management, additional future inventory write-downs may be required that could adversely affect our operating results. Inventory write-downs to market value during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 were $0.6 million, $0.1 million, $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0, respectively.

            Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of our estimated allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on an assessment of our ability to collect on customer accounts receivables. We regularly review the allowance by considering certain factors such as historical experience, industry data, credit quality, age of accounts receivable balances and current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a specific purchaser's ability to meet their financial obligations to us, we record a specific allowance against amounts due from the customer and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. There is judgment involved with estimating our allowance for doubtful accounts and if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make the required payments, we may be required to record additional allowances or charges against revenues. Charges to bad debt expense during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 were $0, $0.1 million, $0, $0 and $0.2 million, respectively.

            We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. These estimates and judgments about our future taxable income are based on assumptions that are consistent with our future plans. As of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, we have recorded a full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize them in the foreseeable future. These deferred tax assets primarily consist of certain net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted.

              Since inception, we have incurred operating losses and, accordingly, we have not recorded a significant provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented. Accordingly, there have not been significant changes to our provision for income taxes during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 or the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010.

              As of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in year ending August 31, 2025 and the state net operating loss will begin expiring in year ending August 31, 2017. Utilization of these net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and state and local tax laws if we have experienced an "ownership change" in the past, or if an ownership change occurs in the future, including, for example, as a result of the shares issued in this offering aggregated with certain other sales of our stock before or after this offering. We had total tax loss carryforwards in Taiwan as of August 31, 2009 of $5.8 million, which will begin expiring in various amounts in year ending August 31, 2015. In accordance with the Taiwan Income Tax Act amended in January 2009, net operating losses as determined by the tax authorities

68


Table of Contents


would be carried forward to deduct from future taxable income for ten consecutive years. Such amendment is effective for us beginning September 1, 2009, and extends the period of tax loss carryforwards.

            Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We make estimates of the useful life of our property, plant and equipment in order to determine depreciation expense to be recorded each reporting period based on similar assets purchased in the past and our historical experience with such similar assets, as well anticipated technological or market changes. The estimated useful life of our property, plant and equipment directly impacts the timing of when our depreciation expense is recognized. There is significant judgment involved with estimating the useful lives of our property, plant and equipment, and a change in the estimates of such useful lives could cause our depreciation expense in future periods to increase significantly.

            We assess impairment of our property, plant and equipment and intangible assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the forecast for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of negative operating cash flow, or an adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an impairment review.

              Impairment exists if the carrying amounts of such assets exceed the estimates of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. Should impairment exist, impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over the estimated fair value of the asset. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans, there is significant judgment involved in determining the cash flow attributable to a long-lived asset over its estimated remaining useful life. The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease estimated undiscounted future operating cash flows and could impact the determination that an impairment exists. We have not recognized any impairment charges during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 or the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

Results of Operations

              The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, our consolidated statements of operations. In the table below and throughout this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the following consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. The information contained in the table below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto

69


Table of Contents


beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
  $   % of
revenue
  $   % of
revenue
  $   % of
revenue
  $   % of
revenue
  $   % of
revenue
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations:

                                                             

Revenues, net

  $ 6,860     100.0 % $ 14,749     100.0 % $ 11,551     100.0 % $ 7,010     100.0 % $ 24,275     100.0 %

Cost of revenues

    4,484     65.4     11,681     79.2     11,019     95.4     6,536     93.2     14,230     58.6  
                                           

Gross profit

    2,376     34.6     3,068     20.8     532     4.6     474     6.8     10,045     41.4  
                                           

Operating expenses:

                                                             
 

Research and development

    902     13.1     1,935     13.1     2,452     21.2     1,591     22.7     1,490     6.1  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    1,704     24.8     2,320     15.7     2,568     22.2     1,600     22.8     2,244     9.3  
                                           
   

Total operating expenses

    2,606     37.9     4,255     28.8     5,020     43.4     3,191     45.5     3,734     15.4  
                                           

Income (loss) from operations

    (230 )   (3.3 )   (1,187 )   (8.0 )   (4,488 )   (38.8 )   (2,717 )   (38.7 )   6,311     26.0  

Other income (expense):

                                                             
 

Loss from unconsolidated entities

                                    (169 )   (0.7 )
 

Interest income (expense), net

    97     1.4     41     0.3     215     1.8     209     3.0     (21 )   (0.1 )
 

Other income, net

            37     0.2                          
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    234     3.4     295     2.0     580     5.0     424     6.0     (325 )   (1.3 )
                                           
   

Total other income (expense), net

    331     4.8     373     2.5     795     6.8     633     9.0     (515 )   (2.1 )
                                           

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    101     1.5     (814 )   (5.5 )   (3,693 )   (32.0 )   (2,084 )   (29.7 )   5,796     23.9  

Provision for income taxes

                                    271     1.1  
                                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 101     1.5   $ (814 )   (5.5 ) $ (3,693 )   (32.0 ) $ (2,084 )   (29.7 ) $ 5,525     22.8  
                                           

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2010 Compared to Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009

            Our revenues increased by approximately 246.3% from $7.0 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to $24.3 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. The $17.3 million increase in revenues reflects a $13.7 million increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED chips and a $3.3 million increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED components. The increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED chips was due to a 240.7% increase in the volume of LED chips sold and a 1.0% increase in the average selling price of LED chips as we introduced new, higher-priced models starting in December 2009. The increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED components was due to a 279.7% increase in the volume of LED components sold due to increased customer demand for our LED components, which was offset in part by a 13.9% decrease in average selling price of LED components due to continued market competition and the general trend of lower average selling prices for products that have been available in the market for some time.

              The significant increase in volume of LED chips and LED components sold was primarily due to increased end-user demand as a result of increased economic activity in calendar year 2010, as the global economy began to recover from a significant financial and economic downturn which began in late calendar year 2008 and which continued through most of calendar year 2009, and also due to our

70


Table of Contents


ability to ramp up our production capacity and produce LED chips and LED components that met our customers' demand and technical specifications.

              Recovery in government, consumer and corporate spending began to occur in certain countries beginning in the summer of calendar year 2009 and continued to gain pace in each of the quarters in calendar year 2010. We believe that we had benefited in particular, as the improvement in economic conditions and increased business activity and growth was more pronounced in the northern Asian countries of China, Taiwan and Korea, where a significant majority of our customers are based. We believe that the increase in government spending in particular, was a result of significant government financial stimulus programs initiated by various governments worldwide. We believe that our revenues increased in part from such government initiatives, particularly in China, as many of the end-users of our LED products were government led or government sponsored. The number of customers that we sold our products to increased from 187 customers during the nine month period ended May 31, 2009 to 305 customers during the nine month period ended May 31, 2010.

            Our cost of revenues increased by 117.7% from $6.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to $14.2 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues decreased from 93.2% in the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to 58.6% in the nine months ended May 31, 2010, primarily as a result of improved production yields and capacity utilization due to the significant increase in the volume of products sold.

              The $7.7 million increase in our cost of revenues was primarily due to a 180.3% increase in materials cost, a 180.6% increase in our overhead expenses, a 37.1% increase in our depreciation expenses and a 119.1% increase in our direct labor costs. Such increases all were a result of our continued ramp up of our business and operations and a result of the increase in our revenues from a significant increase in the volume of products manufactured and sold to meet increased customer demand. Depreciation expenses increased as we continued to purchase machinery and equipment to expand our manufacturing capacity. Direct labor costs increased, as we had 351 employees engaged in manufacturing activities as of May 31, 2010, compared with 159 employees as of May 31, 2009.

            Our gross profit increased significantly from $0.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to $10.0 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Our gross margin percentage increased from 6.8% for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to 41.4% for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, primarily due to improved capacity utilization as we operated at or near full capacity as a result of increased customer demand for our LED chips and LED components, a change in our product mix to higher margin products and improved production yields.

              Research and development.     Our research and development expenses decreased slightly by 6.3% from $1.6 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to $1.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. The decrease was mainly attributable to the completion of a government sponsored research and development project, resulting in a decrease in salaries attributable to research and development functions of $0.3 million as we reassigned certain of our research and development personnel to other functions, as well as due to decreases in repairs and maintenance expenses of $0.1 million and engineering charges related to product design and testing of $0.1 million.

              The decrease was offset in part by an increase in materials and supplies related expenses of $0.1 million and an increase in depreciation expenses of $0.1 million, as a result of our continued research and development efforts to improve yields and to develop improved LED chips and LED

71


Table of Contents


components. Our research and development expenses as a percentage of our revenues decreased from 22.7% for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to 6.1% for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Although the aggregate amount spent on research and development was moderately lower, the percentage of research and development expenses as a portion of revenues decreased significantly as revenues increased significantly. The number of employees allocated to research and development functions decreased by seven employees.

              Selling, general and administrative.     Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 40.3% from $1.6 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to $2.2 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. The increase was mainly attributable to an increase in salary related expenses of $0.2 million and an increase in professional services expenses for consultancy and market survey valuation and legal services of $0.2 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, offset in part by a decrease in lease expenses of $0.1 million as a result of the relocation of our manufacturing facilities and operations to a newly acquired building. The increase in salary related expenses was primarily due to the hiring of additional employees for sales, marketing and administrative functions to accommodate the growth and increased activity of our business.

              Loss from unconsolidated entities.     We did not record any loss from unconsolidated entities for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 as we did not have any such entities during such time. We recorded a loss from unconsolidated entities of $0.2 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, which was attributable primarily to the recognition of our portion of the net loss from China SemiLEDs. These entities were in their early start-up stage and did not generate any revenues. The expense increase was mainly for administrative and start-up costs for such entities.

              Interest income (expense), net.     We recorded net interest income of $0.2 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009, as compared to a net interest expense of $0 for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Our interest income decreased primarily as a result of a decline in interest rates earned on our time deposits from an annual percentage rate of 2.3% for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 to an annual percentage rate of 0.3% for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 as a result of significant decreases in market interest rates. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to additional long-term borrowings incurred in connection with our acquisition of a building and MOCVD reactors during the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

              Other income, net.     We did not record any other income or loss for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     We recorded a foreign currency transaction gain of $0.4 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and a foreign currency transaction loss of $0.3 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010, primarily due to the appreciation of the NT dollar against the U.S. dollar.

              Income tax expense.     We did not record any income tax expense for the nine months ended May 31, 2009, as we recorded a loss before income taxes during the period. We recognized an income tax expense of $0.3 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 in spite of having available to us tax loss carryforwards and tax credits as we were subject to a 10% alternative minimum tax under Taiwan's AMT Act.

72


Table of Contents

Year Ended August 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2008

            Our revenues decreased by 21.7% from $14.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $11.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2009. The $3.2 million decrease in revenues reflects a $4.0 million decrease in revenues attributable to sales of LED chips, which was offset in part by a $1.1 million increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED components. The decrease in revenues attributable to sales of LED chips was due to a 31.7% decrease in the volume of LED chips sold, which was offset in part by a 6.2% increase in average selling price. The increase in revenues attributable to LED components resulted from a 127.4% increase in the volume of LED components sold, which was offset in part by a 12.3% decrease in average selling price.

              The decrease in volume of LED chips sold primarily resulted from a significant decline in end-user demand due to the global economic recession which began in the fall of calendar year 2008. The decrease also resulted from our decision to limit sales of products to certain customers as we were concerned with the credit risk during the financial crises. The slight increase in the average selling price for our LED chips was a result of our introduction of new LED chips throughout this period which demonstrated significantly higher efficacy in terms of lumens per watt.

              The volume of LED components increased as a result of the ramp up of our LED component business during calendar year 2008 and also as a result of a significant order in calendar year 2009 from one customer for a defined project. The decrease in the average selling price resulted from general decreases in the average selling price for LED components as a result of increased market competition.

            Our cost of revenues decreased by 5.7% from $11.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $11.0 million for the year ended August 31, 2009. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased from 79.2% for the year ended August 31, 2008 compared to 95.4% for the year ended August 31, 2009.

              The decrease in our cost of revenues was primarily due to a 15.1% decrease in materials cost and a 9.6% decrease in overhead expenses as a result of the decrease in the volume of LED chips sold, offset in part by the increase in the volume of LED components sold. Direct labor costs increased slightly by 2.7%, as we continued to hire additional manufacturing staff. We had 180 employees engaged in manufacturing activities as of August 31, 2009, compared with 172 employees as of August 31, 2008.

            Our gross profit decreased by 82.7% from $3.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $0.5 million for the year ended August 31, 2009. Our gross margin percentage decreased from 20.8% for the year ended August 31, 2008 to 4.6% for the year ended August 31, 2009 due to the decline in sales volumes of LED chips, as well as the decrease in the average selling prices for our LED components. The decrease was also due to low capacity utilization in 2009 primarily as a result of the relocation of our manufacturing facilities and operations to a newly acquired building which relocation commenced in May 2009 and was completed in July 2009. In addition, we also experienced lower production yields as a result of our efforts in implementing new manufacturing processes to increase the performance of our LED chips.

73


Table of Contents

              Research and development.     Our research and development expenses increased by 26.7% from $1.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $2.5 million for the year ended August 31, 2009. The increase was due to our participation in a government sponsored research and development project, resulting in an increase in salaries attributable to research and development of $0.2 million, an increase in materials and supplies used in research and development of $0.2 million, and an increase in the repairs and maintenance costs for research and development related equipment of $0.1 million. Our research and development expenses increased as a percentage of our total revenues from 13.1% to 21.2%, for the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, as a result of the continued increase in our research and development efforts and the lower revenues generated during the year ended August 31, 2009.

              Selling, general and administrative.     Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 10.7% from $2.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $2.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2009. The increase was mainly attributable to an increase in salary related expenses of $0.3 million, an increase in our professional service expenses of $0.2 million for accounting and legal fees and expenses in connection with a settlement of a patent infringement lawsuit, an increase in other expenses of $0.1 million, and an increase in travel related expenses of $0.1 million, partly offset by a decrease in depreciation expenses of $0.3 million and a decrease in allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.1 million.

              The increase in salary related expenses was due to our hiring of additional employees for sales, marketing and administrative functions to accommodate the growth of our business. The travel related expenses increased as a result of increases in travel related expenses as we continued to increase our marketing activities for our expanding business in various jurisdictions. The decrease in depreciation expenses was primarily due to a decrease in the amount of depreciation expenses being allocated to selling, general and administrative expenses because certain production machinery and equipment that had been temporarily idled in calendar year 2008 were put back into operation in calendar year 2009, resulting in such depreciation expenses being allocated to cost of revenues.

              Loss from unconsolidated entities.     We did not have any unconsolidated entities in the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009 and, as such, did not record any income or loss from unconsolidated entities for such years.

              Interest income (expense), net.     We recorded an increase in net interest income of $0.2 million from $0 for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $0.2 million for the year ended August 31, 2009. Our interest income increased primarily as a result of an increase in the principal amount of cash and cash equivalents in time deposits as a result of proceeds from our Series D equity financing. The increase in interest income was offset in part by interest expense incurred with respect to our long-term borrowings.

              Other income, net.     We had net other income of $0 for the year ended August 31, 2008, primarily related to a gain on the sale of our investment in a joint venture. We did not record other income or expense for the year ended August 31, 2009.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     Our foreign currency transaction gain increased from $0.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2008 to $0.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2009, primarily due to the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the NT dollar.

74


Table of Contents

              Income tax expense.     We did not record any income tax expense for the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009 because we recorded a net loss for both years, accompanied by a full deferred tax valuation allowance.

Year Ended August 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2007

            Our revenues increased by 115.0% from $6.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to $14.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2008. The $7.9 million increase in revenues reflects a $6.5 million increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED chips and a $1.0 million increase in revenues attributable to sales of LED components. The increase in revenues was due to a 115.2% and 767.8% increase in the volume of LED chips and LED components sold, respectively, which was offset in part by a 11.3% and 25.7% decrease in the average selling price for LED chips and LED components, respectively. The increase in the volumes of both our LED chips and LED components being sold was a result of the increase in our manufacturing capacity as we ramped up our facilities in Taiwan and as a result of an increase in the total number of our customers. The number of customers we sold to increased from 116 customers during the year ended August 31, 2007 to 167 customers during the year ended August 31, 2008 due to the development and commercialization of LED chips and LED components that met customer demand and technical specifications.

              The decreases in the average selling prices of both our LED chips and our LED components resulted from the continued increase in supply and competition over the period and continued improvements in technology, resulting in more cost effective and efficient products being introduced by us and our competitors, which generally results in industry players, including us, having to lower prices for existing products and existing inventory. The pressure on average selling prices was also attributable to a slowing of the growth in various economies that began in the fall of calendar year 2008.

            Our cost of revenues increased significantly, growing by 160.5% from $4.5 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to $11.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2008. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased from 65.4% for the year ended August 31, 2007 compared to 79.2% for the year ended August 31, 2008.

              The increase in our cost of revenues was primarily due to increases in all major categories of our cost of revenues, including a 97.4% increase in materials cost, a 256.8% increase in depreciation expenses, a 158.5% increase in overhead expenses and a 223.6% increase in direct labor costs, all as a result of the build-up of our business and purchase of machinery and equipment and other materials to begin commercial production of our LED chips and LED components. Direct labor costs increased as we continued to hire additional manufacturing personnel. We had 172 employees engaged in manufacturing activities as of August 31, 2008, compared with 151 employees as of August 31, 2007.

            Our gross profit increased by 29.1% from $2.4 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to $3.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2008. Our gross margin percentage decreased from 34.6% for the year ended August 31, 2007 to 20.8% for the year ended August 31, 2008 as a result of a decrease in the average selling price of our LED chips and LED components as well as lower equipment utilization due to significant equipment purchases in the year ended August 31, 2008.

75


Table of Contents

              Research and development.     Our research and development expenses increased by 114.5% from $0.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to $1.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2008, mainly due to the increased number of ongoing research and development projects for the year ended August 31, 2008 compared the year ended August 31, 2007, resulting in an increase in salaries attributable to research and development of $0.6 million, an increase in consumption of materials and supplies of $0.2 million, engineering charges with respect to product design and testing of $0.1 million, and an increase in the repairs and maintenance of research and development related equipment of $0.1 million. The number of employees allocated to research and development activities increased by 18 employees. Our research and development expenses as a percentage of our total revenues were 13.1% and 13.1% for the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

              Selling, general and administrative.     Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 36.2% from $1.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to $2.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation expenses of $0.3 million primarily as a result of our idling certain manufacturing machinery and equipment in the year ended August 31, 2008. The increase was also due to an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.1 million, increases in professional services expenses of $0.1 million primarily as a result of increased legal expenses due to our having to defend against certain lawsuits in the year ended August 31, 2008 and an increase in lease expenses of $0.1 million to accommodate the larger staff and increased activity of our business.

              Loss from unconsolidated entities.     We did not have any unconsolidated entities in the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2008 and, as such, did not record any income or loss from unconsolidated entities for such years.

              Interest income (expense), net.     We recorded a decrease in net interest income of $0.1 million from $0.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to $0 for the year ended August 31, 2008. The decrease in our net interest income for the year ended August 31, 2008 was primarily due to lower balances of cash and cash equivalents during that period due to the expansion of our production capacity through the purchase of machinery, equipment and materials, and delayed customer payments, as a result of the global economic recession beginning in the fall of calendar year 2008, which lowered our cash balances.

              Other income, net.     We recorded other income, net of $0 for the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2008.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     Our foreign currency transaction gain increased from $0.2 million for the year ended August 31, 2007 to approximately $0.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2008, primarily due to the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the NT dollar.

              Income tax expense.     We did not record any income tax expense for the year ended August 31, 2007 because we applied our loss carryforwards to offset our tax liability. We did not record any income tax expense or benefit for the year ended August 31, 2008 because we recorded a net loss for that year, accompanied by a full deferred tax valuation allowance.

76


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

              The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the seven quarters ended May 31, 2010. This unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. You should read the table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  November 30,
2008
  February 28,
2009
  May 31,
2009
  August 31,
2009
  November 30,
2009
  February 28,
2010
  May 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues, net

  $ 2,505   $ 1,970   $ 2,535   $ 4,541   $ 6,705   $ 7,684   $ 9,886  

Cost of revenues

    2,034     1,492     3,010     4,483     4,869     4,515     4,846  
                               

Gross profit (loss)

    471     478     (475 )   58     1,836     3,169     5,040  

Operating expenses:

                                           
 

Research and development

    522     433     636     861     571     337     582  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    476     537     587     968     659     666     919  
                               
   

Total operating expenses

    998     970     1,223     1,829     1,230     1,003     1,501  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (527 )   (492 )   (1,698 )   (1,771 )   606     2,166     3,539  

Other income (expense):

                                           
 

Loss from unconsolidated entities

                        (10 )   (159 )
 

Interest income (expense), net

    103     90     16     6     (5 )   (6 )   (10 )
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    747     704     (1,027 )   156     (211 )   (141 )   27  
                               
   

Total other income (expense), net

    850     794     (1,011 )   162     (216 )   (157 )   (142 )
                               

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    323     302     (2,709 )   (1,609 )   390     2,009     3,397  

Provision for income taxes

                    27     93     151  
                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 323   $ 302   $ (2,709 ) $ (1,609 ) $ 363   $ 1,916   $ 3,246  
                               

Quarterly Results

              Comparing our revenues on a quarterly basis, we experienced a moderate decrease in revenues from $2.5 million in the three months ended November 30, 2008 to $2.0 million in the three months ended February 28, 2009, primarily as a result of a 51.1% decrease in the volume of LED chips sold, offset in part by an increase in the average selling price of our LED chips. The decrease in volume of LED chips sold was primarily due to a decline in end-user demand as a result of the global economic downturn, which began in late calendar year 2008 and continued through calendar year 2009; however, the impact was offset in part by an increase in the average selling price as we offered higher-priced models of LED chips developed for specialized LED applications allowing us to maintain a gross profit of $0.5 million in the three months ended February 28, 2009.

              Our revenues increased in each of the quarters from May 31, 2009 to May 31, 2010. Revenue increased from $2.5 million in the three months ended May 31, 2009 to $9.9 million in the three

77


Table of Contents


months ended May 31, 2010, as the global economy continued to recover from the economic recession. Despite the growth in our revenues, we suffered from lower capacity utilization, primarily attributable to the relocation of our Taiwan manufacturing facilities and operations to a newly acquired building beginning in May 2009 which we completed in July 2009, and as a result of declines in production yields as we implemented new manufacturing processes to enhance the brightness of our LED chips. As a result, we recorded a gross loss of $0.5 million in the three months ended May 31, 2009, and a gross profit of $0.1 million in the three months ended August 31, 2009.

              As a result of improving economic conditions resulting in increased demand, while we have continued to optimize our manufacturing process and expand capacity in Taiwan and have also begun to ramp up utilization of our equipment, beginning in March 2010 we have been operating our manufacturing facilities at or near full capacity. To address continuing improvement in market conditions, we intend to expand our production in Taiwan by further improving utilization of our equipment and by adding additional MOCVD reactors as well as other equipment and tools. In addition, through our introduction of new and higher-priced models of LED chips beginning in December 2009, the average selling price of our LED chips increased over the three months ended February 28, 2010. Through a combination of continued efforts to expand our production capacity, improve yields, and shift our product mix to higher margin products, our gross margin percentage increased from 27.4% in the three months ended November 30, 2009 to 41.2% in the three months ended February 28, 2010. Our gross margin percentage for the three months ended May 31, 2010, which was 51.0%, was higher due to increased sales during the quarter of a high performance LED chip with a particularly high average selling price, which contributed to an overall shift in mix for the quarter toward higher margin products. Margin also improved during the three months ended May 31, 2010 due to the sale during the quarter of approximately $0.3 million of scrap material which had no associated cost of revenues.

              Our research and development expense was higher for the three months ended August 31, 2009 as we commenced pilot run production for LED chips that we designed and developed for a research and development project sponsored by the Taiwan Ministry of Economic Affairs. This phase of the project required high cost materials, such as sapphire and an increased amount of consumables and supplies, as well as cost involved in improving product yield to meet the technical specification in the project. Our research and development expenses then decreased for the three months ended November 30, 2009, primarily because the final phase of this project involved the testing and packaging process, which was not as complex and as costly as the earlier phase, resulting in a decrease in our research and development expenses. Following the completion of the project in November 2009, our research and development expenses decreased further for the three months ended February 28, 2010, primarily because we reassigned certain of our research and development personnel to other functions, resulting in a decrease in salaries attributable to research and development functions and a decrease in other research and development expenses. In addition, in the three months ended February 28, 2010, we recognized the grant from the Taiwan Ministry of Economic Affairs for the project, which was recorded as an offset against our research and development expenses. Beginning March 2010, we increased our research and development efforts to support our expanded production capacity.

              Our selling, general and administrative expense was higher in the three months ended August 31, 2009 primarily as a result of legal fees and expenses in connection with a settlement of a patent infringement lawsuit, recording of an allowance for doubtful accounts, and higher sales and marketing efforts. Our selling, general and administrative expense was higher in the three months ended May 31, 2010 primarily due to professional services for market survey valuation and legal services and recording of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

              Based upon all of the foregoing, we believe that quarterly revenues and operating results are likely to vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future

78


Table of Contents


performance. There can be no assurance that our revenues or gross margins will increase or be sustained in future periods or that we will be profitable in any future period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

              Since our inception through May 31, 2010, we have substantially satisfied our capital and liquidity needs from $70.3 million of net proceeds from private sales of our convertible preferred stock and, to a lesser extent, from cash flow from operations, bank borrowings and credit lines. As of August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and May 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.0 million, $11.1 million, $13.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively, which were predominately denominated in U.S. dollars and consisted of bank deposits and time deposits with a number of commercial banks in Taiwan.

              During the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, we utilized operating lines of credit with certain banks to fulfill our short-term financing needs. The outstanding balances of these lines of credit were $0.6 million, $0.8 million, $0 and $0.3 million as of August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and May 31, 2010, respectively. These lines of credit had maturity dates of six months from the date of draw down and interest rates ranged from 1.3% to 4.0% during these periods. Unused amounts on these lines of credit were $0.6 million, $2.0 million, $3.3 million and $5.5 million as of August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, respectively.

              As of August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and May 31, 2010, our long-term debt, which include long-term notes, totaled $0, $0, $3.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively. The long-term notes carry variable interest rates ranging from 1.7% to 1.8%, are payable in monthly installments, and are secured by our property, plant and equipment. The first note payable requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $12,000 over the 15-year term of the note with final payment to occur in May 2024. The second note payable requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $27,000 over the five-year term of the note with final payment to occur in August 2014. The third note payable requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $26,000 over the five-year term of the note with final payment to occur in March 2015. The notes do not have prepayment penalties or balloon payments upon maturity.

              From inception to May 31, 2010, our capital expenditures amounted to $35.7 million, primarily consisting of equipment for the manufacture of LED chips and LED components, including MOCVD reactors and ancillary manufacturing equipment, among others. As of August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and May 31, 2010, we had outstanding purchase commitments for major property, plant and equipment of $0, $3.4 million, $11.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively. From time to time, we may also consider the acquisition of, or evaluate investments in, certain products and businesses complementary to our business. Any such acquisition or investment may require additional capital.

              We have incurred significant losses since inception, including net losses of $0.8 million and $3.7 million during the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009. As a result, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2009 include a footnote disclosure indicating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. For the nine months ended May 31, 2010, we generated net income of $5.5 million. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, if successful, together with our existing liquidity sources and anticipated funds from operations, will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, if we are not able to continue to generate positive cash flows from operations, we may need to consider alternative financing sources and seek additional funds through public or private equity financings or from other sources to support our working capital requirements or for other purposes. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to us or that, if available, such financing will be available on terms favorable to us.

79


Table of Contents

    Cash Flow

            The following summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated has been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (3,025 ) $ 2,399   $ (454 ) $ (931 ) $ 6,108  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (7,703 )   (2,882 )   (8,896 )   (5,271 )   (22,643 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    11,013     9,821     12,576     11,134     16,637  

      Cash Flows Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities

              Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 of $6.1 million was primarily attributable to: (i) our net income of $5.5 million and aggregate non-cash charges of $3.8 million, which primarily included depreciation and amortization expenses of $3.4 million; (ii) offset in part by net cash used in operating assets and liabilities during the period of $3.2 million, which included a large increase in net accounts receivable and inventory of $3.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, as a result of higher sales and customer demand over the period, offset in part by an increase in accounts payable of $1.2 million.

              Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended August 31, 2009 of $0.5 million was primarily attributable to: (i) a net loss of $3.7 million and net cash used in operating assets and liabilities during the period of $1.4 million, which primarily included an increase in inventory of $1.6 million, offset in part by a slight increase in accounts payable of $0.2 million; (ii) offset in part by aggregate non-cash charges of $4.6 million, which primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expenses of $4.6 million.

              Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended August 31, 2008 of $2.4 million was primarily attributable to: (i) a net loss of $0.8 million and net cash used in operating assets and liabilities during the period of $0.9 million, which primarily included an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million as a result of increased sales and longer credit terms extended to our customers to increase our market share, an increase in inventory of $0.6 million to support sales growth, offset in part by an increase in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively; (ii) offset in part by aggregate non-cash charges of $4.2 million, which primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expenses of $4.1 million.

              Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended August 31, 2007 of $3.0 million was primarily attributable to: (i) net income of $0.1 million and aggregate non-cash charges of $2.0 million, which consisted of depreciation and amortization expenses of $2.0 million; (ii) offset in part by a significant increase in net cash used in operating assets and liabilities of $5.2 million, which primarily included an increase in inventory of $4.2 million as a result of a build-up in inventories to support our anticipated sales growth and an increase in accounts receivable of $1.7 million as a result of increased sales, offset in part by an increase in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

      Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

              Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 was $22.6 million, consisting primarily of our having made investments in China SemiLEDs and two other joint venture entities in the aggregate amount of $15.5 million, purchases of property, plant and equipment of

80


Table of Contents

$6.1 million to support the expansion of our manufacturing capacity in Taiwan and payment for the acquisition of SBDI, net of cash acquired of $0.9 million.

              Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended August 31, 2009 was $8.9 million, consisting primarily of the purchase of buildings and purchase of machinery and equipment.

              Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended August 31, 2008 was $2.9 million, consisting primarily of the purchase of production machinery and equipment in an amount of $2.5 million, the payment for application costs and registration fees of patents that we developed in the amount of $0.4 million and the purchase of investments in non-marketable equity in an unaffiliated company, which was accounted for under the cost method in the amount of $0.4 million, offset in part by proceeds of $0.5 million from the sale of our investment in a joint venture entity.

              Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended August 31, 2007 was $7.7 million, consisting primarily of the purchase of production machinery and equipment in the amount of $7.1 million, and the purchase of our investment in a joint venture entity of $0.4 million.

      Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

              Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 was $16.6 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock of $15.0 million, proceeds from the incurrence of long-term debt of $1.5 million and proceeds from a draw down on a line of credit of $1.4 million, offset in part by payments on a line of credit of $1.1 million and payments of long-term debt of $0.3 million.

              Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended August 31, 2009 was $12.6 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock of $10.0 million, proceeds from the incurrence of long-term debt of $3.4 million and proceeds from a draw down on a line of credit of $1.0 million, offset in part by payment on a line of credit of $1.7 million.

              Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended August 31, 2008 was $9.8 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock of $9.7 million and proceeds from a draw down on a line of credit of $1.4 million, offset in part by payments on a line of credit of $1.3 million.

              Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended August 31, 2007 was $11.0 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock of $10.4 million and proceeds from a draw down on a line of credit of $0.6 million.

    Contractual Obligations

            The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of August 31, 2009:

 
  Payment Due In  
 
  Less than
1 year
  1-3
years
  3-5
years
  More than
5 years
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease agreements

  $ 456   $ 1,066   $ 1,225   $ 1,789   $ 4,536  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    420     864     868     1,263     3,415  

Purchase obligations for property, plant and equipment

    11,200                 11,200  
                       

Total contractual obligations

  $ 12,076   $ 1,930   $ 2,093   $ 3,052   $ 19,151  
                       

81


Table of Contents

              As of May 31, 2010, our total purchase obligations for property, plant and equipment were $3.6 million. In addition, during the nine months ended May 31, 2010, we incurred additional long-term debt of $1.5 million and drew down another $1.4 million from a line of credit, and also made regular payments on our long-term debt and line of credit of $1.5 million. In addition, we entered into two noncancellable operating leases as a result of our acquisition of SBDI. Such operating leases require lease payments of less than $0.1 million during the years ending August 31, 2010 and 2011. We also made payments of less than $0.1 million on our other operating leases during the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

Capital Expenditures

              We had capital expenditures of $7.1 million, $2.5 million, $8.8 million and $6.1 million for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, respectively. Our capital expenditures consisted primarily of purchases of machinery and equipment, construction in progress, prepayments for our manufacturing facilities and prepayments for equipment purchases. We expect to continue investing in capital expenditures in the future as we expand our business operations and prudently invest in the coordinated expansion of our production capacity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

              During the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet arrangements. We do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

              We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks include primarily:

    Interest Rate Risk

            We had cash and cash equivalents of $14.2 million as of May 31, 2010 which are invested in demand deposits and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates in the nine months ended May 31, 2010 would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

              We had long-term debt of $5.0 million as of May 31, 2010 consisting of notes payable of $4.7 million and lines of credit of $0.3 million. Only the note payables carry variable interest rates and these interest rates, which ranged between 1.7% to 1.8% as of May 31, 2010, are based on annual time deposit notes plus a specific spread. A hypothetical 10% change in the note payable interest rates in the nine months ended May 31, 2010 would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

    Foreign Exchange Risk

            A portion of our revenues and expenses are currently transacted by our non-U.S. subsidiaries in currencies other than their functional currencies, mainly in U.S. dollars and to a lesser extent in Japanese Yen. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to currency gains and losses from the time we enter into and settle our sales and purchase transactions. Accordingly, we are subject to foreign currency related risks and incur foreign currency transaction losses and gains from time to time, which are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. If there are significant

82


Table of Contents

changes in the exchange rates between NT dollar, U.S. dollar, Japanese Yen and other currencies, our consolidated financial results could be harmed. To date, we have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, our consolidated financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected due to changes in foreign exchange rates, however, a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

              In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued a new accounting standard that requires a qualitative approach to identifying a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity, or VIE, and requires ongoing assessment of whether an interest in a VIE makes the holder the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The new accounting standard is effective for us as of September 1, 2010. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

              In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new standard requires an entity to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In October 2009, the FASB also issued a new accounting standard that changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software and hardware elements. The new standard requires revenue arrangements that contain tangible products with software elements that are essential to the functionality of the products to be scoped out of the existing software revenue recognition accounting guidance and accounted for under these new accounting standards. Both standards will be effective for us in the first quarter of the year ending August 31, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

              In January 2010, the FASB issued an amendment to an accounting standard which requires new disclosures for fair value measurements and provides clarification for existing fair value disclosure requirements. The amendment will require an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Levels I and II fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers; and to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements separately in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or Level III inputs. This amendment clarifies existing disclosure requirements for the level of disaggregation used for classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value and requires disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements using Level II and Level III inputs. The adoption of this amendment will not impact our consolidated financial statements.

              In April 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which provides guidance on the criteria to be followed in recognizing revenue under the milestone method. The milestone method of recognition allows a vendor who is involved with the provision of deliverables to recognize the full amount of a milestone payment upon achievement, if, at the inception of the revenue arrangement, the milestone is determined to be substantive as defined in the standard. The update is effective for us in the first quarter of the year ending August 31, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

83


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY

              Light emitting diodes, or LEDs, are solid-state electronic components that emit light in a variety of brightness levels and colors. LEDs are increasingly used in a growing number of applications ranging from consumer electronics, such as backlighting for handsets, laptops and televisions, to general lighting, such as outdoor and indoor lighting.

              Backlighting applications have been the largest end-market for LEDs to date. However, LEDs have recently begun penetrating the general lighting market. The general lighting market includes applications for architectural, replacement lamp, retail display, commercial, industrial, outdoor area and residential uses. According to the Freedonia Group, an independent market research firm, the general lighting market, including sales of the light fixtures and bulbs, is estimated to be in excess of $100 billion.

              While LED lighting accounts for a small portion of the general lighting market, industry analysts anticipate that LED adoption will increase. LED lighting consists of the LED components, optics, heat sinks, power supplies and fixtures. An LED component is an LED chip that has been packaged. According to Strategies Unlimited, an independent market research firm, revenues attributable to LED components for general lighting applications were $665 million in 2009 and are estimated to grow to $4.3 billion by 2014, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 45%.

Key Drivers for LED Adoption in the General Lighting Market

              We believe the following factors have driven and will continue to drive the adoption of LEDs in the general lighting market.

    Increased LED performance

            From 2005 to 2009, the highest commercially available lumens per watt for cool white LED components increased from 47 to 132, according to Strategies Unlimited. Lighting performance is typically measured by lumen efficacy, or lumens per watt. A lumen is a measure of the amount of usable light generated by a light source, and lumen efficacy measures the lumens generated per unit of energy input. As a result of the increases in lumen efficacy, LED lighting offers energy saving advantages compared to some traditional lighting technologies such as incandescent and halogen and is becoming increasingly competitive with respect to energy savings compared to other traditional lighting technologies such as linear and compact fluorescent and high-intensity discharge, or HID. In addition to lumen efficacy, another key benchmark for lighting performance is total lifespan, measured by the total number of hours of light provided within a defined color spectrum. Longer lifespan reduces replacement and maintenance costs.

    Reduced LED Cost

            Currently, LEDs typically have low operational costs, but higher upfront costs than traditional lighting technologies. However, LED costs are decreasing due to:

    advances in epitaxial, process and packaging technologies resulting in greater lumen efficacy per LED device;

    improved LED manufacturing processes and equipment, such as processing larger wafer sizes, equipment capable of larger batches and cleaner deposition, process consistency, automation and use of cleaner chemicals, all of which result in higher chip yields per wafer; and

    larger scale LED production, resulting in higher equipment utilization and lower material costs that lead to lower overall production costs.

84


Table of Contents

    Growing Awareness of the Advantages of LEDs

            LEDs have several advantages over traditional lighting technologies:

    Environmental Advantages and Lower Energy Consumption.   Global concerns about rising energy costs and the environment are driving demand for more environmentally-friendly and energy efficient lighting. LEDs have high energy efficiency and are approximately 5 times as efficient as incandescent lamps. In addition, fluorescent lamps and some HID lamps contain toxic mercury which can escape if the bulb is broken, posing environmental disposal problems.

    Longer Lifetime Reducing Maintenance Costs.   LEDs are designed to provide up to 50,000 hours of light output. According to a March 2010 report prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy, traditional incandescent provides approximately 1,000 hours of light output, linear fluorescent provides approximately 25,000 hours of light output and HID provides approximately 20,000 hours of light output. LEDs' longer lifespan is expected to drive adoption by reducing the significant replacement cost for traditional incandescent bulbs and fluorescent lamps when the cost of changing a light includes expensive labor costs, such as in the case of street lights and public arena lights.

    Durability and Reliability.   Since LEDs are solid-state components, they are more resistant to damage from external shock than more fragile traditional lighting technologies such as incandescent and fluorescent. LEDs also generally operate effectively at a wide range of temperatures with consistent efficiency. In contrast, fluorescent lamps begin to lose efficiency when operating substantially above or below 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21 degrees Celsius), limiting their use for outdoor lighting.

    High Color Quality, Contrast and Image Quality.   LEDs can emit light of an intended color without the use of expensive and energy inefficient color filters that some traditional lighting technologies require. LED lighting also offers saturated colors and can more easily focus light than incandescent and fluorescent which provide non-directional lighting. For example, LED lighting is often used for spotlighting purposes in architectural lighting, public arenas and entertainment lighting.

    Form Factor and Design Flexibility.   LED products can be deployed in many different sizes and configurations to meet specific customer needs. LEDs allow design flexibility in color changing, dimming and providing smaller form factors.

    Government Policies Discouraging the Use of Some Traditional Lighting Technologies

            Policymaking by certain countries is expected to play an increasingly important role in driving LED adoption for general lighting. Some governments are setting energy efficiency benchmarks or enacting restrictions on the sale and use of inefficient lighting. For example, the European Union adopted a regulation to gradually phase out inefficient lighting technologies, such as incandescent bulbs and conventional halogen bulbs, from the EU market starting in September 2009 and aims to complete implementing the measures by September 2012. The United States adopted the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, which applies stringent constraints on the sale of incandescent lights beginning in 2012. In addition to policies discouraging the use of incandescent lighting, some governments are also considering policies that discourage the use of fluorescent bulbs due to their toxic mercury content.

    Government Investments and Support for LEDs

            In addition to government policies discouraging the use of certain traditional lighting technologies, certain governments are directly investing in or encouraging LED lighting projects. For

85


Table of Contents

example, China, which represented 46.1% of the worldwide LED general lighting revenues in 2009, according to Strategies Unlimited, has policies that encourage government entities and provinces to purchase and install LED lights. In March 2009, the PRC Ministry of Science and Technology introduced an LED street lighting plan that calls for 1 million LED street lights to be installed in 21 cities nationwide before the end of 2011. Korea has also instituted programs to promote the use of LED-based lighting products and to help establish and promote LED companies.

Certain Challenges for Widespread LED Adoption in General Lighting

              Increased penetration of the general lighting market by LEDs faces certain key challenges. To increase penetration of the general lighting market, LED chip and package manufacturers must continue to reduce the total cost of ownership of LED lighting. Total cost of ownership primarily includes: (i) the upfront cost of the LED device, which includes the LED chip costs and the cost of packaging the LED chips; (ii) the lifetime energy cost; and (iii) the frequency of replacement, which is in part a function of the product lifespan. Although energy cost and lifespan tend to favor LED lighting over some traditional lighting technologies, currently the upfront cost of an LED device is significantly higher than that of traditional lighting technologies. To reduce total cost of ownership, LED manufacturers must improve several product characteristics:

    Lower LED Chip Manufacturing Cost

            Similar to the semiconductor manufacturing process, LED manufacturers can increase the number of usable chips per wafer by migrating to larger wafer sizes. The total area of a 4" wafer is 4 times that of a 2" wafer, therefore the number of chips available for a 4" wafer is substantially higher than that for a 2" wafer. The larger number of available chips per wafer theoretically can result in lower costs per chip. However, the price for sapphire wafers increases disproportionately to the increase in surface area, such that the sapphire cost per chip increases. In addition, the necessary equipment to process larger wafers are limited in supply and are costly.

              Migrating to larger sapphire wafer sizes poses not only the above cost challenges, but also significant technology challenges. For example, processing sapphire wafers typically results in "bowing", or wafer deformation caused by the different thermal properties of sapphire and GaN. This bowing effect is even more pronounced on larger size wafers resulting in lower chip yields.

    Reduce Packaging Cost

            Packaging LED chips constitutes a significant portion of the total cost of the finished LED component. Packaging costs primarily include the lead frame, bonding processes, phosphor and optical lenses. To lower cost, LED chip manufacturers and packagers must work together to develop improved package designs, thereby reducing the quantity of materials used and simplifying packaging operations.

    Maximize Efficacy

            By improving efficacy, LED manufacturers reduce the energy required to produce an equivalent amount of light, thereby reducing energy consumption and operating cost over the life of the product. Higher efficacy LED chips also allow for smaller devices thereby increasing the variety of lighting applications suitable for LEDs. In order to increase efficacy, chip makers can optimize the design, materials and manufacturing processes for LED chips. When chips are packaged to create components, there is an additional impact on efficacy from the phosphor mix used in the packaging process to alter the color of light emitted. For example, the phosphor mix necessary to achieve "warm white" color characteristics usually results in an LED component with lower efficacy when compared to a "cool white" LED component, thus requiring a higher efficacy chip to compensate for conversion losses.

86


Table of Contents

Therefore, improvements in phosphors used in packaging LED components also has the potential to improve efficacy.

    Extend Lifespan

            When energized, an LED chip generates heat which, if not properly managed, reduces the chip's usable lifespan and degrades the chip's performance by changing its color characteristic over time. To manage heat build-up, costly heat sinks must be added, further increasing costs.

LED Industry Manufacturing—Chip Manufacturing and Component Production

              The LED industry is frequently divided into "upstream" chip makers and "downstream" chip packagers.

    Chip Makers

            The "upstream" production process for LED chips begins with a substrate such as sapphire, silicon carbide, or silicon. A majority of the LED chips today are manufactured using sapphire as the base substrate material. The substrate is used for the growth of very thin layers of crystals across the substrate's surface, a process known as epitaxial growth. Following epitaxial growth, the wafers are processed to create structures with electrodes which are polished and then finally cut to create finished individual chips. These chips are then tested to determine their precise color, and are sorted into consistent groupings, or bins, for final packaging either by the chip manufacturer or by a third-party chip packager.

    Chip Packagers

            Chip packagers are involved in the "downstream" manufacturing process where individual chips are typically attached to a lead frame, various substrates or a printed circuit board, which strengthens the LED and acts as a heat sink for heat removal. The packaging process also involves wire bonding. Next, an optical lens is added, which may contain a phosphor to optimize and adjust the color of the light emitted from the packaged LED device. For white LED production, the light emission leaving the surface of the chip can be converted by a combination of red, green and blue phosphors to generate white light, or a blue LED can be coated with yellow phosphor that converts the blue light emission into light that appears white to the human eye.

87


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Company Overview

              We develop, manufacture and sell LED chips and LED components that we believe are among the industry leaders when measured on both a lumens per watt and cost per lumen basis. Our products are used primarily for general lighting applications, including street lights and commercial, industrial and residential lighting. We sell blue, green and ultraviolet (UV) LED chips under our MvpLED brand, primarily to customers in China, Taiwan and other parts of Asia. We sell our LED chips to packaging customers or to distributors, who in turn sell to packagers.

              Our operations include both LED chip and LED component manufacturing. Utilizing our patented and proprietary technology, our manufacturing process begins by growing upon the surface of a sapphire wafer, or substrate, several very thin separate semiconductive crystalline layers of gallium nitride, or GaN, a process known as epitaxial growth, on top of which a mirror-like reflective silver layer is then deposited. After the subsequent addition of a copper alloy layer and finally the removal of the sapphire substrate, we further process this multiple-layered material to create individual LED chips. We also package a portion of these chips to create LED components.

              We have developed advanced capabilities and proprietary know-how in:

These technical capabilities and vertical structure enable us to produce LED chips that can provide efficacies of greater than 100 lumens per watt when packaged. We believe these capabilities and know-how also allow us to reduce our manufacturing costs and our dependence on sapphire, a costly raw material used in the production of sapphire-based LEDs. In addition, we believe these technologies will help facilitate our migration to larger wafer sizes.

              Our manufacturing operations are located in Taiwan. We intend to expand our manufacturing capabilities in Taiwan to meet the expected demand for our products. In addition, we have interests in three joint ventures in China, Malaysia and Taiwan, including a 49% ownership interest in Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd., or China SemiLEDs, which is based in Foshan, China. China SemiLEDs is in an early stage of development and has not yet commenced operations. China SemiLEDs has begun constructing manufacturing facilities which we expect to be operational after January 2011. When operational, it will manufacture and sell LED chips in China. We expect that a substantial portion of our future business in China will be conducted through China SemiLEDs and expect that our future results of operations will be significantly impacted by the performance of China SemiLEDs. We hold a 49% ownership interest in China SemiLEDs and currently have the right to nominate a majority of the seats on its board of directors, which, together with its management, is responsible for its operations. See "—Our Joint Ventures—China SemiLEDs." Our joint venture entities in Taiwan and Malaysia are also in an early stage of development. We do not expect such entities to have any substantial business or operations for at least the next 12 months.

              We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2005 and sold our first LED chips in November 2005. For the year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, our revenues were

88


Table of Contents


$11.6 million and $24.3 million, respectively. We incurred a net loss of $3.7 million for the year ended August 31, 2009 and recorded net income of $5.5 million for the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

Our Strengths

              We believe that the following strengths will enable us to compete effectively and to capitalize on the expected growth of the LED general lighting market.

            We have developed advanced capabilities and proprietary know-how in the ability to reuse our sapphire wafer in subsequent production runs and reduce our raw materials costs, optimize our epitaxial growth processes, integrate copper alloy base manufacturing technology, utilize nanoscale surface engineering and develop a vertical LED structure that generally consists of multiple, vertically-stacked epitaxial layers and a copper alloy base. These technical capabilities and vertical structure enable us to produce LED chips that can provide efficacies of greater than 100 lumens per watt when packaged. In particular, our patented copper alloy device structure has no attached substrate, in contrast to other LED devices which retain sapphire or other attached substrates. We believe our structure produces less heat and is more effective in removing heat than sapphire-based LED devices. Among the common metals, copper has the second lowest thermal and electrical resistivity after silver. These properties combined with our proprietary process technologies generate less heat and allow for increased heat removal compared to sapphire-based LED devices, thereby increasing the efficacy and lifespan of our LED chips.

              Our vertical LED structure extracts light vertically through a thick epitaxial layer (greater than 3 m m), allowing us to perform nanoscale surface engineering that we believe results in higher efficacy. In contrast, we believe a lateral sapphire-based structure loses light output through the retained sapphire substrate and limits the ability to perform surface engineering due to the thinner epitaxial layer (less than 0.5 m m), resulting in lower overall light output. See "—Our Technology."

            Our proprietary manufacturing technologies and know-how enable us to maintain a competitive manufacturing cost structure. We have developed advanced capabilities and proprietary know-how in sapphire reclamation, which we achieve by using laser radiation to remove the sapphire wafer in our production process and which is a key part of our manufacturing cost savings as we reuse sapphire wafers multiple times. Recycling significantly reduces the amount of sapphire that we must purchase because every time we reuse a sapphire wafer, we eliminate the need to purchase a sapphire wafer. Sapphire is one of the most expensive raw materials in sapphire-based LED manufacturing. In addition, there have been supply shortages and price fluctuations of sapphire in the past. We believe these shortages and fluctuations may occur in the future and reducing the amount of sapphire that we use is an important part of our strategy to minimize the impact of supply shortages and price increases on our results of operations. Furthermore, we believe our technology will facilitate our transition to larger wafer sizes because our ability to remove the sapphire reduces the effects of wafer bowing. We believe this will allow us to improve our chip yield as we move to larger wafer sizes, reducing our per unit production costs.

            Our operating and business model is focused on price competitiveness through our low-cost operating structure. We believe that locating our facilities in Taiwan provides us with operating cost advantages over those of our competitors whose operations are mainly located in higher-cost regions such as the United States and countries in Europe. We believe these cost advantages include lower

89


Table of Contents

labor, rental, material, construction costs, as well as favorable tax treatment. When operational, we anticipate that China SemiLEDs' manufacturing facilities in Foshan, China will provide it with similar benefits.

            Our research and development team, including members of our senior management, has significant experience in the LED and semiconductor industries. Trung Doan, our chief executive officer, has over 25 years of experience in the semiconductor and LED industries and has held various senior management positions at major international corporations. Dr. Anh Chuong Tran, our chief operating officer, has over 15 years experience in the optoelectronics and LED industries. Prior to working with us, Dr. Tran worked as a senior technical staff member at Emcore and was one of the key members that developed the first commercial metal-organic chemical vapor deposition reactor, or MOCVD reactor, an advanced system used to develop compound semiconductor materials for LEDs, to produce InGaN LEDs. Our research and development team has increased the performance of our highest performing LED chips when packaged, from approximately 60 lumens per watt in 2006 to over 140 lumens per watt in 2010, using vertical LED technology.

Our Strategy

              Our goal is to be the leading developer and manufacturer of LED chips and LED components that meet the performance requirements demanded by LED lighting customers, while providing the best value proposition on both a lumens per watt and cost per lumen basis. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

            We believe that we are on the forefront of innovation of LED chip and LED component technologies. We intend to continue to innovate in product design and process technologies through our research and development efforts. In an effort to accelerate our innovation, we also evaluate opportunities to acquire new technologies. Our continued innovation is intended to ensure that our products continue to perform at industry-leading efficacies for a variety of end-customer applications, in particular for general lighting applications. For example, we are developing LED chips that will be capable of delivering over 150 lumens per watt when packaged. In addition, we are developing technologies that we believe will enable us to perform wafer level packaging to streamline the packaging process for our LED components and reduce form factor and costs.

            We plan to increase our investment in research and development to improve our manufacturing processes and increase our production yields to reduce the per-unit cost of our products. In particular, we seek to reduce defects by customizing our equipment and by automating and improving our processes.

              We are also developing new technologies to enable us to produce LED chips using larger wafer sizes. Larger wafer sizes enable us to improve our production capacity, which can reduce the per-unit costs of our products and allow us to compete more effectively against companies that already possess or are developing such technologies. We are currently producing chips based on 2.5" wafers, have a test line for 4" wafers and plan to begin commercial manufacturing of LED chips using 4" wafers in 2011. We also expect to commence research and development of 6" wafer technology in 2011. In addition, when the manufacturing lines become operational at China SemiLEDs, we expect it will produce LED chips using 4" wafers.

90


Table of Contents

            We intend to continue our growth in the China market, which represented 46.1% of the LED lighting revenues in 2009 according to Strategies Unlimited. We plan to do this through China SemiLEDs, which we expect will have operational manufacturing capabilities after January 2011. Because China SemiLEDs is located in China and 51% owned by Chinese companies, including packaging companies and PRC-state owned enterprises, we believe it will be well-positioned to access demand for LED chips by government entities, such as cities and provinces that use LEDs for street lighting and signage applications. Although we do not consolidate the financial results of China SemiLEDs, we record 49% of the income or loss of China SemiLEDs in our income statement under income (loss) from unconsolidated entities.

              We also intend to continue to focus on our existing business in China through Taiwan SemiLEDs and acquire new customers and increase market share. Given the size of the China general lighting market and the relatively low penetration rate of that market by LEDs to date, we believe that Taiwan SemiLEDs' and China SemiLEDs' future operations can leverage each other's strengths to grow sales in China for both entities. We believe that we will also benefit from our strategic relationships with the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs.

            As a result of improving economic conditions resulting in increased demand, while we have continued to optimize our manufacturing process and expand capacity in Taiwan and have also begun to ramp up utilization of our equipment, beginning in March 2010 we have been operating our manufacturing facilities at or near full capacity. To address continuing improvement in market conditions, we intend to expand our production in Taiwan by further improving utilization of our equipment and by adding additional MOCVD reactors, as well as other equipment and tools. As part of our plan to expand capacity for the production of LED chips in Taiwan, we entered into an agreement in September 2010 to purchase the first floor of the same building which currently houses our existing manufacturing facilities and administrative offices in Hsinchu to increase our manufacturing space. We also plan to build out existing space that we already own in the building. In addition, in early 2010, we entered into purchase orders for three reactors for our manufacturing operations in Taiwan and expect these reactors to be delivered to us by the end of December 2010. We also expect to purchase additional reactors from fiscal year 2011 to 2012.

            We will continue to focus our development and sales efforts in markets where customers place a premium on innovation, product performance and cost. In particular, in the near-term we will focus on outdoor street lighting and new installations in government projects in China and other countries where we believe the environmental benefits and lower total cost of ownership will play a larger role in the purchasing decision.

              We also believe our LED chip and packaging technologies and expertise will enable us to further expand our presence in backlighting, medical and automotive applications. For example, our LED chips can be used in backlighting applications to reduce the number of LED chips required for such applications.

            We have been awarded a mix of grants from the Taiwan Ministry of Economics Affairs as well as the Hsinchu Science Park to support our research and development efforts in Taiwan. For the year ended August 31, 2010, Taiwan SemiLEDs was awarded grants of approximately $0.3 million. In addition, China SemiLEDs has been awarded grants from the Nanhai, Foshan local government in

91


Table of Contents

Guangdong province to support manufacturing in China. For the year ended August 31, 2010, China SemiLEDs received government subsidies for construction and equipment purchases of approximately $12.9 million. We intend to apply for additional government grants and incentives in Taiwan and China, and, based on our discussions with government officials in China, we believe that additional grants may be available to China SemiLEDs for the purchase of additional LED manufacturing equipment.

            We plan to pursue strategic relationships, such as joint ventures, and acquisitions that expand our business. We plan to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions and enter into joint ventures to increase our manufacturing capacity, acquire intellectual property and enter into new geographic and product markets to enhance our reach and diversify our sales. We plan to evaluate strategic acquisition opportunities that we believe will enable our products to continue to perform at industry-leading efficacies, while also providing an attractive return-on-investment. When evaluating potential acquisition targets, we will consider factors such as market position, growth and earnings prospects and ease of integration.

Our Technology

              Our proprietary technology integrates copper alloy in a vertical LED structure, that generally consists of multiple, vertically-stacked epitaxial, layers, a mirror-like reflective silver layer and a copper alloy base, which enable us to produce technically advanced LED chips that can provide efficacies of greater than 100 lumens per watt when packaged.

              The following diagram and descriptions set forth our LED chip production process:

GRAPHIC

              We first grow several semiconductor material layers on a sapphire substrate, via a process known as epitaxial growth (steps 1 and 2). Next, we deposit multiple metal layers on the epitaxial layers (steps 3 and 4). These metal layers consist of several different mirror-like reflective silver layers and copper alloy layers, which are deposited by electroplating. The copper alloy metal layers, which are collectively called the copper alloy base, act as a low resistance, positive electrode, or p-electrode, with the adjacent epitaxial layer. We then use laser radiation to remove the sapphire wafer (step 5), which can be reused multiple times in subsequent production runs. The remaining device structure—consisting of the mirror-like reflective silver layer and copper alloy base on top of the epitaxial layers—is then

92


Table of Contents


ready for further processing. To complete our LED device structure, we then rotate the LED wafer (step 6) and deposit and define (by patterning and etching) additional metal layers to the top epitaxial layer to form a low resistance, negative electrode, or n-electrode (step 7).

              After this process, our final LED chip structure is: (i) copper alloy metal layer; (ii) mirror-like reflective silver layer, (iii) several epitaxial layers; and (iv) electrode. Our final LED chip structure is diced (step 8) into individual LED chips and then separated, tested and binned (step 9) according to customer specifications, such as wavelength (color) and brightness. When a constant electrical current flows from our low-resistance copper alloy base to the electrode on top of our chip, light is generated in the epitaxial layers and emitted through the surface of the LED chip.

              A significant difference in our production process from conventional sapphire-based LED chip production is our ability to reuse the sapphire wafer multiple times. By reusing sapphire wafers, we reduce our dependence on sapphire and our wafer materials cost. In addition, the difference in the thermal properties of the sapphire wafer and the epitaxial layers results in a "bowed" wafer due to the high temperatures used in the epitaxial growth process. When the wafer "bows" significantly, the chip yield decreases substantially. Larger wafer sizes exacerbate the "bowing" effect. Our ability to remove the sapphire allows us to reduce the amount of wafer bowing, which we believe will enable us to more easily migrate to larger wafer sizes. There would remain significant obstacles to such migration, including the higher capital costs of buying larger size wafers, our ability to grow epitaxial layers consistently on larger wafer sizes, and other factors beyond our control such as whether there are sufficient quantities of MOCVD reactors capable of manufacturing LED chips on larger size wafers.

              We believe that most conventional LEDs grown on sapphire wafers are based on a lateral design. However, we believe a superior combination of both light output efficiency and heat removal efficiency is realized in a vertical LED chip design with a copper alloy metal structure. Among pure metals at room temperature, copper has the second highest electrical and thermal conductivity, after silver. As heat is generated by passing electrical current through resistive materials, our vertical LED chip structure allows electrical current to flow from the low resistance copper alloy base to the low resistance epitaxial layers, thereby resulting in lower heat generation. Furthermore, due to the high thermal conductivity of the copper alloy layer, the heat generated in our device is effectively conducted to the packaging materials, where it can be dissipated through a heat sink. The resulting lower operating temperature helps to maintain LED device performance and reliability and to extend overall lifetime.

              Our chip uses a high reflectivity mirror-like silver layer between the copper alloy layer and the adjacent epitaxial layer that acts as a mirror to reflect light out of the internal structure of the device. In contrast, in conventional sapphire-based LED devices, leakage can occur when light escapes through the sides of the substrate or is converted to heat due to the higher internal resistance of the device. Additionally, by optimizing the internal structure and surface of our epitaxial layers through our proprietary nanosurface engineering, a greater portion of light is extracted after generation within the device, whereas conventional sapphire-based LED devices have a semi-transparent contact layer, or STCL, which absorbs and reduces the amount of light emitted.

93


Table of Contents

              The diagrams below display our vertical design chip and a sapphire-based lateral design chip and the related electrical current paths found on these two LED chip structures:

GRAPHIC

Our Products

              We sell our LED chips under our MvpLED brand name. Our LED chips are used primarily for applications in the general lighting market, including street lights and commercial, industrial and residential lighting. They are also used in other markets such as UV applications, backlighting, medical and automotive applications.

              We produce a wide variety of LED chips, currently ranging from chip sizes of 1520 m m by 1520 m m to 380 m m by 380 m m. The majority of our chips are capable of providing greater than 100 lumens per watt when packaged. We sell blue, green and UV LED chips.

94


Table of Contents

              The chart below lists our LED chip products by size, design, model number and color:

                  Size                  
  Design   Model Number   Color

1520 m m × 1520 m m

  GRAPHIC   SL-V-B60AC
SL-V-U60ACD
  Blue
UV

1200 m m × 1200 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B45AK

 

Blue

1200 m m × 1200 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B45AC
SL-V-B45AC2
SL-V-U45ACD

 

Blue
Blue
UV

1070 m m × 1070 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B40AK

 

Blue

1070 m m × 1070 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B40AC
SL-V-B40AC2
SL-V-U40AC
SL-V-G40AC

 

Blue
Blue
UV
Green

860 m m × 860 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B35AD

 

Blue

720 m m × 720 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B28AD

 

Blue

610 m m × 610 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B24AD

 

Blue

400 m m × 400 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-B15AA
SL-V-G15AA

 

Blue
Green

380 m m × 380 m m

 

GRAPHIC

 

SL-V-U15AA

 

UV

            We package a portion of our LED chips for sale to distributors and end-customers in selected markets such as China, Taiwan, Russia and Malaysia. We sell a majority of our LED components through our wholly owned subsidiary, Helios Crew, which purchases our LED components from Taiwan SemiLEDs and resells them to our customers. For the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, revenues generated by sales of our LED components through Helios Crew amounted to $0.1 million, $0.7 million, $2.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively, which accounted for 1.9%, 4.5%, 19.1% and 16.4%, respectively, of our total revenues. The majority of our LED components use our 1200 m m by 1200 m m and 1070 m m by 1070 m m chips, most of which are combined with phosphors to produce components with various color temperatures.

              Our LED components include different form factors comprised of lead frame and silicon packaged devices. We apply our proprietary design for the packaging process, such as wafer level phosphor coating, to optimize the optical and thermal properties of the LED component. Our

95


Table of Contents


packaging process includes chip bonding, wire bonding, phosphor coating, encapsulation, scribing, dicing and testing.

Raw Materials

              We use the following raw materials in our LED chip manufacturing: metal organics, sapphire, copper alloy, gold slugs, sodium gold sulfite, aluminum granules and electrolytic nickel, among others. We use the following assembly materials in the production of our LED component products: gold bond wire, lead frame, phosphor, silicon zener-diode, silicon rubber and silver paste, among others. We also purchase industrial and general chemicals and gases for the manufacture of both our LED chips and LED components.

Quality Management

              We have implemented quality control measures at each stage of our operations, including obtaining supplier qualifications, inspecting incoming raw materials and random testing during our production process, to ensure consistent product yield and reliability. We test all new processes and new products prior to commercial production. We also inspect all final products prior to delivery to our customers to ensure that production standards are met. If we encounter defects, we conduct an analysis in an effort to identify the cause of the defect and take appropriate corrective and preventative measures.

              Our manufacturing fabs are located in Hsinchu Science Park and Sinwu, Taiwan and are certified in compliance with ISO9001:2008. Our fabs are subject to periodic inspection by the relevant governmental authorities for safety, environmental and other regulatory compliance. Upon completion of construction of China SemiLEDs' Foshan manufacturing facility, it will apply for ISO9001 certification.

              We require all of our employees involved in the manufacturing and engineering process to receive quality control training, according to a certification system depending on the level of skills and knowledge required. The training program is designed to ensure consistent and effective application of our quality control procedures.

Sales and Marketing

              We market and sell our products through our direct sales force and through distributors to customers in Asia, North America and Europe. We primarily sell our LED chips to packagers and distributors. Our packaging customers package our LED chips and sell the packaged product to distributors or end-customers such as lighting fixture manufacturers. Our distributors resell our LED chips either to packagers or to end-customers. We sell our LED components to distributors and end-customers in selected markets. For the year ended August 31, 2009, we sold our products to 27 distributor customers, of which 26 resold our products primarily into countries in Asia, including China, Korea, Malaysia, India and Japan, and one resold our products into the United Kingdom. For the nine months ended May 31, 2010, we sold our products to 25 distributor customers, of which 24 resold our products primarily into countries in Asia, including China, Japan, Korea and Malaysia, and one resold our products into the United Kingdom.

              Our industry is characterized by frequent intellectual property litigation. For example, the intellectual property rights related to packaging LEDs with phosphors to make white light LED components are particularly complex and characterized by aggressive enforcement of those rights. We seek to minimize the risk of litigation, and the potential significant costs and diversion of our management's attention that can accompany litigation, by marketing certain of our products in countries in which we believe the enforcement of intellectual property rights has been more limited. Thus, consistent with this strategy, we currently limit sales of our LED components to distributors and

96


Table of Contents


end-customers to selected markets such as China, Taiwan, Russia and Malaysia. We believe that countries such as Mexico, South Africa and Vietnam in which we do not currently sell our products also meet what we believe to be an acceptable litigation risk profile, and that there are likely additional countries that satisfy this risk profile that we have not yet identified. Although this strategy correspondingly exposes us to the risk that our intellectual property rights will not be protected, we believe that the benefit to us of minimizing the risk of litigation sufficiently offsets the risk that our intellectual property rights in these countries may not be fully enforced.

              Our direct sales force is based in Taiwan. As of May 31, 2010, our direct sales force comprised 13 sales personnel. We assign our sales personnel to different geographical regions so that our sales personnel can keep abreast of trends in specific markets. We are seeking to expand our sales coverage in Asia as we grow our business in China, Korea and Japan. In addition, we may enter into strategic relationships with companies in Taiwan, China, Korea and Japan who may have complementary technologies or products to generate demand for our LED products. For example, we have established SILQ, a joint venture in Malaysia, for strategic reasons, including market intelligence and channel development.

              Our sales cycles vary depending on whether a sale is made directly to a packager or distributor and whether the sale is for our LED chips or LED components. The sales cycle begins with the sales team leveraging existing relationships, industry contacts and customer or distributor inquiries. Our sales team then assesses and prioritizes the sales opportunity. The sales team then provides appropriate product samples and follow-up support for qualification and testing. The sales team coordinates with our production department to determine production capacity and a delivery schedule. Over the course of the sales process, the sales team provides ongoing customer support and seeks to leverage the relationship for follow-on opportunities. For customers gained through distributors, the sales cycle begins with the initial contact by the distributor and ends with subsequent product delivery through the distributor. We provide ongoing customer support to the packagers or end-customers that purchase products from our distributors.

              We focus our marketing efforts on brand awareness, product advantages and qualified lead generation. We rely on a variety of marketing strategies, including participation in industry conferences and trade shows, to share our technical message with customers, as well as public relations, industry research and online advertising.

Customers

              We sell our products to direct customers and distributors, which represented 45.2% and 54.8%, respectively, of our revenues for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 and 54.5% and 45.5%, respectively, of our revenues for the nine months ended May 31, 2010. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, we sold our LED chips and LED components to 227 customers and 305 customers, respectively.

              For the year ended August 31, 2009, sales to one of our distributors, Shenzhen Noah accounted for 32.2% of our total revenues. For the year ended August 31, 2008, sales to Lumens, Shenzhen Noah and Intematix accounted for 22.3%, 21.8% and 10.2%, respectively, of our total revenues. For the year ended August 31, 2007, sales to Shenzhen Noah, Dominant and Intematix accounted for 24.9%, 10.4% and 10.1%, respectively, of our total revenues. For the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, our top ten customers for each of those periods accounted for 77.7%, 73.0%, 57.3% and 63.8%, respectively, of our total revenues for each of those periods.

              Our revenues were concentrated in certain countries in Asia, in particular, China and Taiwan. Our revenues from customers located in China (including Hong Kong) and Taiwan represented 69.3%, 65.4%, 79.0%, 76.3% and 82.9%, respectively, of our revenues for the years ended August 31, 2007,

97


Table of Contents


2008 and 2009 and for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We expect that our revenues will continue to be substantially derived from these countries for the foreseeable future.

              In addition, we have entered into exclusivity arrangements with two of our distributors. In December 2006, we entered into a distribution agreement with Nanoteco, pursuant to which we have appointed Nanoteco as the exclusive distributor of our LED chips to specified customers. The distribution agreement with Nanoteco was originally effective for a term of two years and, in accordance with the agreement, has been automatically extended every December for additional one year terms. The agreement may be terminated at either party's discretion with 60 days' prior written notice and may be terminated for cause immediately upon written notice. We also entered into a collaboration and distribution agreement with Intematix in April 2007, pursuant to which we have appointed Intematix as the exclusive distributor of our LED chips and related products to certain approved customers within China. The distribution agreement with Intematix was originally effective for a term of three years and, in accordance with the agreement, has been automatically extended every April for additional one year terms. The agreement may be terminated at either party's discretion with 60 days' prior written notice and may be terminated for cause immediately upon written notice.

              Pursuant to the distribution agreement with Nanoteco, we have agreed to defend and hold harmless Nanoteco from and against any loss, liability, or expense paid or payable as a result of any action or claim brought or threatened against Nanoteco alleging that our LED chips and related products infringe upon any third partys' United States or Japanese intellectual property rights. Pursuant to the distribution agreement with Intematix, we have agreed to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Intematix from and against all claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, settlements, costs and expenses of any kind that are awarded by final adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a claim by a third party alleging that the marketing, sale or use of Intematix's products containing our LED chips violates or infringes upon such third party's United States patent.

Intellectual Property

              Our ability to compete successfully depends upon our ability to protect our proprietary technologies and other confidential information. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a combination of confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, licensees and third parties with whom we have relationships, and trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection laws, to protect our intellectual property, including our proprietary technologies and trade secrets.

              We have 33 patents issued and 44 patents pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and also have 43 patents issued and 77 patents pending before patent and trademark offices outside the United States covering various aspects of our core technologies. Our 76 issued patents cover 36 different types of core technologies. Of the 76 issued patents, 25 patents expire between the years 2016 and 2020, 42 patents expire between the years 2021 and 2025, and the remaining patents expire between the years 2026 and 2035. Fifty-eight of our issued patents are design patents and nine of our pending patents are design patents. However, we believe that factors such as the technological and innovative abilities of our personnel, the success of our ongoing product development efforts and our efforts to maintain trade secret protection are more important than patents in maintaining our competitive position. We pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks in the United States, Taiwan and China and have been granted trademarks with respect to "SemiLEDs" in the United States and "MvpLED" in Taiwan.

              Our industry is characterized by frequent intellectual property litigation involving patents, trade secrets, copyrights, mask designs, among others. From time to time, third parties may allege that our products infringe on their intellectual property rights. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Intellectual property claims against our customers, including our distributor customers, could subject us to significant costs and materially damage our business and reputation."

98


Table of Contents

Research and Development

              We focus our research and development efforts on our design methodology and process technology for our LED products. We also focus on improving our production yields and increasing wafer sizes to lower our production costs. Our research and development team works closely with our manufacturing team.

              We conduct our research and development activities at our Hsinchu manufacturing facility. We expect that China SemiLEDs will also conduct research and development in its Foshan manufacturing facilities, when operational, and will also focus on reducing manufacturing costs and designing and developing new LED devices and processes.

Competition

              We believe that our advanced technology helps us to compete in the innovative, intensely competitive and rapidly changing market of LED design and manufacturing. To succeed, however, we must continue to manufacture products that meet the demanding requirements of high efficacies at low costs. We do not account for a significant percentage of the total market volume today, and we face significant competition from other more established providers of similar products as well as from potential new entrants into our markets.

              We compete with many LED chip manufacturers and, to a lesser extent, LED packaging manufacturers. With respect to our LED chips and LED components, we primarily compete with Citizen Electronics Co., Ltd., Cree, Inc., Epistar Corporation, Everlight Electronics Co., Ltd., Nichia Corporation, Philips (Lumileds), Siemens (Osram), Showa Denko and Toyoda Gosei. We have a number of competitors that compete directly with us and are much larger than us, including, among others, Cree, Inc., Epistar Corporation, Nichia Corporation, Philips (Lumileds), and Siemens (Osram). Several substantially larger companies, such as Philips (Lumileds), Siemens (Osram) and Toyoda Gosei, compete against us with a relatively small segment of their overall business. In addition, several large and well-capitalized semiconductor companies, such as Micron Technology, Inc., Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., Sharp Ltd. and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. have recently announced their plans to enter into the LED chip and lighting market. We are also aware of a number of well-funded private companies that are developing competing products. We will also compete with numerous smaller companies entering the market, some of whom may receive significant government incentives and subsidies pursuant to government programs designed to encourage the use of LED lighting and to establish LED-sector companies. We believe that we generally compete favorably within the marketplace. However, some of our existing and potential competitors possess significant advantages, including longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, managerial, marketing, distribution and other resources, more long-standing and established relationships with our existing and potential customers, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and greater government incentives and support.

              We believe that the key competitive factors in our markets are:

    consistently producing high-quality LED chips with high efficacy;

    balancing lumen output generation with providing low lumen cost;

    providing a low total cost of ownership (i.e., cost, efficacy and lifespan) for end-customers; and

    possessing sufficient MOCVD reactor capacity to meet customer demands.

              Although we face significant competition, we believe that our proprietary technologies and business practices allow us to compete effectively on all of the above factors.

99


Table of Contents

Environmental Regulation

              In our research and development and manufacturing processes, we use a variety of hazardous materials and industrial chemicals. In each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations governing the storage, handling, emission, exposure to, discharge and disposal of these materials or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Environmental laws and regulations are complex and subject to constant change, with a tendency to become more stringent over time. Failure to comply with any new or existing laws, whether intentional or inadvertent, could subject us to fines, penalties and other material liabilities to the government or third parties, injunctions requiring the suspension of operations, redemption costs or other remedies, and the need for additional capital equipment or other process requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation. We believe that we are in compliance with applicable environmental regulations in all material respects.

Employees

              As of May 31, 2010, we had 413 employees, including 351 in manufacturing and engineering, 20 in research and development, 14 in sales and marketing and 28 in general administration. All of our employees are based in Taiwan. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We consider our employee relations to be good. We believe that our future success will depend on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

Facilities

              We own the top three floors, which occupy approximately 39,000 square feet, of a five-story building in Hsinchu, Taiwan, where our existing manufacturing facilities and administrative offices are located. We also lease from a third party the first floor, which occupies approximately 10,667 square feet, of the same building for our manufacturing operations. We lease the land on which the building is situated from the Science Park Administration in Hsinchu. In September 2010, we entered into an agreement to purchase the first and second floors of the same building, which are both owned by the same third party. The purchase of the first and second floors is still pending the approval of the Science Park Administration. Upon obtaining the approval and after title has transferred to us, our lease of the first floor will be automatically terminated and we will own the entire building. In addition, pursuant to a lease-back agreement entered into with the same third party, we have agreed to lease the second floor back to such third party. We also plan to build out existing space that we already own in the building.

              We also lease a total of approximately 54,000 square feet of manufacturing facilities in Sinwu, Taoyuan County, Taiwan. The leases in Hsinchu and Taoyuan terminate in December 2020 and November 2016, respectively. We do not expect that the termination of these leases upon their expiration will have a material impact on our business.

              We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing needs for the foreseeable future. We also believe that additional space would be available on commercially reasonable terms to facilitate any future expansion plans.

              Manufacturing facilities for China SemiLEDs are under construction. Upon completion, China SemiLEDs' manufacturing facility in Foshan City, Guangdong Province, China, is expected to occupy approximately 225,000 square feet of leased space. The right to occupy and use these facilities terminates in February 2060.

100


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

              Due to the complex technology required to compete successfully in the LED industry, participants in our industry are often engaged in significant intellectual property licensing arrangements, negotiations, disputes and litigation. We are directly or indirectly involved in the following legal proceedings:

    Nichia

            In 2007, Nichia Corporation, or Nichia, brought patent infringement lawsuits against Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd., or Seoul Semiconductor, in Korea and against Japan Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Seoul Semiconductor, in Japan. Seoul Semiconductor is one of our customers.

              In May 2007, Nichia filed a lawsuit with the Osaka District Court in Osaka, Japan against Japan Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd., claiming patent infringement. Nichia Corporation asserted that our LED chips infringed two of Nichia's patents in Japan. While we were not a named party in this lawsuit, in August 2007 we intervened as an independent party and filed an action for declaratory judgment with the Osaka District Court against Nichia. On March 3, 2009, we and Nichia entered into a settlement before the Osaka District Court and we subsequently withdrew from the case. As a result of the disposition of the lawsuit, it is possible for Nichia to file a new lawsuit on the two Nichia patents originally at issue.

              In October 2007, Nichia filed a patent infringement lawsuit with the Seoul Central District Court in Seoul, Korea, against Seoul Semiconductor, asserting that our LED chips infringed one of Nichia's patents in Korea. While we were not a named party in this lawsuit, in January 2008, we intervened as a supplementary party and filed briefs with the Seoul Central District Court against Nichia's position. Seoul Semiconductor filed an invalidation action with the Korean Intellectual Property Office, which concluded that Nichia's patent was invalid. Nichia appealed from the invalidation decision to the Patent Court. The Seoul Central District Court then ruled in favor of Seoul Semiconductor. Nichia appealed from the judgment of the District Court to the Seoul High Court. While the appeals were pending, Nichia and Seoul Semiconductor entered into a world-wide cross-license agreement. In January 2009, Nichia withdrew the appeal in the patent infringement lawsuit and Seoul Semiconductor withdrew the invalidation action, and as a result the invalidty finding by the trial court was vacated.

    Rothschild

            In August 2009, Gertrude F. Neumark Rothschild, a retired professor from the United States, filed a complaint with the Intellectual Property Court in Taiwan against us and seven other companies, asserting that the production process we use to manufacture our LED chips infringes her patent in Taiwan. Mr. Trung T. Doan, our chief executive officer, was named a co-defendant. In the complaint, Ms. Rothschild seeks monetary damages and an injunction against future infringement. She alleges that we and Mr. Trung T. Doan, our chief executive officer, are jointly and severally liable. On June 30, 2010, the complaint was dismissed by the court and on July 30, 2010, Ms. Rothschild appealed the decision. We believe the patent in suit is invalid and has expired, among other defenses that we have asserted. Nevertheless, if such an injunction were issued by the court and we were unable to change our manufacturing processes and products to avoid infringement of the patent in suit, the injunction could prevent us from selling our products and meeting our supply obligations. In addition, Ms. Rothschild is seeking initial monetary damages of NT33.0 million ($1.0 million), although the ultimate amount of the damages if she were to prevail on appeal is unpredictable and has not yet been determined.

101


Table of Contents

    Bluestone

            In May 2010, Bluestone Innovations Texas LLC, or Bluestone, filed a complaint with the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against us, Siemens (Osram) and other LED suppliers. Bluestone alleged infringement of one of its patents in the United States and sought injunctive relief and monetary damages. In August 2010, Bluestone filed an amended complaint. Although we are no longer named as a defendant in the amended complaint, there can be no assurance that Bluestone will not name us as a defendant in any future complaints, or that we will be successful in our defense against any future infringement allegation brought by Bluestone.

              In addition, from time to time we may be named in various claims arising in the ordinary course of our business.

Our Joint Ventures

              We have grown our business in part through strategic alliances and acquisitions, and may from time to time continue to grow our operations by participating in joint ventures, making acquisitions or establishing other strategic alliances with third parties in the LED and LED-related industries. We have entered into three joint ventures, China SemiLEDS, SILQ (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., or SILQ, and SS Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., or SS Optoelectronics. Each of our three joint venture entities is still in an early development stage and has not had any material operations to date.

              In September 2009, we established SILQ, a joint venture enterprise in Malaysia to design, manufacture and sell lighting fixtures and systems. We also entered into this joint venture to assist with market intelligence and channel development. We hold a 50% interest in SILQ. The other 50% is held by a Malaysian company. SILQ began operating in June 2010 but has not had any substantial business or operations to date and we do not expect it to have any substantial business or operations for at least the next 12 months.

              In June 2010, we formed SS Optoelectronics in Taiwan. We hold a 49% interest in SS Optoelectronics and the other 51% is held by one of our customers and its affiliate. We formed SS Optoelectronics with, and at the request of, one of our customers. The purpose and intent of this joint venture is to sell LED chips to SS Optoelectronics, which in turn will resell the LED chips to this customer. However, to date no such sales have been made to SS Optoelectronics and we do not expect SS Optoelectronics to have any substantial business or operations for at least the next 12 months.

    China SemiLEDs

            Through equity investments, we formed China SemiLEDs, a foreign-invested joint stock company, in Foshan, Guangdong Province, China, in January 2010. China SemiLEDs has five other shareholders, including Beijing Aieryidi Investment Co., Ltd., Foshan Nationstar Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Shenghui Lighting Co., Ltd., Foshan Nanhai High-tech Industry Investment Co., Ltd. and Beijing Lampower Photoelectric Co., Ltd., which is a state-owned enterprise. Foshan Nationstar Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Shenghui Lighting Co., Ltd. and Beijing Lampower Photoelectric Co., Ltd. are packaging companies. Foshan Nanhai High-tech Industry Investment Co., Ltd. is a PRC state-owned enterprise. Beijing Aieryidi Investment Co., Ltd., is a PRC investment company owned by individuals. We paid $14.7 million in cash for our 49% ownership interest in China SemiLEDs.

              We established China SemiLEDs to continue our growth in China and grow our net income. Although we made significant sales to customers located in China prior to investing in China SemiLEDs, we believe that participating in a joint venture entity in China provides us an additional avenue through which we can further acquire market share in China. Given the significance of the China market, which represented 46.1% of the global LED lighting revenues in 2009 according to

102


Table of Contents


Strategies Unlimited, our net income growth and overall growth prospects will significantly depend on the success of China SemiLEDs. However, China SemiLEDs is in an early development stage and does not currently have any commercial operations. We expect China SemiLEDs' manufacturing facilities in Foshan, China to be operational after January 2011.

              China SemiLEDs will manufacture substantially the same LED chips as those made and sold by Taiwan SemiLEDs. Because China SemiLEDs is located in China and 51% owned by Chinese companies, including packaging companies and PRC state-owned enterprises, we believe it is well-positioned to access demand for LED chips by government entities, such as cities and provinces that use LEDs for street lighting and signage applications. Our investment in China SemiLEDs brings us physically closer to our customers in China, including two of our joint venture partners. We believe this proximity and presence is beneficial to grow and maintain customer relationships and gather additional market intelligence. Operating costs are generally lower in China than they are in Taiwan, and China SemiLEDs has benefited from government incentives and funding. Manufacturing facilities are costly to construct and the government incentives and funding provided to China SemiLEDs allows it to add production capacity more cost-effectively than it would be for us to construct the facilities necessary to increase production capacity to meet expected demand in China. We expect that China SemiLEDs will continue to benefit from PRC government incentives and subsidies that we believe may not be available to China SemiLEDs but for the fact that it is majority-owned by PRC entities. We do not consolidate China SemiLEDs in our consolidated financial statements but instead record 49% of the income or loss from the joint venture in our consolidated statements of operations as income (loss) from unconsolidated entities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—China SemiLEDs."

              Early in the growth and commercialization stage of China SemiLEDs, our sales and marketing staff will be actively involved in the build-up of the business at China SemiLEDs. However, we expect China SemiLEDs will hire and train sales and marketing professionals who will be dedicated to China SemiLEDs' business, products and customers. Furthermore, as with the sales and marketing functions, although we expect that our research and development employees and staff may have an active role in China SemiLEDs' early stages, we expect China SemiLEDs will hire and train research and development personnel independent of our staff, while continuing to maintain close collaboration across teams in an effort to realize synergies. Our sales and marketing and research and development teams will not receive compensation from China SemiLEDs.

    Sales by China SemiLEDs and Taiwan SemiLEDs

            We will continue to sell LED chips and LED components in China. However, we have granted licenses with respect to certain of our patents to China SemiLEDs so that it can manufacture and sell LED chips in China. When China SemiLEDs is operational, both we and China SemiLEDs will make sales to customers in China. However, since China SemiLEDs will produce substantially the same LED chips as those made by Taiwan SemiLEDs, we and China SemiLEDs may ultimately compete for the same pool of existing or new customers, in particular if demand for LED products decreases or does not increase. However, China SemiLEDs may not use the patents we have licensed to them in connection with any sales outside of China. Because China SemiLEDs is not yet operational, we do not yet know the nature or extent of any such conflicts or competition for customers between China SemiLEDs and us nor have we determined how such conflicts will be resolved or by whom. We have not yet established a method for resolving conflicts and there are no objective criteria in place to evaluate conflicts. While we believe that there may be competition and conflicts, potential competition between us and China SemiLEDs in China, actual instances of competition between us and China SemiLEDs may be limited in the near-term because we expect near-term capacity constraints at both Taiwan SemiLEDs and China SemiLEDs as a result of expected customer demand in China. Furthermore, we believe that China SemiLEDs may be in a better position than Taiwan SemiLEDs to

103


Table of Contents

target certain customers in China, such as government entities that we would not have had access to in any event. Although there may be individual situations in which the benefits to us of a particular sale made by China SemiLEDs could be outweighed by the benefits that would have been obtained had Taiwan SemiLEDs made the sale, we believe that the overall advantages of creating this additional avenue to potentially acquire additional market share in China outweigh the disadvantages.

              See "—Intellectual Property Cross-Licensing Arrangements" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investment in China SemiLEDs—China SemiLEDs may compete with us for sales in China."

              We have agreed with the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs that we will not manufacture LED wafers or chips in China either directly or indirectly, such as through original equipment manufacturing or outsourcing. We have also agreed to not invest in any other company that manufactures LED wafers or chips in China or allow any third party to which we transfer or license our technologies to apply those technologies in the manufacturing of LED epitaxial wafers or chips in China.

    Management of China SemiLEDs

            China SemiLEDs is required to have a general manager, who is appointed by the board of directors. The general manager, together with the deputy general manager and other senior management personnel, has responsibility for the day-to-day operations of China SemiLEDs. Decisions regarding sales and operations are addressed initially by the general manager. The general manager must also implement board resolutions and report to the board. The board has the right to oversee the general manager's work and dismiss the general manager with or without cause.

    Board of Directors of China SemiLEDs

            China SemiLEDs' board of directors consists of nine directors. Although we only hold 49% of the shareholding in China SemiLEDs, we are entitled under China SemiLEDs' articles of association to nominate five of the nine directors on its board of directors, which nominations are then subject to shareholder approval. Our nomination right will terminate automatically if China SemiLEDs is listed on any stock exchange. Furthermore, if we hold less than 41% of the total number of outstanding shares of China SemiLEDs the number of directors we have the right to nominate will be adjusted downward to reflect our then shareholding interest in China SemiLEDs, meaning that we would no longer have the right to nominate a majority of its directors. For example, if we hold 33% or 22% of the shareholding interest in China SemiLEDs, we would be entitled to appoint three or two, respectively, of the nine directors of China SemiLEDs. Although we believe that conventional rounding would be applied if our shareholding interest does not result in a round number of directors, the issue of rounding is not explicitly addressed in the China SemiLEDs amended and restated articles of association and there may be uncertainty regarding the precise number of directors of China SemiLEDs we would be entitled to appoint in such a scenario. Our chief executive officer Trung T. Doan and our chief operating officer Dr. Anh Chuong Tran will serve as chairman and vice chairman, respectively, of China SemiLEDs. Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran will not receive any compensation from China SemiLEDs.

              Directors have fiduciary and diligence duties to China SemiLEDs, including, among others, to not use the advantages provided by their positions to pursue business opportunities that belong to China SemiLEDs or to engage in the same business as China SemiLEDs either for their own account or for the account of any other person without the approval of the shareholders. In addition, a director that has a connected relationship with any enterprise that is the subject of a resolution at a board meeting may not vote on the matter, either directly or by proxy. As such, in the event that any matters involving us or our relationship with China SemiLEDs are brought before the board of directors of China SemiLEDs, our directors would be required to recuse themselves and such board decisions

104


Table of Contents


would be made by the remaining directors that are not affiliated with us. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investment in China SemiLEDs—We do not own a majority of the shares of China SemiLEDs and if there are significant disagreements with the other shareholders of China SemiLEDs, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected." Furthermore, in the event that a strategic business opportunity arises which may belong to either us or China SemiLEDs, as directors that owe fiduciary duties to both entities, Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran will be required to present such an opportunity to our board of directors as well as both the board of directors and shareholders of China SemiLEDs, and neither we nor China SemiLEDs has a right of first refusal.

              In addition, China SemiLEDs is also required to have a board of supervisors that examines the company's finances and monitors the conduct of the directors or senior managers, among other things. The board of supervisors consists of six supervisors. Two of the supervisors must be worker representatives and four must be shareholder representatives. Of the four shareholder representatives, we have the right to nominate two.

    Preemptive Rights, Rights of First Refusal and Protective Rights

            If China SemiLEDs proposes to issue additional shares, each of its shareholders has a preemptive right to subscribe for all or part of the additional shares proposed to be issued in proportion to its then shareholding ratio in the company. If any shareholder declines to exercise any portion of its preemptive right, the other shareholders are entitled to purchase the shares declined by such shareholder. In addition, we and the other shareholders have rights of first refusal if any other shareholder wishes to transfer or sell its shares.

              We also have a number of protective rights under China SemiLEDs' articles of association. For example, as long as we hold at least 25% of the outstanding shares of China SemiLEDs, our prior consent is required before China SemiLEDs may issue bonds or otherwise incur debt (including guaranteeing any debt or other liability) in excess of RMB2,000,000 (approximately $239,000) in the aggregate over any 12-month period. In addition, special resolutions requiring the approval of shareholders holding two-thirds of the outstanding shares must be adopted before China SemiLEDs can (i) increase or reduce its registered capital, (ii) merge, split, dissolve or change its form, (iii) amend its articles of association, or (iv) take any other action that PRC laws and regulations require be decided by special resolutions.

    Intellectual Property Cross-Licensing Arrangements

            We have entered into a patent assignment and license agreement, a patent cross-license agreement and a trademark cross-license agreement with China SemiLEDs. The following summary is qualified by reference to the intellectual property agreements and other agreements between us and China SemiLEDs that we will file with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

              Under the patent assignment and license agreement, as amended, we agreed to assign 13 patents to China SemiLEDs. In return China SemiLEDs agreed to pay us a one-time payment of $600,000, which we expect to receive by November 2010, and agreed to grant us and our affiliates a royalty-free, transferable and exclusive (with respect to third parties other than China SemiLEDs) license to use the patents globally except in manufacturing LED epitaxial wafers and chips in China. China SemiLEDs agreed to not assign the patents to any third party without our written consent. We have agreed to indemnify China SemiLEDs from any damages arising out of any intellectual property infringement claims or proceedings with respect to any products manufactured by China SemiLEDs. The term of the agreement is 10 years.

105


Table of Contents

              Under the patent cross-license agreement, we agreed to grant royalty-free, exclusive (with respect to third parties other than us) and non-transferable licenses to China SemiLEDs to use 47 of our patents, and patents that we may acquire in the future, for the manufacture of LED epitaxial wafers or chips within China. Any patents acquired by China SemiLEDs will be licensed to us and our affiliates for use in manufacturing or selling LED chips or packages globally. China SemiLEDs has agreed to not transfer or sublicense any of the licenses without our consent. We may terminate this agreement if the directors nominated by us to the board of China SemiLEDs no longer constitute a majority of its board for reasons other than because China SemiLEDs is listed on a stock exchange, we transfer our shares in China SemiLEDs, or we decline to exercise our preemptive rights with respect to new issuances of shares of China SemiLEDs.

              Under the trademark cross-license agreement, we agreed to grant China SemiLEDs an exclusive (with respect to third parties other than us) royalty-free license to use our "SemiLEDs" trademark within China, subject to certain conditions. In return, China SemiLEDs agreed to grant a royalty-free and exclusive (with respect to third parties other than China SemiLEDs) license to us and our affiliates to use globally, except in China, any trademark acquired by it. China SemiLEDs may not transfer or sublicense our SemiLEDs trademark, use our SemiLEDs trademark as part of the name for or trademark owned by any company owned or affiliated with China SemiLEDs, use any trademarks, names, logos or design patents similar to or incorporating our "SemiLEDs" trademark, or advertise or promote any services or products relating to any LED epitaxial wafers or chips using the trademark of any other company.

              We may terminate the trademark cross-license agreement if China SemiLEDs' products fail to meet certain quality standards. We may also terminate this agreement if the directors nominated by us to the board of China SemiLEDs no longer constitute a majority of its board for reasons other than because China SemiLEDs is listed on a stock exchange, we transfer our shares in China SemiLEDs, or we decline to exercise our preemptive rights with respect to new issuances of shares of China SemiLEDs.

106


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

              The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and members of our board of directors as of October 1, 2010:

 
Name
  Age   Position(s)
 

Trung T. Doan

    52   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran

   
48
 

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

David Young

   
46
 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Jack S. Yeh

   
51
 

Vice President, Sales and Marketing Division

 

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin

   
39
 

General Counsel

 

Richard P. Beck

   
77
 

Director

 

Richard S. Hill

   
58
 

Director

 

Mark Johnson

   
46
 

Director

 

Scott R. Simplot

   
63
 

Director

 

William J. Whitacre

   
57
 

Director

              Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to appoint an additional independent director.

               Trung T. Doan has served as Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer since January 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Doan served as Corporate Vice President of Applied Global Services (AGS) Product Group at Applied Materials, Inc. and also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Jusung Engineering, Inc., a semiconductor/LCD equipment company in Korea. In addition, Mr. Doan served as Vice President of Process Development at Micron Technology Inc. Mr. Doan currently serves on the board of directors of Advanced Energy Industries, a publicly traded manufacturer of power conversion and control systems, and Dolsoft Corporation, a privately held software company. Previously, Mr. Doan served as a director of Nu Tool Inc., a semiconductor technology company, and as a director of EMCO, a publicly traded manufacturer of advanced flow control devices and systems. Mr. Doan holds a bachelor of science degree in nuclear engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara, where he graduated with honors, and a masters of science degree in chemical engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Doan should serve as chairman and our Chief Executive Officer based on his in-depth knowledge of our business and industry and his experience serving on the boards of directors of several major technology companies as well as in management roles in the technology industry.

               Dr. Anh Chuong Tran has served as our President, Chief Operating Officer and director since January 2005. Dr. Tran served as Vice President at Highlink Technology Corporation from November 2000 to November 2004 and a senior staff scientist at Emcore Corporation from 1995 to February 2000. Dr. Tran holds a bachelor of science degree in physics from the Czech Technical University, Prague, and a doctor of philosophy degree in physics from the University of Montreal. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Tran should serve as our President, Chief Operating Officer and director based on his in-depth knowledge of our business and industry and experience in operational management roles in the technology industry.

107


Table of Contents

               David Young has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Young served as Vice President, Sourcing Administration, of Payless ShoeSource International Ltd. from October 2005 to February 2008, co-founder and Executive Vice President of Tera Xtal Technology Corporation, Chief Financial Officer of Sparkice.com Inc. and Chief Financial Officer of Young Brothers Development Co., Ltd. from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Young also served as audit manager at Arthur Anderson from 1993 to 1995 and as audit manager and audit senior at Ernst & Young from 1987 to 1993. Mr. Young holds a bachelor of arts degree in economics and business from the University of California, Los Angeles.

               Jack S. Yeh has served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing since August 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Yeh served at United Epitaxy Company Ltd., a LED chip and wafer manufacturer, as Vice President from May 2000 to July 2005, Senior Sales Manager from November 1998 to May 2000, and Marketing Manager from July 1996 to November 1998. From July 1994 to August 1996, Mr. Yeh served as Sales Manager of the New Business Team at PRRINCO Inc., a manufacturer of optical disks. Mr. Yeh holds a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering from the University of Maryland.

               Lanfang (Lydia) Chin has served as our General Counsel since November 2008. Prior to joining us, Ms. Chin was a partner at Hui Fa Law Office from April 2007 to October 2008, and was Vice Senior Director of the Intellectual Property and Legal Department at Quata Display Inc., from March 2004 to July 2006. Ms. Chin holds a bachelor of law degree from National Taipei University and a masters of law degree from Franklin Pierce Law Center.

               Richard P. Beck has served as our director since July 2010. Mr. Beck previously served as a director of our company from March 2005 to April 2008. He is currently a director of TTM Technologies, Inc., a publicly traded manufacturer of printed circuit boards, and serves as Chairman of its audit committee, and also serves on the nominating and corporate governance committee. From May 1998 to August 2006, Mr. Beck served as a director of Applied Films Corporation, a publicly traded manufacturer of flat panel display equipment, served on its audit and nominating and governance committees, and from October 2001 to August 2006 served as Chairman of the board. From September 2000 to October 2004, he served as a director and Chairman of the audit committee of Photon Dynamics, Inc. a publicly held manufacturer of semiconductor testing equipment. He served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from March 1992 to October 2001 and Senior Vice President from February 1998 to May 2002 of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., and is currently a director and chair of its nominating and governance committee as well as a member of its audit and mergers and acquisitions committees. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Beck should serve as a director based on his experience serving on the boards of directors of public and private companies, and his strong background in finance.

               Richard S. Hill has served as our director since September 2010. Mr. Hill has served as Chief Executive Officer and director of Novellus Systems, Inc., a semiconductor processing equipment manufacturer, since December 1993 and Chairman of its board since May 1996. Before joining Novellus, Mr. Hill spent 12 years at Tektronix, Inc., where he held a variety of positions, including President of Tektronix Development Company, Vice President of the Test and Measurement Group and President of Tektronix Components Corporation. Currently, Mr. Hill serves on the board of directors of the University of Illinois Foundation, LSI Corporation, a provider of silicon, systems and software technologies, and Arrow Electronics, Inc., an electronic components distributor. Mr. Hill holds a bachelor's degree in bioengineering from the University of Illinois and a master's degree in business administration from Syracuse University. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Hill should serve as a director based on his engineering background as well as his experience in the semiconductor industry and as a director of companies in a variety of industries.

               Mark Johnson has served as our director since September 2010. Mr. Johnson serves as Chairman of Innosight LLC, a strategic consulting and investment firm which he co-founded in

108


Table of Contents


January 2000. Prior to co-founding Innosight, Mr. Johnson was a consultant at Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. from May 1994 to May 1999. He also served as a nuclear power-trained surface warfare officer in the U.S. Navy from May 1986 to May 1994. Currently, Mr. Johnson serves on the board of directors of the U.S. Naval Institute. Mr. Johnson holds a bachelor's degree with distinction in aerospace engineering from the United States Naval Academy and a master's degree in civil engineering and engineering mechanics from Columbia University and a masters in business administration from Harvard Business School. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Johnson should serve as a director based on his experience of providing consulting services to both private and public companies and his business and engineering background.

               Scott R. Simplot has served as our director since March 2005. Mr. Simplot has been Chairman of the board of directors and a director of J.R. Simplot Company since May 2001 and August 1970, respectively. Mr. Simplot has served as Manager of JRS Management, LLC, since September 2004, and General Partner to SRS Family Limited Partnership since January 1997. Mr. Simplot also serves as a director to various companies such as Bar-U-, Inc., Block 65 and 66 Master Association, Inc., Cal Ida Chemical Company, Censa of California, Inc., Claremont Realty Co., Glen Dale Farms, Inc., Potato Storage, Inc., Storage Partners I, Ltd., SMP, Inc., Three Creek Ranch Co., Camas, Inc., and Lattice Energy, LLC. Mr. Simplot holds a bachelor of science degree in business from the University of Idaho and a masters in business administration from the University of Pennsylvania. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Simplot should serve as a director based on the extensive knowledge and insight he brings to our board of directors from his experience serving as Chairman and holding a variety of management positions at a large private company and serving on the boards of directors of companies in a variety of industries. Mr. Simplot became a director on our board as part of his duties as the Chairman of the board of J.R. Simplot Company, the 100% owner of Simplot Taiwan, Inc., which was entitled to designate two members of our board of directors in connection with J.R. Simplot Company's investment in our Series A convertible preferred stock.

               William J. Whitacre has served as our director since August 2009. Mr. Whitacre has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of J.R. Simplot Company and President of STM, Inc. since September 2009. Mr. Whitacre served as Senior Vice President of J.R. Simplot Company from April 2002 to August 2009, Vice President of Cal Ida Chemical Co. and Director and President of Simplot Global Corporation from August 2002 to August 2009. He also served as manager of Britz-Simplot Grower Solutions, LLC from June 2008 to August 2009. He also serves as a director to various companies such as Agribusiness Capital Corp., Cal Ida Chemical Co., Censa of California, Inc., Morpheus, Inc., SDM, Inc., and SMP, Inc. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Whitacre should serve as a director based on his experience serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of a large private company and serving on the boards of directors of companies in a variety of industries. Mr. Whitacre became a director of our board as part of his duties as President and Chief Executive Officer of J.R. Simplot Company, the 100% owner of Simplot Taiwan, Inc., which was entitled to designate two members of our board of directors in connection with J.R. Simplot Company's investment in our Series A convertible preferred stock.

Board Composition

              SemiLEDs currently has five authorized directors. Each director is elected for a period of one year at SemiLEDs' annual meeting of stockholders and serves until the next annual meeting or until his successor is duly elected and qualified. The executive officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers of SemiLEDs.

109


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

              Directors are not currently compensated for their services as directors. However, we intend to review and consider future proposals regarding board compensation, in particular as it relates to additional independent directors that we may add prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus is a part. Directors are eligible to participate in our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which we intend to adopt prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

              Mr. Beck previously served as a director of our company from March 2005 to April 2008. In August 2005 and March 2006, we issued 250,000 options and 50,000 options, respectively, to Mr. Beck at an exercise price per share of $0.015 and $0.030, respectively. In November 2006, Mr. Beck exercised all of his options and, as such, Mr. Beck does not have any options outstanding.

Committees of the Board of Directors

              Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to appoint an additional independent director to our board of directors. Once appointed, and prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form S-1, our independent directors will use their experience and expertise to assist us in establishing an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, to adopt charters for each of those committees, to adopt our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and an amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering.

              Once constituted, we expect our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee to have the composition and responsibilities described below.

            Our audit committee is comprised of                ,                 and                each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors.                is the chairperson of our audit committee and is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

            Our compensation committee is comprised of                ,                 and                .                 is the chairperson of our compensation committee. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

110


Table of Contents

              We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules and regulations.

            Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of                ,                 and                . Is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

              No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

              Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement on Form S-1, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. These standards are designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. Any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on the website. The information that appears on our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

111


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

              This executive compensation section provides information about the material elements of the compensation awarded to or earned by our "named executive officers" during fiscal year 2010. Our named executive officers include our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and our three most highly compensated executive officers other than our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, who specifically are:

              This executive compensation discussion addresses and explains the compensation practices that were followed in fiscal year 2010 for our named executive officers and the numerical and related information in the summary compensation and other tables presented below.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

            We design our overall compensation program to attract and retain executive officers with the skills, experience and commitment to help us achieve our business objectives. Until the completion of this offering, we will continue to be a privately-held company with a limited number of equity holders. As such, we have not been subject to stock exchange listing requirements or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of our board committees, including a compensation committee. Our chief executive officer, in consultation with our board of directors, makes the final decisions regarding the compensation of our executive officers, other than for himself and our chief operating officer, and our board of directors determines the compensation of our chief executive officer and chief operating officer, based on recommendations from our chief executive officer.

              Following the offering, our compensation committee, when constituted, will have the responsibility for establishing, implementing and monitoring adherence to our compensation program. None of our executive officers will be a member of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have the authority under its charter to engage the services of outside counsel, consultants, accountants and other advisors to assist it in discharging its responsibilities relating to our executive compensation policies. In determining compensation, we strive to reward our executive officers with compensation that is affordable and sufficient to retain such officers while concurrently aligning the officers' interests with the achievement of our financial and business goals as well as the goals of our stockholders. We do not use rigid guidelines or formulas, nor have we used any benchmarking or other peer group survey, to determine the amount and mix of compensation elements for each executive officer. We have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation and have not considered these allocations in our compensation decisions. Instead, we have relied on the judgment and experience of our chief executive officer and board members, who have assessed each officer's experience, skills, role and responsibilities in determining a compensation level that is sufficient to retain and motivate without being too costly for us.

            Historically, our chief executive officer, in consultation with our board of directors, has determined the cash compensation of our executive officers, other than himself and our chief operating officer, based on his assessment of an officer's experience, skills, role and responsibilities and our gross

112


Table of Contents

revenues. Our chief executive officer has made proposed recommendations regarding his own compensation and that of our chief operating officer, which are subject to the approval of our board of directors. To date, we have not hired a compensation consultant to help evaluate the compensation for our named executive officers.

            The total compensation of our executive officers consists of the following elements:

              We offer cash compensation to our named executive officers in the form of base salaries at levels that we can afford and are sufficient to retain such officers. In addition to standard base salaries, we pay some of our officers certain bonuses that they have negotiated in their offer letter or bonuses that we generally pay all of our employees in Taiwan. However, our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer have not received any bonuses, except for the one-time retention bonuses for our chief executive officer and chief operating officer described below. Historically, we have paid total cash compensation that is generally modest as determined in the collective business judgment of our board of directors and our chief executive officer and have relied on our equity compensation to motivate our named executive officers to achieve our long-term goals.

            Base salary is the guaranteed compensation received by our executive officers for performing their regularly assigned duties. The base salary for each of our named executive officers was initially determined in a negotiation between us and each officer when such officer started employment. The base salaries for our chief executive officer and president and chief operating officer were first set forth in employment agreements in 2005 following our incorporation. Our board of directors most recently approved an increase in the base salaries and approved new living allowances for our chief executive officer and chief operating officer in March 2007, after taking into account the recommendation from our chief executive officer, who made his recommendation based on his own judgment and experience that the base salary of these two officers was less than the market rate for the same positions at similar companies. Our chief executive officer has knowledge and experience of the compensation of officers in the semiconductor industry from his previous roles with semiconductor companies, including responsibilities as a chief executive officer, vice president, board member and compensation committee member, pursuant to which he discussed or determined the compensation of officers and developed his judgment of the market rate of officer compensation in companies in both the semiconductor industry and the LED industry. There are similarities between the semiconductor industry and LED industry in terms of manufacturing processes and the technical skill sets and experience required and there are a large number of employees who have worked in both industries. As such, our chief executive officer believes that the compensation of officers in the semiconductor industry is a useful reference point for the LED industry. We believed these compensation increases were affordable and appropriately compensated our executive officers. However, our chief executive officer and chief operating officer carefully considered their increases in compensation before waiving and declining a base salary increase and new living allowances, because they decided they would rather conserve capital to help grow our business. In May, 2009, given our increased revenue and net income, our board of directors agreed that, provided our chief executive officer and chief operating officer remain in service until each bonus payment date, they would each earn in the aggregate an additional bonus equivalent to the base salary

113


Table of Contents

increases and new living allowances that they would have received had they accepted the base salary increase and new living allowances that our board of directors offered since April 2007. This bonus was earned and paid in two installments in fiscal year 2010 of approximately $51,667 each for our chief executive officer and $45,208 each for our chief operating officer. Starting in November 2009, our chief executive officer and chief operating officer accepted a total base salary increase of $201,000 for our chief executive officer and $196,000 for our chief operating officer, which was equal to the respective base salary increase and new living allowances originally offered in 2007 by our board of directors. Instead of receiving base salary increases and new living allowances, for ease of administration, our chief executive officer and chief operating officer each accepted a total base salary increase in the same amount.

              The base salary for Mr. Yeh was increased from the amount in his offer letter in 2005 to NT$161,800 in October 2009 and NT$215,900 in August 2010, pursuant to our chief executive officer's annual salary review. The base salary for Ms. Chin was increased to NT$178,570 in August 2010 pursuant to our chief executive officer's annual salary review. For both Mr. Yeh and Ms. Chin, our chief executive officer determined their salary increases based on their performance, longevity with us and the chief executive officer's judgment regarding the market rate for those positions. For Mr. Young, the base salary has remained the same as set forth in his offer letter. Because we have used equity compensation as the primary means of motivating our officers to achieve our long-term business goals, we have been able to conserve capital for our business by paying relatively modest base salaries, based on the experience of our chief executive officer and our board of directors. The salary earned in fiscal year 2010 by each named executive officer is reflected in the "Summary Compensation Table" below.

            For fiscal year 2010, we did not have a formal bonus plan or program for any of our employees, including our named executive officers. We paid bonuses to our chief executive officer and our president and chief operating officer as described under "Base Salaries" above. Prior to fiscal year 2010, we did not pay any bonuses to those two named executive officers. We did not pay a bonus to our chief financial officer in fiscal year 2010 or in any of our previous fiscal years. We have an informal policy to pay our full-time employees who are paid in NT dollars a year-end bonus equal to two (2) months of the average base salary of each employee based in Taiwan, as pro rated for their period of service with us for the year. We adopted this informal policy of paying a year-end bonus in this amount because it is typical practice for a Taiwanese company. In addition, to reward our employees based in Taiwan for their diligence and efforts in light of our improved sales, we paid each of our employees a special bonus in August 2009 equal to NT$15,000 (approximately $500.00), which was determined by our chief executive officer as affordable for us and appreciated by our employees. Ms. Chin was treated in the same manner as our other employees based in Taiwan and paid both the year-end bonus (as pro rated for her months of employment with us in 2008) and the special bonus in August 2009 equal to NT$15,000. As a result of his negotiations with our chief executive officer, Mr. Yeh's 2005 offer letter provided for a bonus that is guaranteed and payable three times each year in the amount of NT$150,000. These three bonus amounts would have been incorporated into Mr. Yeh's annual base salary, except that Mr. Yeh preferred to be paid these three installments each year. In addition, Mr. Yeh's offer letter provided for a guaranteed year-end bonus equal to two (2) months of his then average base salary, which represents the year-end bonus for all of our employees, as described above. In fiscal year 2010, Mr. Yeh earned his bonus of NT$150,000 three times and the same year-end bonus as the other employees based in Taiwan in an amount equal to two (2) months of his then average base salary. The actual bonus amounts earned by Ms. Chin and Mr. Yeh for fiscal year 2010 are set forth in the "Summary Compensation Table" below.

114


Table of Contents

              Background.     We established our equity incentive plan to align the interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, with the interests of our stockholders and to provide our employees an incentive to support our long-term success and growth. We award equity incentive compensation in the form of options to acquire shares of our Class B common stock, because we believe that stock options encourage our executive officers to perform and are directly tied to any increase in the value of our business. To increase the value of their options, officers need to work diligently to increase the value of our capital stock, which in turn benefits our stockholders. Historically, our board of directors has had the authority to make equity grants to executive officers and at times, has delegated this authority to our chief executive officer. Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee, when constituted, will make all decisions regarding equity grants to our executive officers.

              Timing and Size of Grants.     We typically grant the largest stock option in the year that an executive officer commences employment. Generally, each option vests annually according to a four-year schedule. Thereafter, we make option grants on an annual basis at the discretion of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer when the board has delegated to him this authority. We do not have any program or obligation that requires us to grant equity compensation to any executive officer on specified dates. The size of each grant is generally set at a level that our board of directors deems appropriate to create a meaningful opportunity for stock ownership, taking into account an individual's position and longevity with us (which includes an individual's performance) as the most important factor, the individual's existing equity holdings as the second most important factor and the individual's potential for future responsibility as the third most important factor.

              In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Young and Ms. Chin were each granted their initial hire option. Mr. Young's option amount was negotiated pursuant to his employment agreement and our chief executive officer determined the option amount for Ms. Chin, based on his assessment of her experience, skills and responsibilities. Our board of directors granted Mr. Young his options on an accelerated schedule as compared to his employment agreement to simplify the option grant schedule. That is, instead of granting two options for 500,000 shares each at his employment commencement (with the vesting starting at the employment commencement date for the first option and the vesting starting at the first anniversary of the employment commencement date for the second option), a third option for 500,000 shares at his second anniversary with us (with the vesting starting at the second anniversary of the employment commencement date) and a fourth option for 500,000 shares at his third anniversary with us (with the vesting starting at the third anniversary of the employment commencement date), our board of directors granted one option for 1,000,000 shares at his employment commencement and a second option for 1,000,000 shares at approximately his first anniversary with us. Our chief executive officer also determined the option amount for Mr. Yeh's annual grant in fiscal year 2009 and the annual grants for Mr. Yeh and Ms. Chin in fiscal year 2010, taking into account the following factors in order of greatest importance: position and longevity with us (which includes performance), existing equity holdings and potential for future responsibility. Each of these options is subject to our standard vesting schedule of four annual installments. The actual option amounts for Mr. Young, Ms. Chin and Mr. Yeh for fiscal year 2010 are set forth in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table" below.

              Stock Valuation.     In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors or chief executive officer determined the fair market value of our Class B common stock in good faith using factors it considered appropriate, including the price at which shares of our Class B common stock and convertible preferred stock had previously been issued, the rights associated with our convertible preferred stock, our business prospects, and, beginning in 2007, written reports periodically prepared by an independent valuation firm retained by us. Following the completion of this offering, we expect the exercise price of our options to be based on a consistent methodology that will

115


Table of Contents


either use the closing price of our common stock on the date of the grant or the date immediately prior to the date of grant. At this time, we have not yet made a decision regarding how to determine the exercise price of our options.

              Restricted Shares, Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Units.     We generally have not granted restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights or stock units because we believe that options offer a more powerful incentive because the value of our stock has to appreciate in order for the officers to receive any gain from their options. In addition, our current option plan does not offer stock appreciation rights or stock units. However, in the future our compensation committee may consider granting restricted shares of our common stock, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units in appropriate circumstances.

            We currently do not require our directors or executive officers to own a specified amount of our common stock. Our board of directors believes that the stock and option holdings of our directors and executive officers are sufficient at this time to provide incentives to perform for us and to align this group's interests with those of our stockholders.

            In fiscal year 2010, we did not provide special benefits or other perquisites to our named executive officers. Our executive officers are eligible for the benefits generally available to our employees, including our labor insurance, national health insurance and certain group insurance (including life insurance, accidental death & dismemberment insurance, hospitalization and surgical benefits), with the labor insurance and national health insurance mandated by Taiwan law and all of this insurance available to all employees, regardless of nationality; and the minimum pension contribution required by Taiwan law for employees based in Taiwan who are Taiwanese citizens. These general benefits are either mandated by Taiwan law or offered to our employees because they are available at a typical employer in Taiwan.

            Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran entered into employment agreements in 2005, which provide that if the respective individual is terminated by us without cause or resigns due to a constructive termination, he will receive as severance an amount equal to six (6) months of his then current salary plus his current medical insurance for six (6) months following his termination date. We offered such severance to motivate Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran to continue as our executive officers by providing severance protection in the event that they are terminated by us without having committed any egregious act constituting cause or if we adversely change their positions such that they resign. Cause is defined as (a) the conviction of a felony or of any criminal offense involving moral turpitude; (b) the repeated failure to satisfactorily perform duties reasonably required by us; (c) material breach of the proprietary information and invention agreement, our written policies established by our board of directors or any term of his employment agreement; or (d) misappropriation of our property or unlawful appropriation of our corporate opportunity or our business. We will provide Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran with written notice alleging cause and failure to remedy the alleged cause within thirty (30) days may result in a termination for cause. Constructive termination is defined as one of the following events when we have not received the respective individual's written consent for such event: (a) a significant reduction of his duties, position or responsibilities relative to his duties, position or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction or his removal from such position, duties and responsibilities, provided that a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of us being acquired and made part of a larger entity will not constitute a constructive termination; (b) a substantial reduction, without good business reasons, of the facilities and perquisites available to him immediately prior to such reduction; (c) a reduction of his base salary unless such reduction is a part of a Company-wide reduction for

116


Table of Contents

similarly situated persons; or (d) a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to which he is entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that his overall benefits package is significantly reduced, unless such reductions are part of a Company-wide reduction for similarly situated persons.

              Mr. Young's employment agreement entered into in 2007 provides for the following vesting acceleration and option benefits: (a) if he is involuntarily terminated without cause before the second anniversary of his employment with us, all of the 1,000,000 shares subject to his option granted on March 3, 2008, will become fully vested; and (b) if we are subject to a change of control within twenty-four (24) months from his first date of employment with us, all of the 1,000,000 shares subject to his option granted on March 3, 2008 will become fully vested and he will be granted an additional fully vested option for 1,000,000 shares. Mr. Young will not receive any of the vesting acceleration rights or additional option described in this paragraph because the time restrictions for such acceleration and additional option have passed.

              For additional information, please see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below for more details.

            Our compensation committee has not adopted a policy on whether we will make retroactive adjustments to any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to executive officers or other employees where the payment was predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement. Our compensation committee believes that this issue is best addressed when the need actually arises, when all of the facts regarding the restatement are known, so that we can make an informed decision that is in our best interest.

            Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code places a limit of $1.0 million per person on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to each of our named executive officers other than the chief financial officer. There is an exemption from the $1.0 million limitation for performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements. All grants of options or stock appreciation rights under our new Equity Incentive Plan, which we will adopt before this offering, are intended to qualify for the exemption. Please see "Equity Incentive Plan" for more details. Grants of restricted shares or stock units under our Equity Incentive Plan may qualify for the exemption if vesting is contingent on the attainment of objectives based on the performance criteria set forth in the plan and if certain other requirements are satisfied. Grants of restricted shares or stock units that vest solely on the basis of service cannot qualify for the exemption. To maintain flexibility in compensating officers in a manner designed to promote varying corporate goals, our compensation committee, when constituted, will not adopt a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. To date, the compensation to our named executive officers has not exceeded the $1.0 million limitation. Our compensation committee, when constituted, may approve compensation or changes to plans, programs or awards that may cause the compensation or awards to exceed the limitation under section 162(m) if it determines that such action is appropriate and in our best interests.

              We account for equity compensation paid to our employees under the rules of FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 718, "Stock Compensation" (formerly FASB Statement No. 123(R)) ("ASC 718"), which require us to estimate and record an expense for each award of equity compensation over the service period of the award. Accounting rules also require us to record cash compensation as an expense at the time the obligation is accrued. We have not tailored our executive compensation program to achieve particular accounting results.

117


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

              The following table sets forth all of the compensation earned by our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary   Bonus   Option
Awards (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

Trung T. Doan
Chief Executive Officer

  $ 194,333   $ 103,334               $ 297,667  

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran
President and Chief Operating Officer

 
$

190,167
 
$

90,416
   
   
   
 
$

280,583
 

David Young
Chief Financial Officer

 
$

112,000
   
   
   
   
 
$

112,000
 

Jack S. Yeh (2)
Vice President of Marketing and Sales

 
$

62,255
 
$

24,159
 
$

25,274
   
   
 
$

111,688
 

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin (3)
General Counsel

 
$

60,590
 
$

9,969
 
$

30,329
   
   
 
$

100,888
 

(1)
The amounts reported in this column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers during fiscal year ended August 31, 2010 calculated in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as SFAS 123(R) and referred to herein as "ASC 718"). The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in our notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers from the options.

(2)
Mr. Yeh's monthly base salary is NT$157,800 for September 2009, increased to NT$161,800 for October 2009 through July 2010 and increased to NT$215,900 for August 2010. His base salary and bonuses were converted into U.S. dollars, based on the daily noon buying rate in New York, certified by the New York Federal Reserve Bank for customs purposes on each payment date.

(3)
Ms. Chin's monthly base salary is NT$160,000, provided that in August 2010, her base salary was increased to NT$178,570. Her base salary and bonuses were converted into U.S. dollars, based on the daily noon buying rate in New York, certified by the New York Federal Reserve Bank for customs purposes on each payment date.

Salary, Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation in Proportion to Total Compensation

              The amount of total cash compensation, consisting of salary, bonus and non-equity incentive plan compensation, earned in fiscal year 2010 as a percentage of the total compensation (also includes the value of stock options) reported for each of the named executive officers was:

Mr. Doan:

    100 %

Dr. Tran:

    100 %

Mr. Young:

    100 %

Mr. Yeh:

    77 %

Ms. Chin:

    70 %

              To date, we have not established any policy for allocating compensation between current and long-term compensation or between cash and non-cash compensation.

118


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

              The following table sets forth each non-equity incentive plan award and equity award granted to our named executive officers during the year ended August 31, 2010.

Name
  Grant Date   All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
  Exercise
or Base
Price Per
Option
Share of
Option
Awards
  Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
 

Trung T. Doan

                 

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran

                 

David Young

                 

Jack S. Yeh

    February 10, 2010     50,000 (1) $ 0.065   $ 25,274  

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin

    February 10, 2010     60,000 (2) $ 0.065   $ 30,329  

(1)
The option will vest with respect to 12,500 shares on each February 10 of 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014. This option has a term of approximately nine years from the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration if the optionee's service terminates.

(2)
The option will vest with respect to 15,000 shares on each February 10 of 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014. This option has a term of nine years from the date of grant, subject to earlier expiration if the optionee's service terminates.

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End

              The following table sets forth information regarding each unexercised option held by each of our named executive officers as of the end of the year ended August 31, 2010.

 
  Option Awards  
 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
   
   
 
 
  Option Exercise
Price Per Option
Share
  Option
Expiration Date
 
Name
  Exercisable   Unexercisable  

Trung T. Doan

                 

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran

                 

David Young

    (1)   500,000   $ 0.060     March 3, 2017  

    (2)   750,000   $ 0.065     March 1, 2018  

Jack S. Yeh

    72,500 (3)   72,500   $ 0.060     September 1, 2017  

    (4)   50,000   $ 0.065     February 10, 2019  

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin

    12,500 (5)   37,500   $ 0.065     February 15, 2018  

    (6)   60,000   $ 0.065     February 10, 2019  

(1)
The option for 1,000,000 shares will vest with respect to 250,000 shares on each March 3 of 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012. On May 18, 2010, Mr. Young exercised 500,000 option shares.

(2)
The option for 1,000,000 shares will vest with respect to 250,000 shares on each March 1 of 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. On May 18, 2010, Mr. Young exercised 250,000 option shares.

(3)
The option for 145,000 shares vested with respect to 36,250 shares on each September 1 of 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

(4)
The option for 50,000 shares will vest with respect to 12,500 shares on each February 2 of 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

(5)
The option for 50,000 shares will vest with respect to 12,500 shares on each February 15 of 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

(6)
The option for 60,000 shares will vest with respect to 15,000 shares on each February 10 of 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

119


Table of Contents

Option Exercises in Fiscal Year 2010

              The following table sets forth information regarding the exercise of any options held by each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
  Value Realized
on Exercise
 

Trung T. Doan

         

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran

         

David Young

    500,000   $ 244,000 (1)

    250,000   $ 120,750 (2)

Jack S. Yeh

    375,000   $ 18,750 (3)

    40,000   $ 200 (4)

    375,000   $ 199,875 (5)

    40,000   $ 19,520 (1)

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin

         

(1)
The fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date was $0.548 per share. The value realized on exercise was calculated by multiplying (i) the number of exercised shares by (ii) the fair market value of $0.548 per share less the exercise price of $0.060 per share.

(2)
The fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date was $0.548 per share. The value realized on exercise was calculated by multiplying (i) the number of exercised shares by (ii) the fair market value of $0.548 per share less the exercise price of $0.065 per share.

(3)
The fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date was $0.065 per share. The value realized on exercise was calculated by multiplying (i) the number of exercised shares by (ii) the fair market value of $0.065 per share less the exercise price of $0.015 per share.

(4)
The fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date was $0.065 per share. The value realized on exercise was calculated by multiplying (i) the number of exercised shares by (ii) the fair market value of $0.065 per share less the exercise price of $0.060 per share.

(5)
The fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date was $0.548 per share. The value realized on exercise was calculated by multiplying (i) the number of exercised shares by (ii) the fair market value of $0.548 per share less the exercise price of $0.015 per share.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

              The table below reflects the potential payments and benefits to which certain of our named executive officers would be entitled under the individual employment agreements between these named executive officers and us, which are described in the section entitled, "Compensation Discussion and Analysis". The amounts shown in the table below assume that each termination was effective as of August 31, 2010 and that all eligibility requirements under the applicable agreement were met.

Name
  Salary   Medical Insurance   Total  

Trung T. Doan (1)

  $ 100,500   $ 1,163   $ 101,663  

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran (1)

  $ 98,000   $ 1,163   $ 99,663  

David Young

             

Jack S. Yeh

             

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin

             

(1)
If either Mr. Doan or Dr. Tran is terminated by us without cause or resigns as a result of a constructive termination at any time, he is eligible to receive as severance an amount equal to six (6) months of his then current base salary and medical insurance for a six-month period following his employment termination date.

120


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

              We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

              We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Employment Agreements

              We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, which set forth the terms of their employment, including base salary and to the extent applicable, bonus opportunities, stock options and severance benefits. Each named executive officer's current cash and equity compensation, including base salary, bonuses, options and severance, is discussed in greater detail in "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" and set forth in the "Summary Compensation Table" above.

              Mr. Doan and Dr. Tran entered into employment agreements in 2005, which provide for the severance payments and benefits described under "Severance and Change of Control Benefits" above.

              Mr. Young's employment agreement entered into in 2007 provides for the vesting acceleration and option benefits described under "Severance and Change of Control Benefits" above.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

              We intend to adopt our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan before the completion of this offering. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will replace our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. No further grants will be made under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan after this offering. However, the options outstanding after this offering under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will continue to be governed by its existing terms.

    Share Reserve

            We have reserved 12,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan will be increased automatically on September 1 of each year, starting with September 1, 2011 and ending with September 1, 2017, by a number equal to the smallest of:

    10,000,000 shares;

    3% of the shares of common stock outstanding at that time; or

    the number of shares determined by our board of directors.

              In general, to the extent that awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited or lapse without the issuance of shares or shares are reacquired by us, those shares will again become available for awards. All share numbers described in this summary of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (including exercise prices for options and stock appreciation rights) are automatically adjusted in the event of a stock split, a stock dividend, or a reverse stock split.

    Administration

            The compensation committee of our board of directors, when constituted, will administer the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation committee will have the complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the plan and outstanding awards.

121


Table of Contents

    Eligibility

            Employees, members of our board of directors who are not employees and consultants will be eligible to participate in our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

              Types of Award. Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the following types of awards:    

    incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our common stock;

    stock appreciation rights;

    restricted shares of our common stock; and

    restricted stock units.

              We generally grant options to our service providers because we believe that options offer a more powerful long-term incentive than restricted shares, stock appreciation rights or stock units. However, in the future our compensation committee, when constituted, may consider granting restricted shares, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units in appropriate circumstances and use such forms of equity-based compensation in addition to options in order to align the interests of our service providers with that of our stockholders.

    Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

            Optionees may pay the exercise price by using:

    cash;

    shares of our common stock that the optionee already owns;

    an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker approved by us;

    a promissory note, if permitted by applicable law; or

    any other form of payment as the compensation committee determines.

              A participant who exercises a stock appreciation right receives the increase in value of our common stock over the base price. The base price for stock appreciation rights may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The settlement value of a stock appreciation right may be paid in cash or shares of common stock, or a combination of both.

              Options and stock appreciation rights vest at the time or times determined by the compensation committee. In most cases, they will vest over a four-year period following the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights also expire at the time determined by the compensation committee, but in no event more than 10 years after they are granted. They generally expire earlier if the participant's service terminates earlier. No participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan covering more than 3,000,000 shares in any fiscal year, except that a new employee may receive options or stock appreciation rights covering up to 4,550,000 shares in the fiscal year in which his or her employment starts.

    Restricted Shares and Stock Units

            Restricted shares and stock units may be awarded under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan in return for any lawful consideration, and participants who receive restricted shares or stock units generally are not required to pay for their awards in cash. In general, these awards will be subject to vesting. Vesting may be based on length of service, the attainment of performance-based milestones, or a combination of both, as determined by the compensation committee. No participant may receive restricted shares or stock units with performance-based vesting covering more than 3,000,000 shares in any fiscal year, except that a new employee may receive restricted shares or stock units covering up to

122


Table of Contents

4,550,000 shares in the fiscal year in which his or her employment starts. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in the form of cash, shares of common stock, or a combination of both.

    Change in Control

            The compensation committee may determine that awards granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will vest or will become exercisable (as applicable) on an accelerated basis if we experience a change in control. Awards will be subject to the agreement evidencing a change in control, as described below. Unvested awards (or portions thereof) may be treated in any manner permissible by applicable law, including (without limitation) cancellation for no consideration. Vested options, stock appreciation rights and stock units may be continued by us if we are the surviving corporation or assumed or substituted by the surviving corporation or its parent with new awards. In addition, vested options and stock appreciation rights may be cancelled for consideration equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock as of the closing date of the change in control over the exercise price of the awards, and vested stock units may be canceled for a payment equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the closing date of the change in control.

              A change in control includes:

    a merger or consolidation or any other corporate reorganization or business combination transaction of our company with or into another corporation, entity or person;

    a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets;

    a proxy contest that results in the replacement of more than 50% of our directors over a 24-month period; or

    an acquisition of 50% or more of our voting power by any person or group, other than a person related to us (such as a holding company owned by our stockholders or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of ours or of our parent or of a subsidiary of ours).

    Amendments or Termination

            Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not need to seek stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will continue in effect for 10 years from its adoption date, unless our board of directors decides to terminate the plan earlier.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

              Our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors on June 21, 2005 and approved by our stockholders on February 2, 2006. The most recent amendment to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and stockholders on March 1, 2010. No further awards will be made under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan after the completion of this offering, but options outstanding under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

    Share Reserve

            We have reserved an aggregate of 15,883,335 shares of our Class B common stock for issuance under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. In general, if shares subject to awards of options and restricted stock granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan cease to be subject to issuance under such options (other than due to exercise of such options), are forfeited or are repurchased by us at the original issue

123


Table of Contents

price or the awards terminate without the shares being issued, then these shares will again become available for grant and issuance in connection with future awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

    Administration

            Our board of directors and our chief executive officer have administered the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan before this offering and the compensation committee of our board of directors, when constituted, will administer this plan after this offering. Before this offering, our board of directors and our chief executive officer and, after this offering, our compensation committee has complete discretion to make all decisions relating to our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

    Eligibility

            Employees, members of our board of directors who are not employees and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

    Types of Awards

            Our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the following types of awards:

    incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock; and

    direct awards and sales of shares of our Class B common stock (including restricted shares).

    Options

            The exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the option grant date and the exercise price for nonstatutory stock options may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the option grant date, with any options granted to ten percent holders having an exercise price that may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the option grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price by using:

    cash or check;

    shares of common stock that the optionee already owns;

    a full-recourse promissory note;

    waiver of compensation due or accrued;

    an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker designated by us;

    cancellation of indebtedness; or

    any combination of the above payment methods.

              Our options generally vest annually over a four-year period following the vesting commencement date and generally expire approximately nine years after they are granted, unless the optionee ceases service with us.

    Share Awards

            The purchase price for shares awarded under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the award grant date, with shares awarded to ten percent holders having a purchase price that may not be less than 100% of the fair

124


Table of Contents

market value of our Class B common stock on the award grant date. Restricted shares vest at the times determined by our board of directors.

    Dissolution, Consolidation, Merger or Asset Sale

            If we experience a dissolution or liquidation, reorganization, consolidation, merger, or similar transaction or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding award of options and restricted stock may be assumed, converted or replaced or an equivalent award may be substituted or the award holder may be provided with substantially similar consideration as was provided to our stockholders by the successor or acquiring corporation. In the event that the successor or acquiring corporation refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute awards, then the awards will expire upon the consummation of the transaction.

    Amendments or Termination

            Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval unless required by applicable law. No further awards will be made under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan after this offering, and the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate ten years after its initial adoption by our board of directors.

125


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

              Since September 1, 2006, there has not been any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors or executive officers, any holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the transactions described below.

Equity Financings

            The following table summarizes the shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders of SemiLEDs and persons and entities associated with them in private placement transactions. In December 2006, January 2007, May 2007, January 2008, May 2008 and July 2008, we sold 44,584,455 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $0.59 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $26.4 million. Each share of Series C convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 
  Number of Shares
of Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities Affiliated with Directors

             

Simplot Taiwan, Inc. (Scott R. Simplot and William J. Whitacre)

    17,296,324   $ 10,204,831.16  

WI Harper Inc. Fund VI Ltd. (Peter Liu (1) )

    10,169,491   $ 5,999,999.69  

Other 5% Stockholders

             

Powerchip Technology Corporation (f/k/a Powerchip Semiconductor Corporation) and its affiliate Luxxon Technology Corporation

    16,271,185   $ 9,599,999.15  

(1)
Peter Liu, a former director of our company, is the Chairman of WI Harper Inc. Fund VI Ltd.

    Issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

            In September 2008, we issued and sold a total of 15,351,550 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to Lite-On Technology USA, Inc. at a purchase price of $0.6514 per share. Each share of Series D convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the completion of this offering.

    Issuance of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

            The following table summarizes the shares of Series E preferred stock purchased by directors, executive officers and our 5% stockholders and persons and entities associated with them in private placement transactions. In April 2010, we sold 23,794,887 shares of Series E preferred stock at a price of $0.6514 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $15.5 million. Each share of Series E

126


Table of Contents

convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 
  Number of Shares
of Series E
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Executive Officers

             

Trung T. Doan

    57,111   $ 37,202.11  

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran

    28,555   $ 18,600.73  

Entities Affiliated with Directors

             

Simplot Taiwan, Inc. (Scott R. Simplot and William J. Whitacre)

    15,044,519   $ 9,799,999.68  

JRS Properties III L.P. (Scott R. Simplot)

    4,345,169   $ 2,830,443.09  

WI Harper Inc. Fund VI Ltd. (Peter Liu (1) )

    871,179   $ 567,486.01  

Other 5% Stockholders

             

Lite-On Technology USA, Inc. 

    1,315,104   $ 856,658.75  

(1)
Peter Liu, a former director of our company, is the Chairman of WI Harper Inc. Fund VI Ltd.

Investors' Rights Agreement

              We have entered into an investors' rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including Trung T. Doan, The Trung Doan 2010 GRAT, Dr. Anh Chuong Tran, The Anh Chuong Tran 2010 GRAT, Simplot Taiwan, Inc., JRS Properties III L.P., WI Harper Inc. Fund VI Ltd. and Lite-On Technology USA, Inc. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock, including those issued upon conversion of their convertible preferred stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" below for additional information.

Lite-On Agreements

    Warranty Agreement

            In March 2009, Taiwan SemiLEDs, entered into a warranty agreement with Lite-On Technology Corporation, which held approximately 5.68% of our shares as of May 31, 2010, pursuant to which Taiwan SemiLEDs set forth the terms and conditions of certain warranty obligations of Taiwan SemiLEDs relating to the sale and purchase by Lite-On Technology Corporation of certain LED devices of Taiwan SemiLEDs. The warranty agreement provides that if a third party makes a claim against Lite-On Technology Corporation that such products sold to Lite-On Technology Corporation directly infringe on intellectual property rights of such third party, then Taiwan SemiLEDs will defend, indemnify and hold Lite-On Technology Corporation and its affiliates harmless against all damages and costs based on such claim of infringement which are finally awarded against Lite-On Technology Corporation in any such suit or proceeding or paid by way of settlement against such claim, provided that Lite-On Technology Corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in the warranty agreement. Certain claims are also excluded from the warranty as set forth in the warranty agreement. The warranty agreement provides that Taiwan SemiLEDs' aggregate liability in connection with the sales and purchase of the products shall not exceed the purchase amount paid by Lite-On Technology Corporation for the infringing products during the ten-year period prior to the intellectual property claim. This agreement expires in March 2011, unless earlier terminated by written notice by either party. Notwithstanding, the liabilities and obligations of Taiwan SemiLEDs under the agreement survive any expiration or termination pursuant to the governing law of the agreement.

127


Table of Contents

Luxxon Agreements

    Asset Purchase Agreement

            In December 2006, Taiwan SemiLEDs, entered into an asset purchase agreement with Luxxon Technology Corporation, an affiliate of Powerchip Technology Corporation, pursuant to which Luxxon Technology Corporation sold substantially all of its assets to Taiwan SemiLEDs in exchange for $3.6 million cash, 10,169,491 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, and warrants to purchase an additional 4,067,796 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock. Such warrants expired in July 2008.

    Lease Agreement

            In December 2006, Taiwan SemiLEDs, in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement described above, entered into a lease agreement with Luxxon Technology Corporation to lease certain premises and facilities located at Sinwu Taoyuan County, Taiwan from Luxxon Technology Corporation for a term of ten (10) years. During the lease term, the total rental and charges (excluding certain operating expenses) for the leased premises and leased facilities ("Rental") are as follows:

      (i)
      December 2006—November 2008: NT$1,000,000 per month;

      (ii)
      December 2008—November 2010: NT$1,200,000 per month;

      (iii)
      December 2010—November 2012: NT$1,440,000 per month; and

      (iv)
      Thereafter, the rental rate shall periodically increase by 15 percent every two years until the expiration of the lease term.

Indemnification Agreements

              We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we intend to adopt upon completion of this offering will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Employment Agreements

              See "Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements."

Equity Incentive Plan

              See "Executive Compensation—2005 Equity Incentive Plan" and "Executive Compensation—2010 Equity Incentive Plan."

Intellectual Property Cross-Licensing Arrangements with China SemiLEDs

              We have entered into a patent assignment and license agreement, a patent cross-license agreement and a trademark cross-license agreement with China SemiLEDs, a joint venture in which we own a 49% equity interest. The following summary is qualified by reference to the intellectual property agreements and other agreements between us and China SemiLEDs that we have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

              Under the patent assignment and license agreement, as amended on July 19, 2010, we agreed to assign 13 patents to China SemiLEDs. In return China SemiLEDs agreed to pay us a one-time payment of $600,000, which we expect to receive by November 2010, and agreed to grant us and our affiliates a royalty-free, transferable and exclusive (with respect to third parties other than China SemiLEDs) license to use the patents globally except in manufacturing LED epitaxial wafers and chips

128


Table of Contents


in China. China SemiLEDs agreed to not assign the patents to any third party without our written consent. We have agreed to indemnify China SemiLEDs from any damages arising out of any intellectual property infringement claims or proceedings with respect to any products manufactured by China SemiLEDs. The term of the agreement is ten years.

              Under the patent cross-license agreement entered into on May 7, 2010, we agreed to grant royalty-free, exclusive (with respect to third parties other than us) and non-transferable licenses to China SemiLEDs to use 47 of our patents, and patents that we may acquire in the future, for the manufacture of LED epitaxial wafers or chips within China. Any patents acquired by China SemiLEDs will be licensed to us and our affiliates for use in manufacturing or selling LED chips or packages globally. China SemiLEDs has agreed to not transfer or sublicense any of the licenses without our consent. We may terminate this agreement if the directors nominated by us to the board of China SemiLEDs no longer constitute a majority of its board for reasons other than because China SemiLEDS is listed on a stock exchange, we transfer our shares in China SemiLEDs, or we decline to exercise our preemptive rights with respect to new issuances of shares of China SemiLEDs.

              Under the trademark cross-license agreement entered into on May 7, 2010, we agreed to grant China SemiLEDs an exclusive (with respect to third parties other than us) royalty-free license to use our "SemiLEDs" trademark within China, subject to certain conditions. In return, China SemiLEDs agreed to grant a royalty-free and exclusive (with respect to third parties other than China SemiLEDs) license to us and our affiliates to use globally, except in China, any trademark acquired by it. China SemiLEDs may not transfer or sublicense our SemiLEDs trademark, use our SemiLEDs trademark as part of the name for or trademark owned by any company owned or affiliated with China SemiLEDs, use any trademarks, names, logos or design patents similar to or incorporating our "SemiLEDs" trademark, or advertise or promote any services or products relating to any LED epitaxial wafers or chips using the trademark of any other company.

              We may terminate the trademark cross-license agreement if China SemiLEDs' products fail to meet certain quality standards. We may also terminate this agreement if the directors nominated by us to the board of China SemiLEDs no longer constitute a majority of its board for reasons other than because China SemiLEDs is listed on a stock exchange, we transfer our shares in China SemiLEDs, or we decline to exercise our preemptive rights with respect to new issuances of shares of China SemiLEDs.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

              Our board of directors intends to adopt a formal, written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without prior consent and approval of our audit committee, or the majority of the independent members of our board of directors in the event that it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related person.

129


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

              The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2010 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock offered by us under this prospectus by:

              Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. All shares of our common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2010, are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding options, but are not deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage of ownership of any other person.

              Unless otherwise indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that each stockholder named in the table has sole or shared voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

              Percentage of ownership is based on 293,588,236 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2010, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with this offering, and                shares outstanding after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option.

130


Table of Contents

              Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, the address of each individual listed in the table is c/o SemiLEDs Corporation, 3F, No.11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 
 
  Number
of Shares
Offered
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent  

5% Stockholders and other selling stockholders:

                               

Simplot Taiwan, Inc. (1)

   
138,590,843
   
47.21

%
                 
 

999 Main Street, Suite 1300 Boise, ID 83702

                               

Trung Tri Doan (2)

   
45,723,777
   
15.57

%
                 

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran (3)

   
45,361,888
   
15.45

%
                 

Lite-On Technology USA, Inc. (4)

   
16,666,654
   
5.68

%
                 
 

720 S. Hillview Drive, Milpitas, CA, 95035

                               

Powerchip Technology Corporation (5)

   
16,271,185
   
5.54

%
                 
 

15FL., No.68, Sec.3, Nanking E. Rd., Jungshan Chiu, Taipei, Taiwan 104, R.O.C.

                               

Executive Officers and Directors :

                               

Trung Tri Doan (2)

   
45,723,777
   
15.57

%
                 

Dr. Anh Chuong Tran (3)

   
45,361,888
   
15.45

%
                 

Richard Beck

   
300,000
   
*
                   

William J. Whitacre (1)

   
138,590,843
   
47.21

%
                 

Scott Simplot (1)(6)

   
142,936,012
   
48.69

%
                 

David Young

   
750,000
   
*
                   

Jack S. Yeh

   
866,250
   
*
                   

Lanfang (Lydia) Chin

   
12,500
   
*
                   

All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

   
235,950,427
   
80.35

%
                 

*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Represents 138,590,843 shares held by Simplot Taiwan, Inc. Simplot Taiwan, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of J.R. Simplot Company. Scott Simplot is the Chairman of J.R. Simplot Company. William J. Whitacre is a Director and President of Simplot Taiwan, Inc. and is the President and CEO of J.R. Simplot Company. Messrs. Simplot and Whitacre may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Simplot Taiwan, Inc. Each of Messrs. Simplot and Whitacre disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of such director's pecuniary interest therein. The holders of J.R. Simplot Company's voting shares are Scott R. Simplot, Gay C. Simplot, John Edward Simplot, Ann Calista Simplot, Joseph William Simplot, Laurie Careen Simplot Braun, and DJS Properties L.P. The general partner of DJS Properties L.P. is DJS Management L.L.C., whose sole manager is Debbie S. McDonald. As sole manager of DJS Management L.L.C., Ms. McDonald has sole voting and investment power over any securities held by DJS Properties L.P.

(2)
Includes 22,000,000 shares held by The Trung Doan 2010 GRAT. Trung Tri Doan, the trustee, has direct voting or investment power in this trust.

131


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes 22,000,000 shares held by The Anh Chuong Tran 2010 GRAT. Anh Chuong Tran and Hien Van Nguyen, both trustees, have direct voting and investment power in this trust.

(4)
Lite-on Technology USA, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lite-on Technology Corporation, a company publicly listed in Taiwan. K.C. Terng, who is the president and a director of Lite-on Technology USA, Inc., Warren Chen, who is a director of Lite-on Technology USA, Inc., and Raymond Soong, who is a director of Lite-on Technology USA, Inc. and the chairman of Lite-on Technology Corporation, share voting and investment power over the shares held by Lite-on Technology USA, Inc.

(5)
Represents (i) 6,101,694 shares held by Powerchip Technology Corporation ("PTC"), (ii) 3,998,680 shares held by PTC's affiliate Quantum Vision Corp., (iii) 1,000,000 shares held by PTC's affiliate Zei Li Investment Corp., (iv) 979,662 shares held by PTC's affiliate Powerworld Capital Mag and (v) 4,191,149 shares held by PTC's affiliate Li Hsin Investment. Frank Huang, Daniel Chen and David Lo share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by PTC.

(6)
Represents 4,345,169 shares held by JRS Properties III L.P. JRS Management L.L.C. is the sole general partner of JRS Properties III L.P. Scott Simplot and Stephen A. Beebe are the managers of JRS Management L.L.C. As managers of JRS Management L.L.C., Mr. Simplot and Mr. Beebe share voting and investment power over the securities held by JRS Properties III L.P. Mr. Simplot may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by JRS Properties III L.P. Mr. Simplot disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

132


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

              Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock, after giving effect to the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation, will consist of                  shares of common stock, $0.0000004 par value.

              The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we intend to adopt effective upon the completion of the offering. The following summary is qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that we will file with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

              As of May 31, 2010, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, there were 293,588,236 shares of common stock held of record by 132 stockholders. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus there will be                  shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option and no exercise of outstanding options.

              Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and each holder does not have cumulative voting rights.

              Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

              The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

              Prior to this offering, we have issued an aggregate of 192,064,223 shares of convertible preferred stock in designations of Series A through E. The convertible preferred stock is entitled to certain liquidation preferences, conversion rights and dividend rights. However, pursuant to the automatic conversion provision of our certificate of incorporation, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted to common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the completion of any public offering with aggregate gross proceeds to us of not less than $50 million (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions).

              We currently have no plans to issue any other shares of convertible preferred stock, however, upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors will be authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without stockholder approval, to issue up to an aggregate of                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the preferred stock, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

133


Table of Contents

              Issuances of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and for other corporate purposes, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of SemiLEDs without further action by our stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock. In certain circumstances, an issuance of preferred stock could have an effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

Registration Rights

            After the completion of this offering, the holders of 192,064,223 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. The holders of at least 40% of these shares can, on not more than three occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered would exceed $7,500,000. Under these demand registration rights, we are required to cause the shares requested to be included in the registration statement as soon as practicable, subject to customary conditions and limitations. We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 90 days prior to the filing and 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement in this offering.

            After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of 287,728,285 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, debt securities or corporate reorganizations, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

            After the completion of this offering, the holders of 192,064,223 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of at least 30% of these shares can make a written request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $3,000,000. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations in a given 12-month period.

            We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

            The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, after the completion of this offering, when that stockholder can sell all of the shares that the stockholder proposes to sell under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption during any three-month period. In any event, all such registration rights shall expire five years after the consummation of this offering.

134


Table of Contents

Effect of Certain Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

            Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for the authorization of undesignated preferred stock, which makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control. Such provision may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management, and is intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

            We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

              In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

135


Table of Contents

              In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

            We intend to adopt our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan before the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, becomes effective. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The compensation committee may determine that awards granted under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will vest or will become exercisable (as applicable) on an accelerated basis if we experience a change in control. Awards will be subject to the agreement evidencing a change in control, as described below. Unvested awards (or portions thereof) may be treated in any manner permissible by applicable law, including (without limitation) cancellation for no consideration. Vested options, stock appreciation rights and stock units may be continued by us if we are the surviving corporation or assumed or substituted by the surviving corporation or its parent with new awards. In addition, vested options and stock appreciation rights may be cancelled for consideration equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock as of the closing date of the change in control over the exercise price of the awards, and vested stock units may be canceled for a payment equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the closing date of the change in control.

              A change in control includes:

              Generally, under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, if we experience a merger, consolidation or asset sale, each outstanding option or stock purchase right will be assumed or an equivalent option or right will be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such option or stock purchase right will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

              The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, and its address is 1218 Third Avenue, Suite 1700, Seattle, Washington 98101.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

              We have applied to have our common stock quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "LEDS."

136


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

              Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

              Upon the completion of this offering a total of                        shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming that there are no exercises of options after May 31, 2010. Of these shares, all                        shares of common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

              The remaining                        shares of common stock will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

              Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
  Number of
Shares
 

On the date of this prospectus

     

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

     

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

       

              In addition, of the 9,668,775 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2010, options to purchase 2,967,425 shares of common stock were vested as of May 31, 2010 and will be eligible for sale at various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

              In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

              In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

137


Table of Contents

              Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

              Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

              In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up restrictions described below, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

              In connection with this offering, our officers, directors, and existing holders of all of our securities have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, file or cause to be filed a registration statement covering shares of common stock or any securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for, or represent the right to receive, common stock or any substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing restrictions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions, and is also subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days, as set forth in "Underwriting."

Registration Rights

              Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 287,728,285 shares of common stock, assuming the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information.

Registration Statements

              We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

138


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

              The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to non-U.S. holders of our common stock that acquire shares of our common stock pursuant to this offering and that hold such shares as capital assets (generally, for investment). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relative thereto.

              For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not a U.S. person or a partnership. The term U.S. person means:

              If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner or member and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, we urge partnerships or other pass-through entities that hold shares of our common stock and partners or members in these partnerships or other entities to consult their tax advisors.

              This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder's tax position and does not consider the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our common stock or the U.S. federal gift and estate tax consequences of an investment in our common stock, except to the limited extent discussed below. It also does not apply to non-U.S. holders subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through entities, banks, insurance companies, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currency, persons who hold common stock as part of a "straddle," "hedge," "conversion transaction" or other risk-reduction or integrated transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents and persons who hold or receive common stock as compensation). This summary is based upon the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed Treasury regulations, U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions in effect, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, or differing interpretations.

               This summary is included herein as general information only. Accordingly, each prospective stockholder is urged to consult its tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock.

139


Table of Contents

            Distributions of cash or property that we may pay in respect of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Dividends that we pay on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty. If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder's tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale of stock. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying its entitlement to benefits under the treaty. A non-U.S. holder of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. A non-U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

              The U.S. federal withholding tax described in the preceding paragraph does not apply to dividends that represent U.S. trade or business income of a non-U.S. holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, properly certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States. In such circumstances, dividends will also be subject to tax on a net income basis as described below under the caption entitled "—U.S. Trade or Business Income."

            A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock unless:

              If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

              In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "U.S. real property interests" equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. If we are determined to be a USRPHC, the U.S. federal income and withholding taxes relating to interests in USRPHCs nevertheless will not apply to gains derived from the sale or other disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder whose shareholdings, actual and constructive, at all times during the applicable period, amount to 5% or less of our common stock, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. We do not believe that we currently are a USRPHC, and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC in the future. However, no assurance can be given that we

140


Table of Contents


will not be a USRPHC, or that our common stock will be considered regularly traded, when a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our common stock.

            For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock will be considered to be "U.S. trade or business income" if such income or gain is (i) effectively connected with the conduct by a non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, attributable to a permanent establishment (or, for an individual, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements); instead, a non-U.S. holder is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (in the same manner as a U.S. person) on its U.S. trade or business income. Any U.S. trade or business income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, under specific circumstances. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

            Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. However, it is currently uncertain how the U.S. federal estate tax will be implemented and administered in 2010.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Requirements

              We must annually report to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty. This report includes the amount of dividends paid to each individual, the individual's name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. Copies of these information returns also may be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28%) on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be exempt from backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise establishes an exemption.

              The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker, United States or foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, for example, on IRS Form W-8BEN, provided that the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (which we refer to as a U.S. related person). In the case of the payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related person, the Treasury regulations require

141


Table of Contents


information reporting (but not the backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a non-U.S. holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors on the application of information reporting and backup withholding to them in their particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of our common stock).

              Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

              Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

142


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

              Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

                       Underwriter
  Number of
Shares
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated
   
Barclays Capital Inc.     
Jefferies & Company, Inc.     
Canaccord Genuity Inc.     
Caris & Company, Inc.     
     
                      Total    
     

              Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

              We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

              The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

              The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

143


Table of Contents

              The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per Share   Without
Option
  With
Option
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to SemiLEDs Corporation

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

              The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                        and are payable by us. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses related to this offering.

Overallotment Option

              We and the selling stockholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to                         additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

              At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                         shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

              We, the selling stockholders, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

144


Table of Contents

              This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

              We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "LEDS."

              Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

              An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

              The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

              Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

              In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

145


Table of Contents


"Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

              The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

              Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

              Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

              In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. These underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to their online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web site maintained by certain of the underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on an underwriter's Internet web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

              Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

              In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at

146


Table of Contents


any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

              Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

              For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

              Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

              In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial

147


Table of Contents

Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

              This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. , to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

              This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

148


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

              The validity of the common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, Hong Kong, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering. Lee and Li Attorneys-at-Law has acted as our Taiwan counsel and Haiwen & Partners has acted as our PRC counsel in connection with the offering. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

              The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of SemiLEDs Corporation as of August 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2009 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

              We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

              Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

149


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Financial Statement Schedule:

   
 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  F-36

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
SemiLEDs Corporation:

              We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SemiLEDs Corporation and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2009. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the consolidated financial statement schedule included herein. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

              We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

              In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SemiLEDs Corporation and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

              The accompanying consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in note 1. The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

(signed) KPMG LLP

Boise, Idaho
August 6, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

ASSETS

                   

CURRENT ASSETS:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,120   $ 13,715   $ 14,157  
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $92, $112 and $268 as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    3,496     2,959     6,235  
 

Accounts receivable from related parties

    132         40  
 

Inventory

    6,253     7,561     9,466  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    191     410     303  
               
   

Total current assets

    21,192     24,645     30,201  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    21,151     24,678     28,983  

Intangible assets, net

    105     144     342  

Investments in unconsolidated entities

    714     714     16,076  

Other assets

    578     620     705  
               

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 43,740   $ 50,801   $ 76,307  
               

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 1,007   $ 1,135   $ 2,425  
 

Accrued liabilities

    2,449     2,254     3,062  
 

Long-term debt, current portion

    792     420     989  
               
   

Total current liabilities

    4,248     3,809     6,476  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

        2,995     3,964  
               
   

Total liabilities

    4,248     6,804     10,440  
               

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

                   

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

                   
 

Class A and Class B common stock, $0.0000004 par value—206,483,335 shares authorized; 96,701,875, 96,202,188 and 101,524,013 shares issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

             
 

Convertible preferred stock issuable in series A to E, $0.0000004 par value—167,740,108, 206,118,984 and 192,064,239 shares authorized; 153,026,807, 168,269,336 and 192,064,223 shares issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $70,430 as of May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

             
 

Additional paid-in capital

    45,014     54,970     70,278  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    483     (1,275 )   (238 )
 

Accumulated deficit

    (6,005 )   (9,698 )   (4,173 )
               
   

Total stockholders' equity

    39,492     43,997     65,867  
               

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  $ 43,740   $ 50,801   $ 76,307  
               

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Revenues, net

  $ 6,860   $ 14,749   $ 11,551   $ 7,010   $ 24,275  

Cost of revenues

    4,484     11,681     11,019     6,536     14,230  
                       
     

Gross profit

    2,376     3,068     532     474     10,045  
                       

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Research and development

    902     1,935     2,452     1,591     1,490  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    1,704     2,320     2,568     1,600     2,244  
                       
     

Total operating expenses

    2,606     4,255     5,020     3,191     3,734  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (230 )   (1,187 )   (4,488 )   (2,717 )   6,311  

Other income (expense):

                               
 

Loss from unconsolidated entities

                    (169 )
 

Interest income (expense), net

    97     41     215     209     (21 )
 

Other income, net

        37              
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    234     295     580     424     (325 )
                       
   

Total other income (expense), net

    331     373     795     633     (515 )
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    101     (814 )   (3,693 )   (2,084 )   5,796  

Provision for income taxes

                    271  
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 101   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 5,525  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stock:

                               
 

Basic

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 460  
                       
 

Diluted

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 487  
                       

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                       
 

Diluted

  $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                       

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock:

                               
 

Basic

    57,342,749     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     98,029,563  
 

Diluted

    57,892,748     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     107,899,182  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands, except for share amounts)

 
  Class A and B Common Stock   Convertible Preferred Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

BALANCE—September 1, 2006

    96,250,000   $     108,333,330   $   $ 18,629   $ (262 ) $ (5,292 ) $ 13,075  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

            27,744,326         16,369             16,369  

Issuance of Class B common stock upon exercise of stock options

    426,875                 1             1  

Stock-based compensation

                    3             3  

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                        (390 )       (390 )
 

Net income

                            101     101  
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

                                              (289 )
                                   

BALANCE—August 31, 2007

    96,676,875         136,077,656         35,002     (652 )   (5,191 )   29,159  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

            16,949,151         10,000             10,000  

Issuance of Class B common stock upon exercise of stock options

    25,000                 4             4  

Stock-based compensation

                    8             8  

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                        1,135         1,135  
 

Net loss

                            (814 )   (814 )
                                                 

Total comprehensive income

                                              321  
                                   

BALANCE—August 31, 2008

    96,701,875         153,026,807         45,014     483     (6,005 )   39,492  

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

            15,351,550         10,000             10,000  

Repurchase of Series C convertible preferred stock

            (109,021 )       (64 )           (64 )

Repurchases of common stock

    (585,937 )               (1 )           (1 )

Issuance of Class B common stock upon exercise of stock options

    86,250                 5             5  

Stock-based compensation

                    16             16  

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                        (1,758 )       (1,758 )
 

Net loss

                            (3,693 )   (3,693 )
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

                                              (5,451 )
                                   

BALANCE—August 31, 2009

    96,202,188         168,269,336         54,970     (1,275 )   (9,698 )   43,997  

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

            23,093,935         15,043             15,043  

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock for employee compensation (unaudited)

            700,952         25             25  

Issuance of Class B common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    5,321,825                 165             165  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                    75             75  

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                        1,037         1,037  
 

Net income (unaudited)

                            5,525     5,525  
                                                 

Total comprehensive income (unaudited)

                                              6,562  
                                   

BALANCE—May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    101,524,013   $     192,064,223   $   $ 70,278   $ (238 ) $ (4,173 ) $ 65,867  
                                   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                               
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 101   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 5,525  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                               
   

Depreciation and amortization

    2,026     4,093     4,552     3,400     3,367  
   

Stock-based compensation expense

    3     8     16     12     100  
   

Gain on sale of investment

        (37 )            
   

Bad debt expense

        92     24         185  
   

Loss of unconsolidated entities

                    169  
   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                               
     

Accounts receivable, net

    (1,686 )   (1,967 )   (27 )   1,088     (3,413 )
     

Inventory

    (4,239 )   (566 )   (1,554 )   (2,614 )   (1,530 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (2 )   (111 )   60     (344 )   167  
     

Accounts payable

    368     706     221     (331 )   1,165  
     

Accrued liabilities

    404     995     (53 )   (58 )   373  
                       
       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (3,025 )   2,399     (454 )   (931 )   6,108  
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                               
 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

    (7,111 )   (2,525 )   (8,795 )   (5,121 )   (6,130 )
 

Sale of property, plant and equipment

        5     58         25  
 

Purchase of investments

    (407 )   (414 )           (15,532 )
 

Sale of investments

        450              
 

Placement of refundable deposits

    (92 )               47  
 

Refund from refundable deposits

        43     4     2      
 

Development of intangible assets

    (93 )   (441 )   (163 )   (152 )   (134 )
 

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

                    (919 )
                       
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (7,703 )   (2,882 )   (8,896 )   (5,271 )   (22,643 )
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               
 

Proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

    10,369     9,700              
 

Proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

            10,000     10,000      
 

Proceeds from issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock

                    15,043  
 

Repurchase of Series C convertible preferred stock

            (64 )   (64 )    
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    1     1     4     4     165  
 

Proceeds from line of credit

    643     1,416     956     963     1,413  
 

Payments on line of credit

        (1,296 )   (1,712 )   (1,688 )   (1,126 )
 

Proceeds from long-term debt

            3,420     1,919     1,481  
 

Payments of long-term debt

            (28 )       (339 )
                       
       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    11,013     9,821     12,576     11,134     16,637  
                       
 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (297 )   (178 )   (631 )   (514 )   340  
                       

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (12 )   9,160     2,595     4,418     442  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

    1,972     1,960     11,120     11,120     13,715  
                       

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

  $ 1,960   $ 11,120   $ 13,715   $ 15,538   $ 14,157  
                       

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

                               
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 3   $ 7   $ 11   $   $ 47  
                       
 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $   $   $   $   $  
                       

NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               
 

Series C convertible preferred stock issued for property, plant and equipment

  $ 6,000   $   $   $   $  
                       
 

Series C convertible preferred stock issued for investment

  $   $ 300   $   $   $  
                       

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

1.    Business

               Business —SemiLEDs Corporation ("SemiLEDs") was established on January 4, 2005 as a Delaware corporation. As of May 31, 2010, SemiLEDs had wholly owned subsidiaries, the most significant of which being SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., formerly Semi-Photonics, ("Taiwan SemiLEDs") located in Hsinchu, Taiwan where substantially all research, development, manufacturing and marketing takes place and where substantially all of the assets are held. SemiLEDs also has partially owned subsidiaries incorporated in Malaysia, Japan, China and Taiwan.

              SemiLEDs and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") develop, manufacture and sell high performance light emitting diodes ("LEDs"). The Company's customers are located in Europe, Asia and North America.

               Going Concern —The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred significant losses since inception, including net losses of $0.8 million and $3.7 million during the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009, that raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. As of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $9.7 million and $4.2 million. The Company's management believes it will be able to identify sufficient cash flows to fund operations through the year ending August 31, 2010. Sources of this anticipated cash flow include the issuance of convertible preferred stock to existing or new investors and improved cash flows from operations as the Company is able to produce its products more efficiently and those products gain market acceptance. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate sufficient revenue and improvements in the cost of production. If the Company is not able to generate positive cash flows from operations, the Company will need to consider alternative financing sources. Alternative financing sources may not be available when and if needed by the Company or on favorable terms.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

               Basis of Presentation —The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP") and include the accounts of SemiLEDs and its consolidated subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated during consolidation.

              Investments in which the Company has significant influence over the investee, which amounts to ownership interest from approximately 20% to 50% for the Company's investments, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are not consolidated. These investments are in joint ventures that the Company does not control but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. Under the equity method, investments are stated at cost after adding or removing the Company's portion of equity in undistributed earnings or losses, respectively. The Company's investment in these equity method entities is reported in the consolidated balance sheets in investments in unconsolidated entities and the Company's share of the income or loss, after the elimination of unrealized intercompany profits, is reported in the consolidated statements of operations in loss from unconsolidated entities.

              Investments in entities that are not consolidated or accounted for under the equity method are accounted for using the cost method. The Company does not have any cost method investments in which it owns greater than a 20% ownership interest in the entity. Under the cost method, investments

F-7


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


are reported at cost on the consolidated balance sheets in Investments in unconsolidated entities, and dividend income received is reported in the consolidated statements of operations in loss from unconsolidated entities.

              If the values of any of the equity method or cost method investments decline and the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the related investment will be written down to its fair value.

               Use of Estimates —The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such management estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, valuation of deferred tax assets, fair value of common stock, stock-based compensation expense, and the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and also on assumptions that it believes are reasonable. The Company assesses these estimates on a regular basis; however, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

               Unaudited Interim Financial Information —The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2010, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 and the interim consolidated statement of stockholders' equity and comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of May 31, 2010 and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the nine months ended May 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending August 31, 2010 or for any other future annual or interim period.

               Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties —The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's future financial position or results of operations, which risks and uncertainties include, among others: it has a limited operating history, it may experience fluctuations in its revenues and operating results, any inability of the Company to compete in a rapidly evolving market and to respond quickly and effectively to changing market requirements, any inability of the Company to increase market awareness of its brand and products and develop and expand its sales channels, any inability of the Company to forecast customer demand accurately in making purchase decisions, any inability of the Company to protect its intellectual property rights, claims by others that the Company infringes their proprietary technology, and any inability of the Company to raise additional funds in the future.

               Concentration of Supply Risk —Some of the components and technologies used in the Company's products are purchased and licensed from a limited number of sources. The loss of any of these suppliers may cause the Company to incur additional transition costs, result in delays in the manufacturing and delivery of its products, or cause it to carry excess or obsolete inventory. The Company relies on a third party for the fulfillment of its customer orders, and the failure of this third

F-8


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


party to perform could have an adverse effect upon the Company's reputation and its ability to distribute its products, which could adversely affect the Company's business.

               Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company keeps its cash and cash equivalents with prominent banks and invests only in high-quality fixed-income securities. Deposits held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits.

              All of the Company's revenues are concentrated in sales of LED products. Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable in general is diversified due to the number of different entities comprising the Company's customer base and their locations throughout the world. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Company maintains reserves for estimated potential credit losses.

              As of August 31, 2008, two customers accounted for 12% and 36% of the Company's gross accounts receivable. As of August 31, 2009, one of these same customers accounted for 34% of the Company's gross accounts receivable. As of May 31, 2010, the same customer accounted for 23% and another customer accounted for 15% of the Company's gross accounts receivable.

              Customers representing 10% or more of the Company's revenues for the periods presented consist of the following (in percentages):

 
  Years Ended
August 31,
  Nine Months
Ended
May 31,
Customers
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

Customer A

    25     22   32   31   26

Customer B

    10     *   *   *   *

Customer C

    10     10   *   *   *

Customer D

    *     22   *   *   *

Customer E

    *     *   *   *   10

*  Less than 10%

               Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments purchased with initial maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company had $9.0 million, $11.5 million and $8.2 million of cash equivalents consisting of certificates of deposit with maturities of three months or less.

               Foreign Currency —The Company's subsidiaries use the local currency as their functional currency. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are, therefore, translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date, with the resulting translation adjustments recorded to a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders' equity. Income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Any gains and losses from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-9


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

               Inventory —Inventories primarily consist of raw materials, work in process and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using a weighted average. For work in process and manufactured inventories, cost consists of raw materials, fabricated wafer, direct labor and an allocated portion of the Company's production overhead. The Company also regularly writes down excess and obsolete inventory to its estimated market value based upon estimations about future demand and market conditions as conditions warrant. Once written down, inventories are carried at this lower cost basis until sold or scrapped.

               Property, Plant and Equipment —Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.

              The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

Buildings and improvements

  5 to 20 years

Machinery and equipment

  5 to 10 years

Leasehold improvements

  5 years

Other equipment

  5 years

               Intangible Assets —Intangible assets consist of patents and acquired technology. The carrying amounts of the patents represent application cost and registration fees for patents developed by the Company. Acquired technology arose from the acquisition of Silicon Base Development, Inc. ("SBDI") during the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Intangible assets are carried at cost. All of the Company's intangible assets have finite useful lives and are, therefore, amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from four to 20 years.

               Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, which consist of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, for indicators of possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment exists if the carrying amounts of such assets exceed the estimates of future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such assets. Should impairment exist, the impairment loss would be measured based on the excess carrying value of the asset over the estimated fair value of the asset. As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company has not written down any of its long-lived assets as a result of impairment.

               Income Taxes —The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company estimates actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing accounting treatment for items such as accruals and allowances that are not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. In general, deferred tax assets represent future tax benefits to be received when certain expenses previously recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of operations become deductible expenses under applicable income tax laws or when loss or credit carryforwards are utilized. Accordingly, realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent on the Company's ability to earn future taxable income against which these deductions, losses and credits can

F-10


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


be utilized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applicable to the taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period the tax change was enacted.

              The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not more likely than not, a valuation allowance is established.

               Stock-based Compensation —Compensation costs related to employee stock options granted during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010 are based on the fair value of the options on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company determines the grant date fair value of the options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the related stock-based compensation expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the options, or the vesting period of the respective options.

              The Company accounts for stock options issued to nonemployees also based on the fair value of the options determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options granted to nonemployees is remeasured each reporting period as the stock options vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

               Research and Development Costs —Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

               Segments —The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company's chief operating decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources to and in assessing performance of the components. The chief operating decision making group for the Company consists of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer. The chief operating decision making group reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region, for purposes of allocating resources throughout the Company and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure which is manufacturing, developing and selling LEDs.

               Deferred Rent —Certain of the Company's operating leases contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rental payments to be made during the original terms of the leases. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rental expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease and, therefore, the rent expense will not equal the related cash payments. The difference between the actual cash payments and the straight-line expense is recorded as a deferred credit included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The deferred credit will be reduced over the respective lease terms, ultimately to zero, as the Company's rent escalates and the straight-line rent expense is less than the actual cash payments.

               Shipping and Handling Costs —The Company includes costs from shipping and handling within cost of revenues in the period in which they are incurred.

F-11


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

               Revenue Recognition —The Company recognizes revenue on sales of its products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, ownership and risk of loss has transferred and collection of the sales proceeds is probable. The Company obtains written purchase authorizations from its customers as evidence of an arrangement and these authorizations generally provide for a specified amount of product at a fixed price. Generally, the Company considers delivery to have occurred at the time of shipment as this is generally when title and risk of loss for the products will pass to the customer. The Company provides its customers with limited rights of return for non-conforming shipments and product warranty claims. Based on historical return percentages, which have not been material to date, and other relevant factors, the Company estimates its potential future exposure on recorded product sales which reduces product revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and reduces accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets.

               Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and estimated sales returns, and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company's assessment of the collectibility of its customer accounts. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering certain factors such as historical experience, industry data, credit quality, age of accounts receivable balances and current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay. Charges to bad debt expense were approximately $0, $92,000, $24,000, $0 and $185,000 during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010.

               Comprehensive Income (Loss) —Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). For the Company, other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive income (loss) for all periods presented has been disclosed in the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity and comprehensive income (loss).

               Multiple Classes of Common Stock —The Company has two classes of common stock, consisting of Class A common stock ("Class A") and Class B common stock ("Class B"), which are identical except with respect to voting rights. The Class A are allowed one vote on all matters subject to a vote of the stockholders and, except as required by law, the Class B do not have the right to vote. Further, there are a number of safeguards built into the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as well as Delaware law, which precludes the Board of Directors from declaring or paying unequal per share dividends on the Class A and Class B stock. Specifically, Delaware law provides that amendments to the Company's Articles of Incorporation which would have the effect of adversely altering the rights, powers or preferences of a given class of stock (in this case the right of the Class A to receive an equal dividend to any declared dividend on the Class B) must be approved by the class of stock adversely affected by the proposed amendment. In addition, the Company's Articles of Incorporation provide that before any such amendment may be put to a stockholder vote, it must be approved by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors. As a result, the undistributed earnings for each year are allocated based on the contractual participation rights of the Class A and Class B stock as if the earnings for the year had been distributed.

               Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock —Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders are presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Holders of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% per annum, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of the Company's capital stock. In the event a

F-12


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


dividend is paid on common stock, the convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to a share of any such dividend on a pro rata basis as if they were holders of common shares (on an as-if converted basis).

              Under the two-class method, basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by using the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, including potential dilutive shares of common stock assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock used to calculate the Company's basic net income (loss) per share of common stock excludes those shares subject to repurchase related to stock options that were exercised prior to vesting as these shares are not deemed to be issued for accounting purposes until they vest.

              The Company has multiple classes of common stock; however, because the liquidation and dividend rights are identical, the undistributed earnings are allocated on a proportionate basis and the resulting net income (loss) per share of common stock will, therefore, be the same for both Class A and Class B on an individual or combined basis. Therefore for the calculation of the net income (loss) per share of common stock, the Company combined the weighted-average Class A and Class B because the assumed conversion of the Class B into shares of Class A would have no impact on the net income (loss) per share of common stock.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

              In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued a new accounting standard that requires a qualitative approach to identifying a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity ("VIE"), and requires ongoing assessment of whether an interest in a VIE makes the holder the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The new accounting standard is effective for the Company as of September 1, 2010. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

              In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new standard requires an entity to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In October 2009, the FASB also issued a new accounting standard that changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software and hardware elements. The new standard requires revenue arrangements that contain tangible products with software elements that are essential to the functionality of the products to be scoped out of the existing software revenue recognition accounting guidance and accounted for under these new accounting standards. Both standards will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of the year ending August 31, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of these standards to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

              In January 2010, the FASB issued an amendment to an accounting standard which requires new disclosures for fair value measurements and provides clarification for existing fair value disclosure requirements. The amendment will require an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant

F-13


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


transfers in and out of Levels I and II fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers; and to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements separately in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or Level III inputs. This amendment clarifies existing disclosure requirements for the level of disaggregation used for classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value and require disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements using Level II and Level III inputs. The adoption of this amendment will not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.

              In April 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which provides guidance on recognizing revenue under the milestone method. The milestone method of recognition allows a vendor who is involved with the provision of deliverables to recognize the full amount of a milestone payment upon achievement, if, at the inception of the revenue arrangement, the milestone is determined to be substantive as defined in the standard. The update is effective for the Company in the first quarter of the year ending August 31, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the update to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3.    Balance Sheet Components

Inventory

              Inventory as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 873   $ 800   $ 1,737  

Work in process

    2,667     2,417     3,867  

Finished goods

    2,713     4,344     3,862  
               

Inventory

  $ 6,253   $ 7,561   $ 9,466  
               

              Inventory write-downs to market value for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 were $609,000, $100,000, $815,000, $759,000 and $2,000.

F-14


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Property, Plant and Equipment

              Property, plant and equipment as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Buildings and improvements

  $   $ 6,271   $ 7,083  

Machinery and equipment

    21,991     25,100     31,385  

Leasehold improvements

    3,319     1,833     2,390  

Other equipment

    785     937     614  

Construction in progress

    1,984     1,644     2,918  
               

Total property, plant and equipment

    28,079     35,785     44,390  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (6,928 )   (11,107 )   (15,407 )
               

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 21,151   $ 24,678   $ 28,983  
               

              Property, plant and equipment pledged as collateral for the Company's note payables and lines of credit were $3.0 million, $7.2 million and $4.9 million as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010.

              Depreciation and amortization expense recognized for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 was $2.0 million, $4.1 million, $4.5 million, $3.4 million and $3.4 million.

Intangible Assets

              Intangible assets as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Patents

  $ 127   $ 218   $ 284  

Acquired technology

            156  
               

Total intangible assets

    127     218     440  

Less accumulated amortization

    (22 )   (74 )   (98 )
               

Intangibles assets, net

  $ 105   $ 144   $ 342  
               

              Amortization expense recognized for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 was $0, $22,000, $52,000, $32,000 and $24,000.

F-15


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              The estimated amortization expense for the Company's intangible assets as of May 31, 2010 for the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending August 31,
  Total  
 
  (Unaudited)
 

Remainder of 2010

  $ 7  

2011

    51  

2012

    51  

2013

    51  

2014

    34  

Accrued Liabilities

              Accrued liabilities as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Accrued compensation and benefits

  $ 796   $ 1,042   $ 1,083  

Accrued business expenses

    537     438     591  

Taxes payable

            271  

Customer deposits

    56     86     213  

Accrued professional service fees

    93     60     131  

Government grants

    223     174     115  

Equipment payable

    355          

Other liabilities

    389     454     658  
               

  $ 2,449   $ 2,254   $ 3,062  
               

4.    Acquisition

              On April 1, 2010, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of SBDI for a total consideration of $933,000. The consideration received from the Company was used by the SBDI shareholders to purchase 1,432,298 shares of the Company's non-voting Series E convertible preferred stock ("Series E") at a price of $0.65 per share. SBDI specializes in microstructure design, processing, manufacturing, packaging and testing service of silicon wafers for LED applications. The Company acquired SBDI to obtain certain packaging technology and related plant and equipment. The Company expensed acquisition related costs in the amount of $15,000. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of SBDI are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The preliminary allocation of the total purchase price to the

F-16


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective preliminary fair values on the acquisition date are as follows (in thousands):

 
  April 1,
2010
 

Current assets

  $ 297  

Plant and equipment

    932  

Other assets

    59  

Core technology

    156  

Patents and trademarks

    4  

Accrued liabilities

    (515 )
       

Total cash purchase price

  $ 933  
       

              The Company is still accumulating information to determine the fair value of the acquired property, plant and equipment and certain liabilities of SBDI. The result of such determinations may result in future adjustments to the property, plant and equipment acquired and could also result in a bargain purchase and a related gain which would be included as other income in the statement of operations.

              The allocated fair values required management of the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to the fair value of the intangible assets being acquired.

              The following table presents the Company's unaudited pro forma results as if the acquisition of SBDI had been completed at the beginning of each period presented (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
August 31,
   
 
 
  Nine Months
Ended
May 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  

Net product revenue (unaudited)

  $ 15,107   $ 11,995   $ 24,493  

Net income (loss) (unaudited)

  $ (1,954 ) $ (4,775 ) $ 4,923  

Net income (loss) per share of common stock, basic and diluted (unaudited)

  $ (0.03 ) $ (0.05 ) $ 0.00  

              The above unaudited pro forma information does not reflect any incremental direct costs, including any restructuring charges to be recorded in connection with the acquisition, or any potential cost savings that may result from the consolidation of certain operations of the Company or SBDI. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma financial information above is presented for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition of SBDI been completed as of the beginning of each of the period being presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of future consolidated results.

5.    Investments in Unconsolidated Entities

              The Company's unconsolidated entities are joint ventures that the Company accounts for as investments on an equity or cost method basis. The equity method investments consist of SILQ

F-17


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


(Malaysia) Sdn Bhd ("SILQ"), Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. ("China SemiLEDs"), and SS Optoelectronics Co., Ltd. ("SS Optoelectronics"). The Company's ownership interest and investments in unconsolidated entities as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands, except for percentages):

 
  Percentage
Ownership
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Equity method investments:

                         
 

SILQ

    50%   $   $   $ 478  
 

China SemiLEDs

    49%             14,640  
 

SS Optoelectronics

    49%             244  

Cost method investments

    Various     714     714     714  
                     

Total equity in investments of unconsolidated entities

        $ 714   $ 714   $ 16,076  
                     

              There were no dividends received from unconsolidated entities during the years ended August 31, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010.

               Equity Method Investments —The following joint ventures are partially owned by the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiaries, however, the Company has determined that it does not control the entities but can exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the joint ventures. The Company accounts for these joint ventures using the equity method of accounting.

              In September 2009, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, contributed $570,000 to form SILQ, a joint venture in Malaysia. The Company and the other investor in the joint venture each hold a 50% ownership and voting interest in SILQ's common stock. The Company entered into the joint venture agreement that established SILQ to design, manufacture and sell lighting fixtures and systems.

              In December 2009, the Company entered into an agreement to establish China SemiLEDs in Guangdong, China for the purposes of conducting research and development and producing LED epitaxial wafers, chips and packaged products to be sold in China. The Company contributed $14.7 million to acquire a 49% ownership interest in China SemiLEDs. The Company also entered into various patent assignment and cross-license agreements with China SemiLEDs, pursuant to which the Company agreed to assign certain patents to China SemiLEDs; grant royalty-free, exclusive and non-transferable licenses with respect to certain other patents to China SemiLEDs for use in manufacturing and selling LED chips in China; and grant China SemiLEDs a royalty-free, exclusive license to use the "SemiLEDs" trademark within China, subject to certain conditions. In return, China SemiLEDs agreed to make a one-time payment of $600,000; grant the Company a royalty-free, transferable and exclusive license to use the assigned patents globally except in manufacturing LED wafers and chips in China; and license all future patents acquired by China SemiLEDs to the Company for use in manufacturing or selling LED products globally. The patent assignment and cross-license agreements are not contributions to China SemiLEDs and will be accounted for based on the fair value of the assets received. As of May 31, 2010, the patent assignments and cross-license agreements were awaiting approval and no amounts have been paid.

F-18


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              In December 2009, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, entered into an agreement to contribute $980,000 for a 49% ownership interest in SS Optoelectronics, a joint venture in Taiwan. The investment is payable based upon a payment schedule set forth in the agreement as follows: $245,000 upon signing the agreement, $245,000 after the incorporation of the joint venture and $490,000 upon reaching a certain sales level. As of May 31, 2010, the Company has contributed $245,000. The Company entered into the joint venture agreement that established SS Optoelectronics to facilitate sales of the Company's LED chips to the other investor in the joint venture.

              As of May 31, 2010 there is no difference between the carrying amount and the underlying equity in the net assets of the Company's equity method investees. The aggregate fair value of the Company's investments in the non-marketable stock of its equity method investees is not readily available.

              The financial information for the Company's equity method investees consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  May 31,
2010
 
 
  (Unaudited)
 

Current assets

  $ 29,116  

Noncurrent assets

    17,407  

Current liabilities

    104  

Noncurrent liabilities

     

Stockholders' equity

    46,419  

 

 
  Nine Months
Ended
May 31,
2010
 
 
  (Unaudited)
 

Revenues, net

  $  

Gross profit

     

Loss from operations

    (230 )

Net loss

    (345 )

               Cost Method Investments —As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company holds investments in nonmarketable common stock of three unaffiliated companies with a carrying amount of $714,000. The fair value of these investments is not readily available. These investments are assessed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

F-19


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

6.    Long-Term Debt

              Long-term debt as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

First note payable

  $   $ 1,909   $ 1,869  

Second note payable

        1,506     1,321  

Third note payable

            1,481  

Line of credit

    792         282  
               
 

Total long-term debt

    792     3,415     4,953  

Less current portion

    (792 )   (420 )   (989 )
               
 

Total long-term debt, excluding current portion

  $   $ 2,995   $ 3,964  
               

              The long-term notes in the table above carry variable interest rates ranging from 1.7% to 1.8%, are payable in monthly installments, and are secured by the Company's property, plant and equipment. The interest rates are based on the annual time deposit rate plus a certain spread. The first note payable requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $12,000 over the 15 year term of the note with final payment to occur in May 2024. The second note payable requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $27,000 over the five year term of the note with final payment to occur in August 2014. The third note payable requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $26,000 over the five year term of the note with final payment to occur in March 2015. The notes do not have prepayment penalties or balloon payments upon maturity of the notes.

              During the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010, the Company utilized operating lines of credit with certain banks in order to fulfill its short-term financing needs. The lines of credit have maturity dates of six months from the date of draw and bear fixed interest rates of 4.0% as of August 31, 2008 and ranging from 1.3% to 1.8% as of May 31, 2010. The outstanding balances of the lines of credit were $792,000, $0 and $282,000 as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010. Unused amounts on the lines of credit were $2.0 million, $3.3 million and $5.5 million as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010.

              The Company capitalized interest in the amount of $27,000, $24,000 and $6,000 during the year ended August 31, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010. There was no capitalized interest for the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2008.

              The scheduled principal payments for the Company's long-term debt as of August 31, 2009 consist of the following (in thousands):

Years Ending August 31,
  Scheduled
Principal Payments
 

2010

  $ 420  

2011

    428  

2012

    436  

2013

    443  

2014

    425  

Thereafter

    1,263  
       

Total

  $ 3,415  
       

F-20


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              The table above does not incorporate activity in the Company's long-term debt or lines of credit that occurred subsequent to August 31, 2009. During the nine months ended May 31, 2010, the Company incurred additional debt of $1.5 million by entering into the third note payable agreement and another $1.4 million from draws on the lines of credit. Also during the nine months ended May 31, 2010, the Company made payments on the long-term debt and lines of credit of $1.5 million.

7.    Commitments and Contingencies

               Operating Lease Agreements —The Company leases plant and office space in Taiwan pursuant to four operating lease agreements with unrelated parties which were noncancellable and which expire at various dates between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2020. As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company held outstanding deposits for these leases in the amount of $162,000, $155,000 and $133,000 which were recorded as other long-term assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense related to these noncancellable operating leases was $714,000, $715,000, $843,000, $591,000 and $431,000 during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The aggregate future noncancellable minimum rental payments for the Company's operating leases as of August 31, 2009 consist of the following (in thousands):

Years Ending August 31,
  Operating Leases  

2010

  $ 456  

2011

    522  

2012

    544  

2013

    603  

2014

    622  

Thereafter

    1,789  
       

Total

  $ 4,536  
       

              The table above does not incorporate activity in the Company's operating leases subsequent to August 31, 2009. During the nine months ended May 31, 2010, the Company added two noncancellable operating leases through its acquisition of SBDI which have future noncancellable payments in the amount of $34,000 and $29,000 for the years ending August 31, 2010 and 2011. The Company also made regular payments on its operating leases in the amount of $14,000 during the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

               Litigation —The Company is subject to various claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although no assurance may be given, the Company believes that it is not presently a party to any litigation of which the outcome, if determined adversely, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operating results, cash flows or financial position of the Company.

              In May 2010, a complaint was filed with the United States District Court by an unrelated party against multiple companies within the LED industry, including the Company. The complaint alleges infringement of certain patents in the United States and seeks injunctive relief and monetary damages. Although the Company has not yet been formally served, management believes that it has a meritorious defense to the infringement allegations and intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its defense and, even if it is successful, the Company may incur substantial legal fees and other costs in defending the lawsuit.

F-21


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              Third parties have from time to time claimed, and others may claim in the future, that the Company has infringed their past, current or future intellectual property rights. These claims, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require expensive changes in the Company's methods of doing business or could require the Company to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements, if available. As a result, these claims could harm the Company's business, operating results, cash flows and financial position.

               Indemnifications —Under the indemnification provisions of certain of the Company's distributor agreements, the Company agrees to defend the distributors against third-party intellectual property infringement claims. To date, there have been no material claims under such indemnification provisions.

8.    Common and Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity

               Common Stock —Common stock is divided into Class A and Class B. The designations and rights of the Class A and Class B are identical except for their respective voting rights as the Class A are allowed one vote on all matters subject to a vote of the stockholders and, except as otherwise required by law, the Class B do not have the right to vote. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering of the Company's common stock, the Class B will convert into shares of Class A on a one-for-one basis. As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the combined authorized shares of common stock in the amount of 206,483,335 consisted of 192,500,000 shares of Class A and 13,983,335 shares of Class B. Shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following:

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Class A

    96,250,000     95,664,063     95,664,063  

Class B

    451,875     538,125     5,859,950  
               

    96,701,875     96,202,188     101,524,013  
               

               Common Stock Reserved for Issuance —As of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows:

 
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Issuance under stock option plan

    15,145,210     10,023,385  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

    168,269,336     192,064,223  
           

    183,414,546     202,087,608  
           

               Convertible Preferred Stock —During the year ended August 31, 2007, the Company issued 17,574,835 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock ("Series C") for $0.59 per share and received total consideration of $10.4 million. The Company also issued 10,169,491 shares of Series C with $3.6 million in cash in exchange for certain manufacturing equipment valued at $9.6 million.

F-22


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              During the year ended August 31, 2008, the Company issued another 16,440,677 shares of Series C for $0.59 per share and received total consideration of $9.7 million. The Company also issued 508,474 shares of Series C for an investment in a subsidiary with a fair value of approximately $300,000.

              During the year ended August 31, 2009, the Company issued 15,351,550 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock ("Series D") for $0.65 per share and received total consideration of $10.0 million. The Company repurchased 109,021 shares of Series C for $64,000 during the year ended August 31, 2009.

              During the nine months ended May 31, 2010, the Company issued 23,093,935 shares of Series E for $0.65 per share and received total consideration of $15.0 million. The Company also issued 700,952 shares of Series E to two executives of a recently acquired subsidiary during the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

              Authorized and outstanding convertible preferred stock as of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 
  August 31, 2009   May 31, 2010  
 
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Net Cash
Proceeds
  Liquidation
Preference
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Net Cash
Proceeds
  Liquidation
Preference
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Series A

    96,250,000     96,250,000   $ 15,000   $ 15,000     96,250,000     96,250,000   $ 15,000   $ 15,000  

Series B

    12,083,330     12,083,330     3,625     3,625     12,083,330     12,083,330     3,625     3,625  

Series C

    59,406,778     44,584,456     20,005     26,305     44,584,456     44,584,456     20,005     26,305  

Series D

    38,378,876     15,351,550     10,000     10,000     15,351,550     15,351,550     10,000     10,000  

Series E

                    23,794,903     23,794,887     15,043     15,500  
                                   

Total

    206,118,984     168,269,336   $ 48,630   $ 54,930     192,064,239     192,064,223   $ 63,673   $ 70,430  
                                   

              Net cash proceeds noted in the table above represent aggregate amounts received in cash from issuance of each Series of convertible preferred stock less, if applicable, any amounts paid for repurchases.

              Significant terms of the Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock are as follows:

               Liquidation Preference —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will be entitled to be paid, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution on any shares of common stock, the original issue price with respect to each series of convertible preferred stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends. The original issue price of the Series A, B, C, D and E was $0.16, $0.30, $0.59, $0.65 and $0.65, respectively. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the available funds and assets are insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the convertible preferred stock of their full liquidation preferences, then all of the remaining available funds and assets will be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding convertible preferred stock on a pro rata and equal priority basis according to their respective liquidation preferences.

               Conversion Rights —At any time and at the option of the holder, each share of Series A or Series D is convertible into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A on a one-to-one basis, while each share of Series B, Series C or Series E is convertible into fully paid and nonassessable shares of

F-23


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


Class B on a one-to-one basis, subject to certain antidilution adjustments for common stock dividends and combinations or splits, and certain additional issuances of shares.

               Automatic Conversion —Each share of Series A, B, C, D and E will automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A on a one-to-one basis (i) immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public offering in which the aggregate public offering price equals or exceeds $50.0 million and the public offering price per share equals or exceeds three times the original issue price of each respective series of convertible preferred stock; or (ii) with respect to Series A, upon the Company's receipt of the written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, to the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series A.

               Voting Rights —Each holder of shares of Series A and D is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Class A in which such shares of convertible preferred stock could be converted at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited. The holders of Series B, C and E are not be entitled to any right to vote, except where required by law.

              With regard to the election of the Board of Directors, so long as at least a majority of the originally issued shares of Series A are outstanding, the holders of the Series A, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors. The holders of the Class A, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors.

               Dividend Rights —Each holder of the convertible preferred stock is entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8% of the per share purchase price of the respective series of convertible preferred stock per annum, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividends to the holders of the common stock. No dividends will be paid to the holders of the common stock unless dividends in the total amount of the annual dividend rate for each series of the convertible preferred stock have been first paid to the holders of each such series of convertible preferred stock. If, after dividends in the full preferential amounts for the convertible preferred stock have been paid, the Board of Directors declares additional dividends, then such additional dividends are declared pro rata on the common stock according to the number of shares of common stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of convertible preferred stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding shares of common stock on an as-converted basis.

               Restriction on Dividend Distributions In accordance with the Republic of China Company Law, Taiwan SemiLEDs' Articles of Incorporation stipulate that ten percent of annual earnings, net of losses from prior years, are to be retained as a statutory reserve until such retention equals the amount of issued share capital. The distribution of any remaining earnings should be proposed by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company's stockholders. At least 0.00001% of the distributions should be appropriated as employee bonuses when the stockholders approve such distributions.

               Redemption Rights —None of the Series A, B, C, D or E is redeemable.

9.    Stock-based Compensation

              As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company had one stock-based compensation plan (the "Plan") which is discussed further below. The Company's stock-based

F-24


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


compensation expense was $3,000, $8,000, $16,000, $12,000 and $100,000 during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010. The total stock-based compensation expense for each period presented consists of stock-based compensation expense for stock options granted to employees and nonemployees of the Company.

               Stock Option Plan —During the period ended August 31, 2005, the Company adopted the Plan pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant stock options to the Company's employees, officers, directors and nonemployees. The Plan originally authorized grants of options to purchase up to 13,983,335 shares of common stock, but was subsequently amended to increase the number of shares authorized to 15,683,335 during the year ended August 31, 2009 and to 15,883,335 during the nine months ended May 31, 2010. Options granted under the Plan generally vest over four years at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the option's vesting start date and expire ten years from the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock option granted under the Plan, the holder of the option will receive shares of Class B which do not allow the holder voting rights, except as required by law.

               Employee Stock-based Compensation Expense —The total employee stock-based compensation expense for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
August 31,
  Nine Months
Ended
May 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Costs of product revenues

  $   $   $   $   $ 29  

Research and development expenses

                    18  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    3     8     16     12     53  
                       

  $ 3   $ 8   $ 16   $ 12   $ 100  
                       

               Determining Fair Value of Stock Options —The fair value of each grant of stock options during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010 were determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

               Valuation Method —The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

               Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that the Company's stock options are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for options granted to employees of the Company is derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior after taking into account the contractual life of the award. The expected term for nonemployee options is equal to the contractual life of the option.

               Expected Volatility —The expected volatility was based on the historical stock volatilities of several of the Company's publicly-traded peers over a period equal to the expected terms of the options as the Company did not have a sufficient trading history to use the volatility of its own common stock.

F-25


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

               Fair Value of Common Stock —The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuations of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, among other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

               Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term of the related options.

               Expected Dividend —The expected dividend has been zero for the Company's option grants as the Company has never paid dividends and does not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

               Forfeiture Rate —The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and, if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from that estimated, the Company may be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

               Summary of Assumptions —The fair value of each employee stock option was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for grants of options during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months
Ended May 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Dividend rate

    0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    4.8 %   3.4 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.7 %

Expected term (in years)

    5.8     5.8     5.9     5.9     6.2  

Expected volatility

    47.0 %   61.6 %   61.6 %   61.6 %   69.8 %

              The weighted-average grant date fair value of the Company's stock options granted during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 was $0.01, $0.01, $0.01, $0.01 and $0.50 per share. The aggregate grant date fair value of the Company's stock options granted to employees for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 was $24,000, $9,000, $36,000, $36,000 and $822,000.

F-26


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              A summary of the option activity under the Plan and changes for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010 is presented below:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Number of
Stock Options
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (In thousands)
 

Outstanding—September 1, 2006

    8,343,835     5,639,500   $ 0.02     9.0   $ 42  
 

Granted

   
(1,119,000

)
 
1,119,000
   
0.04
             
 

Forfeited

    295,625     (295,625 )   0.04              
 

Exercised

        (426,875 )   0.02              
                             

Outstanding—August 31, 2007

    7,520,460     6,036,000     0.02     8.2     39  
 

Granted

   
(3,790,400

)
 
3,790,400
   
0.06
             
 

Forfeited

    673,100     (673,100 )   0.06              
 

Exercised

        (25,000 )   0.03              
                             

Outstanding—August 31, 2008

    4,403,160     9,128,300     0.03     7.9     32  
 

Additional options authorized

   
1,700,000
   
                   
 

Granted

    (4,424,800 )   4,424,800     0.06              
 

Forfeited

    168,850     (168,850 )   0.05              
 

Exercised

        (86,250 )   0.05              
                             

Outstanding—August 31, 2009

    1,847,210     13,298,000     0.04     7.6     41  
 

Additional options authorized (unaudited)

   
200,000
   
                   
 

Granted (unaudited)

    (1,742,700 )   1,742,700     0.07              
 

Forfeited (unaudited)

    50,100     (50,100 )   0.06              
 

Exercised (unaudited)

        (5,321,825 )   0.03              
                             

Outstanding—May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    354,610     9,668,775   $ 0.05     7.8   $ 5,674  
                             

Vested and expected to vest—August 31, 2009

          12,921,383   $ 0.04     7.6   $ 41  

Vested—August 31, 2009

          5,765,650   $ 0.02     6.3   $ 38  

Vested and expected to vest—May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

          9,333,708   $ 0.05     7.8   $ 5,480  

Vested—May 31, 2010 (unaudited)

          2,967,425   $ 0.04     6.3   $ 1,784  

              The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Plan was $3,000, $0, $0, $0 and $1.6 million for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010, determined as of the date of option exercise.

F-27


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              Additional information regarding the Company's stock options outstanding and vested as of August 31, 2009 is summarized below:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise Prices
  Number   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per Share
  Number   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per Share
 

$0.02

    4,335,000     5.9   $ 0.02     4,038,750   $ 0.02  

$0.03

    1,362,000     6.8     0.03     884,000     0.03  

$0.06

    6,321,000     8.6     0.06     842,900     0.06  

$0.07

    1,280,000     9.5     0.07         0.07  
                             

$0.02 – $0.07

    13,298,000     7.6     0.04     5,765,650     0.02  
                             

              Additional information regarding the Company's stock options outstanding and vested as of May 31, 2010 (unaudited) is summarized below:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise Prices
  Number   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per Share
  Number   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per Share
 

$0.02

    1,212,500     5.1   $ 0.02     1,212,500   $ 0.02  

$0.03

    794,500     6.0     0.03     601,500     0.03  

$0.06

    4,892,825     7.9     0.06     1,087,175     0.06  

$0.07

    2,768,950     9.3     0.07     66,250     0.07  
                             

$0.02 – $0.07

    9,668,775     7.8     0.05     2,967,425     0.04  
                             

              As of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010, total compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted to employees under the Plan, but not yet recognized, was $42,000 and $778,000, net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average remaining period of 2.5 years and 2.4 years, respectively, and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

              There was no capitalized stock-based compensation cost and there were no recognized stock-based compensation tax benefits during the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 or the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

               Common Stock subject to Repurchase —The Company allows the holders of options to exercise prior to vesting, however, the Company maintains the right to repurchase these shares at the original exercise price paid by the employee for these unvested but issued shares of common stock. The consideration received for an exercise of an option is considered to be a deposit of the exercise price and the related dollar amount is recorded as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. The liability is reclassified into stockholders' equity on a pro rata basis as the shares vest. As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, the Company had 125,000, 65,000 and 101,250 outstanding shares of common stock subject to repurchase.

F-28


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

               Restricted Stock —The Company issued 96,250,000 shares of Class A to its founders when the Company was established in 2005. On the date of issuance, 25% of these shares vested immediately while the remaining 72,187,500 shares were to vest in equal quarterly installments over four years from the date of issuance if the founders remained with the Company. During the year ended August 31, 2009, 585,937 of these shares were repurchased by the Company upon the resignation of one of the founders. Otherwise, the shares vested according to plan and are no longer subject to repurchase as of August 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010. As of August 31, 2008, the Company had 13,535,156 outstanding shares of restricted Class A.

               Stock Option Activity for Nonemployees —During the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company issued options to nonemployees for the purchase of 100,000, 0, 70,000, 70,000 and 50,000 shares of common stock in exchange for services. These options were issued with an exercise price of $0.03 per share and $0.06 per share during the years ended August 31, 2007 and 2009 and $0.06 and $0.07 per share during the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010. These options generally vest over four years. The Company accounts for these nonemployee options based on the fair value of the awards through the vesting period. The options were valued each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the remaining contractual term as the expected term.

              Total stock-based compensation related to nonemployees was not significant for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and May 31, 2010.

               Other Stock-based Compensation Activity —During the nine months ended May 31, 2010, the Company issued 700,952 shares of non-voting Series E to two SBDI executives as part of an employment agreement. The two senior executives are required to sell a portion of their shares of Series E back to the Company for a nominal amount if they resign from SBDI prior to December 31, 2013. The shares subject to the repurchase provision under the agreement are reduced each year as though the shares are ratably vesting at a rate of one-fourth of the shares issued on December 31 st  of each year. The aggregate fair value of the shares on the grant date was $457,000 and is being recorded as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period the repurchase restrictions lapse. As of May 31, 2010, none of these shares had vested and, therefore, are not outstanding for accounting purposes.

              Total stock-based compensation related to these shares was $25,000 during the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

10.    Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock

              For the calculation of the net income (loss) per share of common stock, the Company combined the weighted-average Class A and Class B because the respective net income (loss) per share amounts are the same and, therefore, the assumed conversion of the Class B into shares of Class A would have no impact on the net income (loss) per share of common stock of either class on an individual or combined basis. The following tables set forth the computation of the Company's basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008,

F-29


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts):

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                               
 

Basic:

                               
   

Net income (loss)

  $ 101   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 5,525  
   

8% noncumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock

    (101 )               (4,198 )
   

Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock

                    (867 )
                       
   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stock, basic

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 460  
                       
 

Diluted:

                               
   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stock, basic

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 460  
   

Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stock

                    27  
                       
   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stock, diluted

  $   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 487  
                       

Denominator:

                               
 

Basic:

                               
   

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock, basic

    57,342,749     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     98,029,563  
                       
 

Diluted:

                               
   

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock, basic

    57,342,749     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     98,029,563  
   

Add weighted average effect of dilutive securities:

                               
     

Stock options

    549,999                 9,869,619  
                       
   

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stock, diluted

    57,892,748     75,530,727     92,404,576     91,146,507     107,899,182  
                       

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

                               
 

Basic

  $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                       
 

Diluted

  $ 0.00   $ (0.01 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ 0.00  
                       

F-30


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Convertible preferred stock

    136,077,656     153,026,807     168,269,336     168,269,336     192,064,233  

Stock options to purchase common stock

        9,128,300     13,298,000     13,294,000      

Common stock subject to repurchase

        125,000     65,000     65,000      

11.    Income Taxes

              The Company's income (loss) before provision for income taxes for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Domestic

  $ (186 ) $ (201 ) $ (266 ) $ (113 ) $ (436 )

International

    287     (613 )   (3,427 )   (1,971 )   6,232  
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

  $ 101   $ (814 ) $ (3,693 ) $ (2,084 ) $ 5,796  
                       

F-31


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended
May 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Current:

                               
 

Federal

  $   $   $   $   $  
 

State

                     
 

Foreign

                    271  
                       
   

Total current

  $   $   $   $   $ 271  
                       

Deferred:

                               
 

Federal

  $   $   $   $   $  
 

State

                     
 

Foreign

                     
                       
   

Total deferred

                     
                       

Total provision for income taxes

  $   $   $   $   $ 271  
                       

              Net deferred tax assets as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  August 31,
2008
  August 31,
2009
  May 31,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Deferred tax assets:

                   
 

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 9   $ 10   $ 10  
 

Accruals and other

    (66 )   90     51  
 

Inventory reserves

    185     306     267  
 

Income tax credits

    882     1,072     540  
 

Net operating loss carryforward

    1,343     1,511     488  
               
   

Gross deferred tax asset

    2,353     2,989     1,356  

Valuation allowance

    (2,353 )   (2,989 )   (1,356 )
               

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $   $  
               

F-32


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

              Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax to the Company's effective tax for the years ended August 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended May 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Tax at statutory federal rate

  $ 34   $ (277 ) $ (1,256 ) $ (709 ) $ 1,970  

State tax—net of federal benefit

                     

Nondeductible expenses

                     

Foreign income rate differential

    (97 )   208     1,164     671     (2,123 )

Foreign tax

                    271  

Other

                     

Change in valuation allowance

    63     69     92     38     153  
                       

Provision for income taxes

  $   $   $   $   $ 271  
                       

              A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset net deferred tax assets as of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

              The valuation allowance increased by $243,000 million and $636,000 during the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009, and decreased by $1.6 million during the nine months ended May 31, 2010.

              As of August 31, 2009, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $1.0 million expiring beginning in 2025. As of August 31, 2009, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $489,000, expiring beginning in 2017.

              As of May 31, 2010, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $1.3 million expiring beginning in 2025. As of May 31, 2010, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $489,000, expiring beginning in 2017.

              Internal Revenue Code section 382 places a limitation (the "Section 382 Limitation") on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by net operating carryforwards after a change in control of a loss corporation. Generally, after a control change, a loss corporation cannot deduct operating loss carryforwards in excess of the Section 382 Limitation. Management has not yet determined the impact such limitation may have on the utilization of its operating loss carryforwards against taxable income in future periods.

Uncertain Tax Positions

              Effective September 1, 2007, the Company adopted a new accounting standard that provides guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The adoption had no effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the

F-33


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)


unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended August 31, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended May 31, 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended August 31,    
 
 
  Nine Months
Ended May 31,
2010
 
 
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Unrecognized benefit—beginning of period

  $ 128   $ 87   $ 119  

Gross increases—current period tax positions

    74     46     32  

Gross decreases—prior period tax positions

    (115 )   (14 )    
               

Unrecognized benefit—end of period

  $ 87   $ 119   $ 151  
               

              The entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company's effective tax rate if recognized.

              Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense and were immaterial. The Company files income tax returns in the United States, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The tax years 2005 through 2009 remain open in most jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdiction.

12.    Related-Party Transactions

              The Company had sales to a significant stockholder in the amount of approximately $29,000 and $72,000 during the years ended August 31, 2008 and 2009. There were no sales to the significant shareholder during the nine months ended May 31, 2010. As of August 31, 2008, 2009 and May 31, 2010, there were no outstanding receivable or payable balances with the related party.

13.    Information about Geographic Areas

              Revenues by geography are based on the billing address of the customer. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area (in thousands):

Revenues

 
  Years Ended August 31,   Nine Months Ended
May 31,
 
 
  2007   2008   2009   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

China

  $ 1,488   $ 3,249   $ 4,750   $ 2,867   $ 8,797  

Taiwan

    2,871     6,225     3,671     2,332     10,013  

Hong Kong

    393     167     707     147     1,307  

USA

    397     240     771     575     946  

Korea

    322     3,746     539     243     1,023  

Other

    1,389     1,122     1,113     846     2,189  
                       

Total

  $ 6,860   $ 14,749   $ 11,551   $ 7,010   $ 24,275  
                       

F-34


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended August 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and Nine Months Ended May 31, 2009 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Long-Lived Assets

              Substantially all of the assets are located in Taiwan. An insignificant amount of the Company's assets reside in Boise, Idaho where the Company is headquartered.

14.    Subsequent Events

              In August 2010, the Company's board of directors approved an amendment to the articles of incorporation that increases the authorized shares of Class A to 310,000,000 and increases the authorized shares of Class B to 97,000,000, both with a par value of $0.0000004 per share.

              The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 6, 2010, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued for inclusion in the Company's registration statement on Form S-1.

* * * * * *

F-35


Table of Contents


SEMILEDS CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 
  Years Ended August 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

                   
 

Beginning balance

  $   $   $ 92  
 

Charged to bad debt expense

        92     24  
 

Write-offs of bad debt

            (4 )
               
 

Ending balance

  $   $ 92   $ 112  
               

F-36


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

              Through and including                                    , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



PROSPECTUS



BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays Capital

Jefferies & Company

Canaccord Genuity

Caris & Company, Inc.

                        , 2010


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

              The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by SemiLEDs in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 
  Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

  $ 12,300  

FINRA filing fee

    17,750  

Initial NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses

      *

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees

      *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      *
       

Total

  $   *
       

*
To be filed by Amendment

Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

              Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation to grant, indemnity to directors and officers, as well as other employees and individuals, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee of or agent to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

              In connection with this offering, we will obtain liability insurance for our directors and officers. Such insurance would be available to our directors and officers in accordance with its terms.

              In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

              At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification would be required or

II-1


Table of Contents


permitted. We believe that our charter provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

              The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) also provides for cross-indemnification among SemiLEDs, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters with respect to certain matters, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

              Since September 1, 2006, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 11,076,900 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.65 per share to a total of 234 employees, consultants and directors under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

              Since September 1, 2006, we have issued and sold an aggregate of 5,859,950 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors at prices ranging from $0.015 to $0.65 per share pursuant to exercises of options and stock purchase rights granted under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan for the aggregate purchase price of $110,128. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

              On December 1, 2006, we issued a warrant to purchase 4,067,796 shares of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.59 per share to Luxxon Technology Corporation for aggregate consideration of $10.00. The issuance of the warrant was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

              On December 1, 2006, December 5, 2006, January 4, 2007, May 11, 2007, May 21, 2007, January 21, 2008, May 15, 2008, May 19, 2008 and July 29, 2008, we issued and sold 44,584,456 shares of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock to 8 investors at $0.59 per share for aggregate proceeds of $26,304,828.45, including (i) cancellation of indebtedness of SemiLEDs owed to Simplot Taiwan, Inc. in the amount of $6,000,000 and (ii) cancellation of indebtedness of SemiLEDs Optoelectronic Co., Ltd. owed to Luxxon Technology Corporation in the amount of $6,000,000. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

              On September 30, 2008, we issued and sold 15,351,550 shares of our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock to Lite-On Technology USA, Inc. at $0.6514 per share for aggregate proceeds of $9,999,999.67. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

              On April 1, 2010, we issued and sold 23,093,935 shares of our Series E Convertible Preferred Stock to 54 investors at $0.6514 per share for aggregate proceeds of $15,043,389.49. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

              On April 1, 2010, we issued and sold 700,952 shares of our Series E Convertible Preferred Stock to two investors at $0.6514 per share for cancellation of indebtedness of SBDI owed to such investors in the aggregate amount of $456,600.14. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

II-2


Table of Contents

              The recipients of the securities in each of the foregoing transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with SemiLEDs, to information about SemiLEDs.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
Exhibits—See Exhibit Index on page II-6

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

              Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not required, or not applicable or the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings

              Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the city of Hsinchu, Taiwan, on October 6, 2010.

    SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/ TRUNG T. DOAN

Trung T. Doan
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ TRUNG T. DOAN

Name: Trung T. Doan
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  October 6, 2010

*

Name: Dr. Anh Chuong Tran

 

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

October 6, 2010

/s/ DAVID YOUNG

Name: David Young

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal
financial officer and principal
accounting officer)

 

October 6, 2010

*

Name: Scott R. Simplot

 

Director

 

October 6, 2010

*

Name: William J. Whitacre

 

Director

 

October 6, 2010

*

Name: Richard P. Beck

 

Director

 

October 6, 2010

  

Name: Richard S. Hill

 

Director

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  

Name: Mark Johnson
  Director    

*By:

 

/s/ TRUNG T. DOAN

Trung T. Doan
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Number   Description
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1 (a) Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SemiLEDs Corporation†
  3.1 (b) Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SemiLEDs Corporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering*
  3.2 (a) Amended and Restated Bylaws of SemiLEDs Corporation†
  3.2 (b) Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of SemiLEDs Corporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering*
  4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among SemiLEDs Corporation and certain investors and stockholders, dated April 1, 2010†
  5.1   Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP regarding the legality of the common stock being registered*
  10.1   2005 Equity Incentive Plan (amended March 1, 2010)†
  10.2   2010 Equity Incentive Plan*
  10.3   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Trung T. Doan, dated March 15, 2005†
  10.4   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dr. Anh Chuong Tran, dated March 15, 2005†
  10.5   Employment Agreement with David Young, dated August 14, 2007†
  10.6   Employee Agreement with Jack S. Yeh, dated August 2, 2005†
  10.7   Employee Agreement with Lanfang (Lydia) Chin, dated November 17, 2008†
  10.8   Form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement†
  10.9   Form of Non-competition Agreement†
  10.10   Form of Option Agreement for the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan*
  10.11   Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and officers*
  10.12   Promoters Agreement of Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. dated December 25, 2009 (translation)†
  10.13   Capital Increase Agreement of Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. dated March 26, 2010 (translation)†
  10.14   Amended and Restated Patent Assignment and License Agreement between SemiLEDs Corporation and Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. dated July 19, 2010, amended on September 20, 2010 (translation) †
  10.15   Patent Cross-license Agreement between SemiLEDs Corporation and Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. dated May 7, 2010 (translation)†
  10.16   Trademark Cross-license Agreement between SemiLEDs Corporation and Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. dated May 7, 2010 (translation)†
  10.17   Agreement for Issuance of Overseas Letter of Credit between E. SUN Commercial Bank and Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd. (former name of SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.) (translation), dated December 1, 2006
  10.18   Warranty agreement between Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd. (former name of SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.) and Lite-On Technology Corporation, dated March 13, 2009†
  10.19   Lease agreement between Luxxon Technology Corporation and Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd. (former name of SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.), dated December 1, 2006
  10.20   Collaboration and Distribution Agreement between Intematix Corporation and SemiLEDs Corporation dated April 18, 2007*
  10.21   International Distribution Agreement between Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd. and Nanoteco Corporation dated December 20, 2006
  10.22   Loan Agreement between E. SUN Commercial Bank and SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd. dated May 12, 2009 (translation)

II-6


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.23   Loan Agreement between E. SUN Commercial Bank and SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd. dated July 22, 2009 (translation)
  10.24   Loan Agreement between E. SUN Commercial Bank and SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd. dated May 12, 2010 (translation)
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries†
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2   Consent of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
  24.1   Power of Attorney†
  99.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. dated March 26, 2010 (translation)†

Previously filed.

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-7




Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

· Shares of Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated:  · , 2010

 

 

 

 



 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[ · ] Shares of Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

· , 2010

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

c/o

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036

 

and

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

SemiLEDs Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd. (the “Operating Subsidiary” and together with the Company, the “Transaction Entities”), and the persons listed in Schedule B hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”), confirm their respective agreements with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch and Barclays are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, acting severally and not jointly, and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0000004 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedules A and B hereto and (ii) the grant by [the Company] to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ · ] additional shares of Common Stock to cover overallotments, if any.  The aforesaid [ · ] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [ · ] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

 



 

The Transaction Entities and the Selling Stockholders understand that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 

The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that up to [ · ] shares of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations.  The Company solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by the Underwriters.  To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 8:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-168624), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).  Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations.  The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.”  Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.”  Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.”  The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.”  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) or its Interactive Data Electronic Applications system (“IDEA”).

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [7:00 A.M.], New York City time, on [INSERT DATE] or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the prospectus that is included in the Registration Statement as of the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule C-1 hereto, all considered together.

 

2



 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule C-2 hereto.

 

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

SECTION 1.           Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties by the Transaction Entities .  Each of the Transaction Entities represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)            Registration Statement and Prospectuses .  Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act.  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, contemplated by the Commission.  The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.  Each preliminary prospectus (including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto), at the time it was filed, and the Prospectus complied in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.  Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(ii)           Accurate Disclosure .  Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  As of the Applicable Time, neither (A) the General Disclosure Package nor (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the

 

3



 

General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.  For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” in the Prospectus and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares” (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii)          Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.  The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

(iv)          Company Not Ineligible Issuer .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

(v)           Independent Accountants .  The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(vi)          Financial Statements .  The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein.  The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General

 

4



 

Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein.  Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

(vii)         No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.  For purposes of this Agreement, each of China SemiLEDs Corporation (“China SemiLEDs”), SS Optoelectronics and [SILQ] shall, in addition to the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries, be deemed to be a “subsidiary” of the Company.

 

(viii)        Good Standing of the Company .  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)           Good Standing of the Operating Subsidiary .  The Operating Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation under the laws of Taiwan and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Operating Subsidiary is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)            Good Standing of Subsidiaries .  Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) and China SemiLEDs (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) have been duly organized and are validly existing in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) under the laws of the jurisdiction of their respective incorporation or organization, have corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate their respective properties and to conduct their respective businesses as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are duly qualified to transact business and are in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise disclosed in the General Disclosure

 

5



 

Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity.  None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary or of any other third party.  The only subsidiaries of the Company are (A) the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement and (B) certain other subsidiaries that, when considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.

 

(xi)           Capitalization .  The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus).  The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholders, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholders, was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

 

(xii)          Authorization of Agreement .  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Transaction Entities.

 

(xiii)         Authorization and Description of Securities .  The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.  The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same.  No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

 

(xiv)        Registration Rights .  There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale by the Company under the 1933 Act, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

 

(xv)         Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which either of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of

 

6



 

any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over either of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Transaction Entities with their obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Transaction Entities or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity.  As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries.

 

(xvi)        Absence of Labor Dispute .  No labor dispute with the employees of either of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, is imminent, , which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xvii)       Absence of Proceedings .  Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, threatened, against or affecting either of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Transaction Entities of their obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Transaction Entities or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii)      Accuracy of Exhibits .  There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(xix)         Absence of Further Requirements .  No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Transaction Entities of their respective obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of

 

7



 

FINRA and (B) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered.

 

(xx)          Possession of Licenses and Permits .  Each of the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Each of the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.  All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxi)         Title to Property .  Each of the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries have good and marketable title (valid land use rights and building ownership certificates in the case of real property located in the People’s Republic of China) to all real property owned by them and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries holds properties described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither of the Transaction Entities nor any such subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Transaction Entities or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Transaction Entities or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

 

(xxii)        Possession of Intellectual Property .  The Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and, except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8



 

(xxiii)       Environmental Laws .  Except as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of either of the Transaction Entities, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

(xxiv)       Accounting Controls .  The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(xxv)        Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.   The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

(xxvi)       Payment of Taxes .  All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns

 

9


 

or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company through the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have been settled and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxvii)      Insurance .  The Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute, of comparable size and engaged in the same or similar business in Taiwan or China, and all such insurance is in full force and effect.  Neither of the Transaction Entities has any reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither of the Transaction Entities nor any of their subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xxviii)     Investment Company Act .  The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 

(xxix)       Absence of Manipulation .  Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(xxx)        Foreign Corrupt Practices Act .  None of the Transaction Entities, any of their subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, any director, officer, manager, agent, or employee of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries has directly or indirectly made or authorized any contribution, payment or gift of funds or property to any official, employee or agent of any governmental agency, authority or instrumentality in Taiwan or any other jurisdiction where either the contribution, payment or gift or the purpose of such contribution, payment or gift was, is, or would, be prohibited under applicable law, rule or regulation of any relevant locality, including but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(xxxi)       Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting

 

10



 

Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Transaction Entities, threatened.

 

(xxxii)      OFAC .  None of the Transaction Entities, any of their subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Transaction Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Transaction Entities will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xxxiii)     Sales of Reserved Securities .  In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time it was filed, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions.  The Company has not offered, or caused the Representatives to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Transaction Entities or any of their affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products.

 

(xxxiv)     Lending Relationship Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(xxxv)      Statistical and Market-Related Data .  Any statistical and market-related data included in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxvi)     No Integration .  The Company has not offered, sold or issued any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the 1933 Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.

 

(xxxvii)    Related Party Transactions .  There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Transaction Entities or any subsidiary or any other person required to be described in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholders .  Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, and as of the Closing Time and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

11



 

(i)            Accurate Disclosure .  Neither the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that such representations and warranties set forth in this subsection (b)(i) apply only to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any other Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (the “Selling Stockholder Information”); such Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder by any information concerning the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

(ii)           Authorization of this Agreement .  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

 

(iii)          Authorization of Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement .  The Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representatives (the “Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement”), has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is the valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder.

 

(iv)          Noncontravention .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and compliance by such Selling Stockholder with its obligations hereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other organizational instrument of such Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or any applicable treaty, law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties.

 

(v)           Valid Title .  Such Selling Stockholder has, and at the Closing Time will have, valid title to the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.

 

(vi)          Delivery of Securities .  The Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement are certificated securities in registered form(1) and are not held in any securities account or by or through any securities intermediary within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “UCC”).  Certificates for all of the

 


(1)                                   NTD:  To be confirmed.

 

12



 

Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been placed in custody with [ · ] (the “Custodian”) with irrevocable conditional instructions to deliver such Securities to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(vii)         Absence of Manipulation .  Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(viii)        Absence of Further Requirements .  No filing with, or consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency, domestic or foreign, is necessary or required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations hereunder or in the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement, or in connection with the sale and delivery of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA and (B) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered.

 

(ix)           No Registration or Other Similar Rights Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder does not have any registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(x)            No Free Writing Prospectuses .  Such Selling Stockholder has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405), and has not distributed any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.

 

(xi)           No Association with FINRA .  Neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of such Selling Stockholder’s affiliates directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with any member firm of FINRA or is a person associated with a member (within the meaning of the FINRA By-Laws) of FINRA.

 

(xii)          No Broker Fees .  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.

 

(c)           Officer’s Certificates .  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Transaction Entities to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby; and any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders as such and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of this

 

13



 

Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2.           Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a)           Initial Securities .  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agree to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that proportion of the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule B opposite the name of the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(b)           Option Securities .  In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, [the Company] hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [ · ] shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Schedule B, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.  The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to [the Company] setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities.  Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time.  If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(c)           Payment .  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the [Company].

 

14



 

Payment shall be made to the Company and the Selling Stockholders by wire transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the Company and the Custodian pursuant to each Selling Stockholder’s Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement, as the case may be, against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.  Merrill Lynch and/or Barclays, individually and not as a representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

(d)           Denominations; Registration .  Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.  The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3.           Covenants of the Company and the Selling Stockholders .  The Company and, solely with respect to Section 3(k) hereof, each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)           Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests .  The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus.  The Company will use its reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(b)           Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .  The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with

 

15



 

sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.  The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.  The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

(c)           Delivery of Registration Statements .  The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters.  The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(d)           Delivery of Prospectuses .  The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.  The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request.  The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e)           Blue Sky Qualifications .  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is

 

16



 

not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(f)            Rule 158 .  The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(g)           Use of Proceeds .  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(h)           Listing .  The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

(i)            Restriction on Sale of Securities .  During a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of each of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan referred to in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will issue an earnings release or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (i) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless each of the Representatives waives, in writing, such extension.

 

(j)            Reporting Requirements .  The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations.  Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

 

(k)           Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  The Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the

 

17



 

Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule C-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives.  The Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping.  If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(l)    Compliance with FINRA Rules .  The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement.  The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted.  At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time.  Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

 

SECTION 4.           Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)           Expenses .  The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the Transaction Entities’ obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and fifty percent (50%) of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the

 

18



 

Nasdaq Global Market, (x) the preparation, printing and distribution of one or more versions of the preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus for distribution in Canada, often in the form of a Canadian “wrapper”, and (xi) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees.

 

(b)           Expenses of the Selling Stockholders .  The Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will pay all expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, including (i) any stamp and other duties and stock and other transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the sale of the Securities to the Underwriters and their transfer between the Underwriters pursuant to an agreement between such Underwriters, and (ii) the fees and disbursements of their respective counsel and other advisors.

 

(c)           Termination of Agreement .  If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii), Section 10 or Section 11 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided, however, that in the case of termination by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 10, the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse a Defaulting Underwriter pursuant to this Section 4(c).

 

(d)           Allocation of Expenses .  The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may make for the sharing of such costs and expenses.

 

SECTION 5.           Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Transaction Entities and the Selling Stockholders contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Transaction Entities and each Selling Stockholder of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a)           Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information .  The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.  A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

(b)           Opinion of Counsels for Company .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinions, dated the Closing Time, of (i) Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Company, (ii) Lee & Li, special counsel to the Company, as to matters involving the application of the laws of Taiwan and (iii) Haiwen, special counsel to the Company, as to matters involving the application of the laws of the People’s Republic of China, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit A-3 hereto, respectively, and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

19


 

(c)            Opinion of Counsels for the Selling Stockholders .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinions, dated the Closing Time, of the respective counsels for the Selling Stockholders identified in Exhibit B, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(d)            Opinion of Counsels for Underwriters .  At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinions, dated the Closing Time, of (i) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters and (ii) Fangda Partners, special counsel to the Underwriters, as to matters involving the application of the laws of the People’s Republic of China, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters with respect to such matters as the Representatives may require.  In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives.  Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

 

(e)            Officers’ Certificate .  At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Transaction Entities and their subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of each of the Company and the Operating Subsidiary and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of each of the Company and the Operating Subsidiary, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company and the Operating Subsidiary, as applicable, in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company and the Operating Subsidiary, as applicable, have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated by the Commission.

 

(f)             Certificate of Selling Stockholders .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of each Selling Stockholder, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time and (ii) each Selling Stockholder has complied with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be performed under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Time; provided that such certificate may be delivered by the Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of each Selling Stockholder pursuant to such Selling Stockholder’s Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement.

 

(g)            Accountant’s Comfort Letter .  At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from KPMG LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

20



 

(h)            Bring-down Comfort Letter .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from KPMG LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(i)           Approval of Listing .  At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(j)           No Objection . FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

 

(k)          Lock-up Agreements .  At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

(l)             Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities .  In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Transaction Entities and the Selling Stockholders contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Transaction Entities, any of their subsidiaries and the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i)             Officers’ Certificate .  A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President of each of the Company and the Operating Subsidiary and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of each of the Company and the Operating Subsidiary confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii)            Certificate of Selling Stockholders .  A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of each Selling Stockholder confirming that the certificate delivered at Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery; provided that such certificate may be delivered by the Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of each Selling Stockholder pursuant to such Selling Stockholder’s Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement.

 

(iii)           Opinion of Counsels for the Company .  If requested by the Representatives, the opinions, dated such Date of Delivery, of (i) Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Company, (ii) Lee & Li, special counsel to the Company, as to matters involving the application of the laws of Taiwan and (iii) Haiwen, special counsel to the Company, as to matters involving the application of the laws of the People’s Republic of China, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(iv)           Opinion of Counsels for the Selling Stockholders .  If requested by the Representatives, the opinions of the respective counsels for the Selling Stockholders identified in Exhibit B, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

21



 

(v)            Opinion of Counsels for Underwriters .  If requested by the Representatives, the opinions of (i) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters and (ii) Fangda Partners, special counsel to the Underwriters, as to matters involving the application of the laws of the People’s Republic of China, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

 

(vi)           Bring-down Comfort Letter If requested by the Representatives, a letter from KPMG LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(m)           Additional Documents .  At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company and the Selling Stockholders in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(n)            Termination of Agreement .  If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders at any time at or prior to the Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such  termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.            Indemnification .

 

(a)            Indemnification of Underwriters by the Transaction Entities .  The Transaction Entities, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)             against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

22



 

(ii)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

 

(iii)           against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b)            Indemnification of Underwriters by Selling Stockholders . Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above and in Section 6(g); provided that each Selling Stockholder shall be liable only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; provided, further, that the liability under this subsection of each Selling Stockholder shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate gross proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts, but before expenses (the “Gross Proceeds”), to such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.

 

(c)            Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling Stockholders .  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and each Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(d)            Actions against Parties; Notification .  Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to

 

23



 

Section 6(a) and 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(c) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if indemnification is being sought against the Company and the Selling Stockholders, the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to engage separate counsel at their own expense.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e)            Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse .  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or settlement of any claim in connection with any violation referred to in Section 6(f) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(f)             Indemnification for Reserved Securities .  In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus wrapper or other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 8:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of the Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities.

 

(g)            Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification .  The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to indemnification.

 

24



 

SECTION 7.            Con tribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(f) hereof, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Selling Stockholder Information or by the Underwriters with respect to the Underwriter Information and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(f) hereof.

 

The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the Gross Proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

25



 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be.  The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to contribution.

 

SECTION 8.            Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Transaction Entities or any of their subsidiaries or the Selling Stockholders submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company or any person controlling any Selling Stockholder and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

SECTION 9.            Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)            Termination .  The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York or Taiwan authorities.

 

(b)            Liabilities .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and

 

26



 

provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.          Default by One or More of the Underwriters .  If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 24 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase such Defaulted Securities upon such terms.  After giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Defaulted Securities by the Representatives and the Company as provided in the preceding sentence:

 

(i)             if the aggregate number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

(ii)            if the aggregate number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and [the Company] to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company and any Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11.          Default by one or more of the Selling Stockholders or the Company .

 

(a)            If a Selling Stockholder shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery, as the case may be, to sell and deliver the number of Securities which such Selling Stockholder is obligated to sell hereunder, and the remaining Selling Stockholders do not exercise the right hereby granted to increase, pro rata or otherwise, the number of Securities to be sold by them hereunder to the total number to be sold by all Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule B hereto, then the Underwriters may, at option of the Representatives, by notice from the Representatives to the Company and the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the fault of any non-defaulting party except that the provisions of Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15 and 16 shall remain in full force and effect or (ii) elect to purchase the Securities which the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders and the Company have

 

27



 

agreed to sell hereunder.  No action taken pursuant to this Section 11 shall relieve any Selling Stockholder so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

 

In the event of a default by any Selling Stockholder as referred to in this Section 11, each of the Representatives, the Company and the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time or any Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required change in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.

 

(b)  If the Company shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery, as the case may be, to sell the number of Securities that it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any nondefaulting party; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15 and 16 shall remain in full force and effect.  No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

 

SECTION 12.          Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to (a) Merrill Lynch at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal and (b) Barclays Capital Inc. at 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, attention of Syndicate Registration, with a copy to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at · , attention of · ; and notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be directed to · , attention of · .

 

SECTION 13.          No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship .  Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Selling Stockholder, or its respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

SECTION 14.          Research Analyst Independence .  The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions.  Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the

 

28



 

Company or the Selling Stockholders may have against the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions.  Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledges that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 15.          Parties .  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 16.          Trial by Jury .  The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates), each of the Selling Stockholders and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 17.          GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

SECTION 18.          Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) shall be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan, unless any such Federal court determines that it lacks jurisdiction over a Related Proceeding in which case such Related Proceeding shall be instituted in the courts of the State of New York, in each case located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.  The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each party not located in the United States irrevocably appoints [National Corporate Research] as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the City and County of New York. With respect to any Related Proceeding,

 

29



 

each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

 

SECTION 19.          TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 20.          Partial Unenforceability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof.  If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

SECTION 21.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

SECTION 22.          Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

30


 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company and the Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholders a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

SEMILEDS OPTOELECTRONICS CO., LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Attorney-in-Fact]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of

 

 

the Selling Stockholders named in

 

 

Schedule B hereto

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

 

as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

31



 

SCHEDULE A

 

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $ · .

 

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $ · , being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $ · per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter

 

Number of
Initial Securities

 

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

 

Jeffries

 

 

Canaccord Genuity

 

 

Caris & Company

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

[ · ]

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

 

 

Number of Initial
Securities to be Sold

 

Maximum Number of Option
Securities to Be Sold

SemiLEDs Corporation

 

 

 

 

[Selling Stockholder]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE C-1

 

Pricing Terms

 

1.             The Company and the Selling Stockholders are selling [ · ] shares of Common Stock.

 

2.             [The Company has] granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [ · ] shares of Common Stock.

 

3.             The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[ · ].

 

SCHEDULE C-2

 

Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[SPECIFY EACH ISSUER GENERAL USE FREE WRITING PROSPECTUS]

 



 

SCHEDULE D

 

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

 

All shareholders and optionholders of the Company.

 

C-1




Exhibit 10.14

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
PATENT ASSIGNMENT AND
LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

 

SemiLEDs Corporation

 

 

AND

 

 

Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd.

 

 

ON July 19, 2010

 

1



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PATENT ASSIGNMENT AND
LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Patent Assignment and License Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into on July 19, 2010 by and between:

 

SemiLEDs Corporation , an American corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of USA, with registered office at 999 Main Street, Suite 1010, Boise, ID83702, USA and duly represented by Trung Tri Doan (nationality: USA) (hereinafter referred to as “Assignor”); and

 

Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. , a Chinese corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of PRC , with registered office at Room 201, Building B, Innovation Center, The South China Sea Software Scien-tech Garden, Shishan Town, Nanhai District, Foshan City, Guangdong Province (hereinafter referred to as “Assignee”).

 

WHEREAS :

 

1.      Assignor represents and warranties that all patents listed in Schedule 1 hereof are accurate and effective, and it has full rights, powers and authorities to enter into this Agreement and perform, assume and fulfill its obligations hereunder;

 

2.      Assignor is one of the investors to Assignee and subject to the Framework Agreement among the Investors of Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd. (“ Framework Agreement ”) entered into by all investors of Assignee on December 25, 2009, Assignor agrees that it shall, as quickly as possible upon the completion of capital increase, assign to the Assignee the patents listed in Schedule 3 of Framework Agreement (i.e., Schedule 1 hereof) at the aggregated prices of six hundred thousands US dollars (USD $600,000);

 

3.      Subject to the stipulations of Framework Agreement, Assignee agrees that upon the assignment of patents listed in Schedule 3 of Framework Agreement, it shall grant a royalty-free and exclusive license to Assignor and its affiliates (including SS Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., Artemis Opto Electronic Technologies Pvt. Ltd., SILQ (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd and VIETLED Optoelectronics JSC and any other subsidiaries in which Assignor holds at least 49% of shares) for exploiting such patents globally, but the range of the aforesaid granted license does not include manufacturing LED epitaxial wafer and chip within PRC (herein PRC excludes Taiwan);

 

4.      Subject to the stipulations of Framework Agreement, Assignee agrees that upon the assignment of patents hereunder, it shall not make any claims for any proceeds brought about to Assignor for the exploitation of such patents by Assignor or any other third party licensed by Assignor prior to the assignment hereunder; and

 

5.      All the investors of Assignee signed Capital Increase Agreement on March 26,

 

1



 

2010 (“Capital Increase Agreement”);

 

AND THEN , in consideration of the mutual undertakings and covenant and any other good and valuable consideration which is acknowledged as sufficient by the Parties, the Parties hereto shall, under the principles of equality and mutual benefits, enter into the following agreement for mutual observances:

 

1        DEFINITION

 

The terms used in this Agreement shall be defined as follows:

 

1.1        “Patents” refers to the patents listed in Schedule 1 hereof under assignment and license;

 

1.2        “Affiliates of Assignor” refers to SS Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., Artemis Opto Electronic Technologies Pvt. Ltd., SILQ (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd and VIETLED Optoelectronics JSC and any other subsidiaries of Assignor in which Assignor holds at least 49% of the shares;

 

1.3        “Effective Date of Patent Assignment” refers to the date on which assignment of any patent listed in Schedule 1 hereof from Assignor to Assignee takes effect in accordance with the laws of the competent jurisdiction; and

 

1.4        “Effective Date of the Agreement”: This Agreement will come into effect automatically as of the date when the Assignee obtains the updated business license issued by the competent Administration for Industry and Commerce after the capital increase according to the Capital Increase Agreement has been fulfilled.

 

2        ASSIGNMENT OF PATENT

 

2.1        Assignor guarantees to have the Patents assigned to Assignee under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.2        Assignee agrees to pay six hundred thousand US dollars (USD $600,000) in total to Assignor in one-off payment as patent ownership assignment fees within 120 days from the Effective Date of the Agreement.

 

2.3        Assignor shall, upon the payment of the patent ownership assignment fees by Assignee as stipulated in Article 2.2 hereof, provide assistances to Assignee for the application and registration of such assignment; and in such event, Assignor agrees to register such assignment at the competent Patent Office in accordance with the laws of country where the patent right is granted; all relevant official fees and attorney’s fees arising therefor shall be borne by Assignee.

 

2.4        From the Effective Date of Patent Assignment, Assignee shall not make any claims for any proceeds brought about to Assignor, Affiliates of Assignor or the original patent owner for the exploitation or license of such patent prior to the Effective Date of Patent Assignment.

 

2.5        Assignee agrees that from the Effective Date of Patent Assignment, it shall

 

2



 

not assign the Patents thereof to any third party without the written consent of Assignor.

 

2.6        Taxes derived from this Agreement shall be separately borne by each Party in accordance with Chinese laws, including but not limited to, income tax and stamp tax. The income tax, stamp tax and other applicable taxes to be borne by Assignor in accordance with Chinese laws shall be, under a written mutual agreement, deducted from the assignment fee stipulated under Article 2.2 of this Agreement after Assignee has paid the taxes on behalf of Assignor and provided to the Assignor an official receipt of the tax payment thereof.

 

3        LICENSE OF PATENT

 

3.1        For each of the Patents, Assignee agrees that from the Effective Date of Patent Assignment, the related license shall be granted to Assignor and its affiliates automatically, i.e., Assignee shall grant a royalty-free, transferable and exclusive license to Assignor and its affiliates for exploitation of the patent globally in manufacturing, outsourced manufacturing, selling, offering for sale, importing LED Chips, Packages and in any other fields, the range of the aforesaid granted license does not include manufacturing LED epitaxial wafer and chip within PRC (excluding Taiwan).

 

3.2        No any further separate agreement is required to be entered into by and between Assignor or its affiliates (as one party) and Assignee (as the other party) for the license mentioned in Article 3.1 hereof. However, if it is necessary for the performance of Article 3.1 or at the request of Assignor or its affiliates, Assignee shall actively cooperate with Assignor or its affiliates to sign the such further separate agreement and any other related documents.

 

3.3        For each of the Patents, Assignee shall keep the validity of each patent hereunder from the Effective Date of Patent Assignment and take all reasonable efforts to defense any challenges made by any third party on the validity of the Patents. All costs and expenses arising therefore shall be borne by Assignee.

 

3.4        The duration for the license under this Article shall commence from the Effective Date of Patent Assignment and shall be terminated on the last expiration date or enforcement date of patents listed in Schedule 1 hereof, as the case may be.

 

4        CONFIDENTIALITY

 

During the term hereof and at any time thereafter, each Party shall be responsible to keep the secret of any confidential and proprietary information of the other Party and/or its affiliates acquired by it during the process of cooperation between the Parties (“Confidential Information”). The period of confidentiality of this Agreement is twenty (20) years. Thereafter, if the Confidential Information remains confidential 20 years later, either party shall still undertake the confidentiality obligations.

 

5        REGISTRATION

 

Assignee agrees to make the corresponding technology import and export contract

 

3



 

registration at the competent authorities of Ministry of Commerce, the People’s Republic of China in accordance with the stipulations of Regulations on Technology Import and Export Administration of the People’s Republic of China , and all official charges and attorney’s fees arising therefor shall be borne by Assignee.

 

6        RIGHT TO SUE FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OR DAMAGES

 

Hereby each of the Parties represents and warrants that it has full rights, powers and authorities to enter into, perform, assume and fulfill this Agreement and any or all obligations hereunder, and this Agreement, upon duly signed, shall constitute the effective and binding obligations to each Party and may be enforced against each of the Parties. Each Party reserves the right to sue for specific performance of the rights and obligations under this Agreement, or for the payment of damages, without terminating the Agreement.

 

7        INDEMNIFICATION

 

Assignee agrees to assume responsibility and to be liable for any damages arising out of or in connection with the defective or unqualified products manufactured by Assignee.

 

8        INFRINGEMENT

 

If Assignee is accused by a third party of infringement of intellectual property rights owned by such third party for the Assignee’s exploitation of the technologies provided by Assignor in accordance with the provisions stipulated under this Agreement, Assignee shall immediately provide notice to Assignor and Assignor shall bear the liabilities for the infringement.

 

9        LIMITATION OF LIABILITY BY ASSIGNOR

 

9.1        EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STIPULATED HEREIN, ASSIGNOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR UNDERTAKING, EXPLICITLY, IMPLICITLY, LEGALLY OR OTHERWISE ON THE PATENTS ASSIGNED HEREUNDER INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY OR UNDERTAKING ON THE MARKETABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ASSIGNEE. ASSIGNOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, OR ANY NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INFRINGEMENT DUE TO PERFORMANCE OF THE AGREEMENT BY ASSIGNEE,  INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE LOSSES OF PROFITS, GAINS, INTERESTS OR IDLE EQUIPMENT ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THE AGREEMENT HEREUNDER.

 

9.2        IN ADDITION TO THE STIPULATIONS OF ARTICLE 9.1, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY EXPLICIT OR IMPLICIT WARRANTY ON OR TAKES ANY LIABILITY OR OBLIGATIONS TO ANY CLAIMS MADE BY ANY THIRD PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE INFRINGEMENT ON, MISUSE OF, UNAUTHORIZED USE OR DISCLOSURE OF A PATENT, PATENT APPLICATION, LICENSE, INVENTION, INVENTION DISCLOSURE, TRADE SECRET, KNOW

 

4



 

HOW, PROCESS OR ANY OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY.

 

9.3        EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STIPULATED IN ARTICLE 9 HEREOF, THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NO ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPLICITLY OR IMPLICITLY, IS MADE BY EITHER PARTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTY FOR THE MARKETABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSES.

 

10      NOTIFICATION

 

For the purpose of this Agreement and for notice and communication, the addresses of the Parties are indicated in the first page hereof. Any changes of the addresses shall remain non-binding to a Party until the Party receives a notice in writing from the other Party.

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, any notice, request, demand, and other necessary communication hereunder shall be in writing and in Chinese and shall be regarded as having been served effectively (a) on the date of receipt if delivered by hand; (b) on the date of delivery if delivered through fax machine with confirmation; or (c) on the 4 th  business day upon delivering such notice to the courier or the date confirmed by such courier in writing for the receipt of such notice (whichever is earlier) if delivered through Federal Express, DHL or other international express delivery services. All such notice, request, demand, and other necessary communication hereunder shall be delivered to:

 

If Assignor:

SemiLEDs Corporation

999 Main Street, Suite 1010

Boise, ID 83702, USA

Attention: Trung Tri Doan

 

With copy to:

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

3F, No.11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site,

Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350,

Miao-Li County, Taiwan

Attention: Lydia Chin, General Counsel

 

If Assignee:

Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd.

Room 201, Building B

 

5



 

Innovation Center

The South China Sea software Scien-tech Garden

Shishan Town

Nanhai District

Foshan City, Guangdong Province

The People’s Republic of China

Attention: Trung Tri Doan

 

or shall be delivered to any other address or fax number notified in a document from one Party to the other parties in writing according to this Article.

 

11      TERM AND TERMINATION

 

11.1     The term of this Agreement is ten (10) years from the Effective Date. Upon expiration, the Parties agree to enter into a new agreement in accordance with relevant articles stipulated under this Agreement to extend the effectiveness of this Agreement until this Agreement is terminated by relevant laws or relevant provisions stipulated under this Agreement.

 

11.2     Assignor may terminate this Agreement if Assignee fails or refuses to fulfill the payment obligations stipulated in Article 2.2 hereunder and fails to rectify the same within thirty (30) days upon the receipt of written notice issued by Assignor therefor; in such event, Assignor will notify Assignee in writing. This Agreement shall be terminated automatically upon Assignee’s receipt of the written termination notice.

 

11.3      Assignee shall not exploit any patent hereunder upon the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 11.2 if such patent is still valid.

 

12      FORCE MAJEURE

 

Neither Party shall be liable for any failure or delay of performance hereunder (excluding the failure or delay for settlement of the payment due) if the same, totally or partially, arise out of or in connection with the nature disaster, action of civil or military authorities, fire, flood, infectious disease, quarantine restriction, war, riot, strike or any other causes beyond the reasonable control of such Party.

 

13      IMMUNITY

 

Any delay, deferment or postponement for exercising any provisions hereunder by either Party shall not jeopardize or affect any rights or remedies enjoyed by such Party. The immunity for any default or breach shall not constitute waiver for any further default or breach.

 

14      APPLICABLE LAWS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

14.1      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of PRC, provided, however, as to any particular patent listed in Schedule 1 hereof, the laws of the country where the rights and the title to such patent are granted shall be applicable.

 

6



 

14.2      Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement but not involving any particular patent under this Agreement, shall be settled, based on the principle of trust and honesty, by the duly authorized representatives of the Parties hereto through amiable negotiation. If the Parties fail to resolve such dispute, controversy or claim within 180 days from the date on which the first written communication is made by the representatives of the Parties for such dispute settlement or within any other term agreed by the Parties, such dispute, controversy or claim shall be finally resolved by three arbitrators (“Arbitrators”) designated in accordance with the existing arbitration rules of Chinese International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission. Such arbitration shall be in Chinese and shall be conducted by South China Sub-commission of the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission. The location for such arbitration, if the Parties fail to reach a consent on such location, shall be the one determined by Arbitrators in accordance with the said arbitration rules. The arbitration award rendered by such arbitration shall be final and binding to the Parties hereto and may be enforced by any court with competent jurisdiction.

 

Arbitrators shall consent in writing that any or all information provided by either Party for arbitration shall be kept confidential. The laws of PRC shall be applied by Arbitrators for the interpretation of this Agreement if any dispute, claim or controversy between the Parties hereto arising out of or in connection with the general issues of this Agreement but not involving any particular patent under this Agreement.

 

Such Arbitrators are not authorized to (i) make award deciding the punitive, consequential or indirect damages or any other compensations un-proportionally with the losses actually suffered by the winning party; or (ii) increase the amounts of compensation for actual damage due to infringement at its sole discretion or under any circumstances make any decision, award or judgment inconsistent with the stipulations of this Agreement. Notwithstanding as stipulations mentioned above, the winning party may require Arbitrators to make award for the reasonable compensation of attorney’s fees incurred.

 

14.3      Either Party may require the competent court with jurisdiction with regard to any dispute, claim or controversy in connection with any particular patent under this Agreement to grant injunctive relief or any other interim relief for the avoidance of any irreparable damages. In order to comply with confidentiality provision by Article 4, any Party requiring such injunctive relief or any other interim relief from the competent court shall make application to such court for the issuance of order protecting the information provided by either Party, and for the hearing in private session concerning any or all proceedings related to the application of such injunctive relief or any other interim relief.

 

14.4      For any dispute, claim or controversy in connection with the Patents hereunder, the arbitration stipulations of this Article shall not be applied and such dispute, claim or controversy shall be settled by the competent court or administrative body with jurisdiction.

 

7



 

15      SUSPENSION

 

If any provisions or articles of this Agreement are held as invalid under any applicable laws, rules or regulations, such provisions or articles shall be regarded as having been omitted from this Agreement and the remaining provisions or articles of this Agreement shall keep its full force and effect. In such event, the Parties shall make all efforts to replace such invalid provisions or articles with valid ones under the applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 

16      EFFECT OF HEADING

 

Any heading to any article hereof is inserted only for the convenience and shall not, in any way, define, restrict, limit or describe the scopes or purposes of such article, and shall neither affect the interpretation of this Agreement for any purpose.

 

17      AMENDMENT OR ALTERATION

 

If there is any dispute or inconsistency between this Agreement and any prior discussion by the Parties hereto concerning the Patents listed in Schedule 1 hereof, the stipulations of this Agreement shall prevail. This Agreement may only be amended or altered in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.

 

18      THE CUMULATIVE RIGHTS AND RELIEVES

 

The rights and relieves provided herein shall be cumulative. The exercise of any right or relief by either Party shall not preclude or constitute the waiver of the exercise of any other rights or relieves available to such Party based on this Agreement or otherwise.

 

19      NO IMPLICIT WAIVER

 

Neither course of dealing between the Parties hereto nor any delay of excising any rights, powers or remedies available to either Party in accordance with this Agreement or the existing or further law, equity, statute or otherwise may constitute the waiver or jeopardize such rights, powers or remedies.

 

20      SEVERABILITY

 

If, under any circumstance, any provision of this Agreement or its applicability to either Party is held as invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining of this Agreement shall not be affected therefore and may be enforced to the maximum extent as permitted by the applicable laws.

 

21      LAWS CONCERNING EXPORT CONTROL

 

Except as the necessary license or permission has been obtained, either Party hereto agree that it shall not, directly or indirectly, require the consent of United States government, Chinese government or any of their respective subordinate bodies for the export of any technology acquired from the other Party and originated from United States or Chinese or any products directly manufactured by the use of such technology to any country for which license or any other permission is necessary for such export. This Article shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and shall be independent from any other obligations, limitation of obligations or exceptions mentioned herein.

 

8



 

22      THE THIRD PARTY AGREEMENT

 

Either Party or their respective subsidiaries shall not enter into any other third party agreement inconsistent with this Agreement.

 

23      NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY

 

Any stipulation of this Agreement shall not, explicitly or implicitly, constitute or be regarded as having conferred or granted any right, compensation or other interest to any other individual or entity outside the Parties hereto by virtue of this Agreement or reference.

 

24      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes all agreements made by the Parties for the subject matters hereof, and shall, commencing from the Effective Date, supersede all prior agreements or understandings, whether in writing or oral, entered into by the Parties concerning the subject matters hereof.

 

25      LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

 

The liabilities of Assignor, under the warranty of no infringement of a third party’s intellectual property rights as stipulated in Article 8, including the burden of reasonable attorney’s fees, are up to a maximum amount of three hundred thousand US dollars (USD $300,000).

 

26      COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement shall be executed in four copies: each Party shall have one, and the other two copies may be used for recordation procedures at government departments; and each of the counterparts shall be regard as the original and shall have the equal legal effects as the original.

 

 

SemiLEDs Corporation

 

Xurui Guangdian Co., Ltd.

 

 

Seal:

 

 

 

 

Signature of Authorized Representative:

 

Signature of Authorized Representative:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Authorized Representative:

 

Name of Authorized Representative:

Trung Tri Doan

 

Trung Tri Doan

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

Date: July 19, 2010

 

Date: July 19, 2010

 

9



 

Schedule 1

List of SemiLEDs Patents

 

Country

 

Title of Invention

 

Inventor

 

Patentee

 

Patent No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DEVICE WITH ELECTRODE

 

Wen-Huang Liu

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd.

 

ZL 200630189929.X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

TWO PINS LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

 

Jui-Kang Yen and Yung-Wei Chen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200730146311.X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

FOUR PINS LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

 

Jui-Kang Yen and Yung-Wei Chen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200730146310.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

PIN HOLE LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

 

Jui-Kang Yen and Yung-Wei Chen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200730146309.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

TWO PINS DEVICE

 

Jui-Kang Yen and Yung-Wei Chen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200730323426.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

LIGHT EMITTING DIODE WITH CONDUCTING METAL SUBSTRATE

 

Trung Tri Doan

 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

7,432,119

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCING LIGHT EMITTING DIODE ARRAY

 

Chuong Anh Tran and Trung Tri Doan

 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

7,378,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

LIGHT EMITTING DIODES (LEDS) WITH IMPROVED LIGHT

 

Chuong Anh Tran and Trung Tri

 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

7,473,936

 

10



 

Country

 

Title of Invention

 

Inventor

 

Patentee

 

Patent No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXTRACTION BY ROUGHENING

 

Doan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REMOVING OPERATING HEAT FROM A LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

 

Trung Tri Doan and Chuong Anh Tran

 

SEMILEDS CORPORATION

 

ZL200680002135.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

LED WITH LENS

 

Jui-Kang Yen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200630145099.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

LED DEVICE

 

Jui-Kang Yen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200630145098.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

OPTO-ELECTRONIC DEVICE

 

Jui-Kang Yen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200630145097.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

 

Jui-Kang Yen

 

SemiLEDs Optoelectronics CO., Ltd

 

ZL 200630145096.7

 

11



 

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED PATENT ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

SemiLEDS Corporation

 

AND

 

China SemiLEDs Co., Ltd.

 

September 20th , 2010

 

1



 

 

Executed Version

 

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATE PATENT ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment to Amended and Restated Patent Assignment and License Agreement (“ Amendment ) is entered into on September 20 th , 2010 by and between:

 

SemiLEDs Corporation , an American corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of USA, with registered office at 99 Main Street, Suite 1010,_Boise, ID83702, USA and duly represented by Trung Tri Doan (hereinafter referred to as “Assignor”); and

 

China SemiLEDs Co., Ltd. , a Chinese corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of PRC with registered office at Room 201, Building B, Innovation Center, The South China Sea software Scien-tech Garden, Shishan County, South Sea District, Foshan City, Guangdong Province (hereinafter referred to as “Assignee”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

Assignor and Assignee had entered into Patent Assignment and License Agreement   dated May 7 th , 2010; and Amended and Restated Patent Assignment and License Agreement dated July 19 th , 2010. Now, both parties intend to amend the Amended and Restated Patent Assignment and License Agreement as follows:

 

Article 1 Effective Date of Patent Assignment

 

Both parties agree to delete Article 1.3 of the Amended and Restated Patent Assignment and License Agreement at its entirety and replace it with the following provision:

 

“1.3          Effective Date of Patent Assignment”

 

“Effective Date of Patent Assignment” refers to the date of assignment registration of the patents as listed in the Schedule I of the Agreement with the patent offices where the patents were issued after Assignor receives the patent transfer fees under Article 2.2.”

 

Article 2 C ounterparts

 

This Amendment shall be executed in duplicate and each Party shall have one, and each of the counterparts shall be regard as the original and shall have the equal legal effects with such original.

 

1



 

SemiLEDs Corporation

 

China SemiLEDs Co., Ltd.

 

 

Seal:

 

 

 

 

Signature of Authorized Representative:

 

Signature of Authorized Representative:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Authorized Representative:

 

Name of Authorized Representative:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

2




Exhibit 10.17

 

Agreement for Issuance of Overseas Letter of Credit(the “Agreement”)

 

The contracting party: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd., represented by the Chairman, Trung Doan (hereinafter referred to as the “Appointer”).In order to proceed settlement of exchange at E.Sun Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) for purchasing the goods and materials from foreign countries, the Appointer invites the guarantor bearing the joint and several liabilities hereunder (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor”, together with the Appointer as the contracting parties) to execute the Agreement. Based on the percentage of the letter of credit (hereinafter referred to as “L/C”) approved by the Bank and in accordance with the agreed deposits, the Appointer commissions the Bank to issue overseas L/C on a o one-time o partial x cycle basis and to advance payment in foreign currency (hereinafter referred to as “advance payment”) or accept or apply for delivery for an import collection under the guarantee delivery / bill of lading endorsed or borrowing etc., up to the amount of $5 million and is willing to comply with the following articles:

 

Article 1: The term of the Agreement is from March 18, 2010 to March 18, 2011. The Bank shall accept and advance payment for the draft issued during and due after the term of the Agreement. The contracting parties shall be jointly and severally responsible to pay off the debts pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Article 2: The Appointer shall fill in and submit the “Application Form for Issuance of L/C” and other documents required by the Bank when applying for overseas L/C from the Bank each time, and the contracting parties agree that the credit balance shall be determined based on the amount as stated in the “Application Form for Issuance of L/C” submitted by the Appointer or in the Bank’s related vouchers and accounting books.

 

Article 3: The contracting parties acknowledge that the amount of the advance payment made by the Bank shall be the balance between the amount of the L/C as stated in the “Application Form for Issuance of L/C” and the amount of settlement of exchange, and agree that the “Application Form for Issuance of L/C” and the Bank’s related documents shall be the supporting documents.

 

Article 4: The Appointer, when applying for sight overseas L/C, shall pay off each advance payment, interests and other related costs within 15 days upon the Bank’s notification of the receipt of the shipping documents under respective L/C, but the term of paying off the debts shall be as follows if any of the following circumstances occur:

 

4.1 Where the shipping documents are delivered before the goods, the Appointer shall submit the supporting documents of the shipping company and pay off the balance within 3 days after arrival of the goods. But the Appointer shall pay off the balance if the goods have not been delivered after 60 days of the Bank’s notification of the receipt of the shipping documents. 4.2 Where the goods are delivered before the shipping documents and it is necessary to apply for delivery of goods with guarantees, the Appointer shall pay off the balance immediately and pay 7 days’ interests in advance. The payment procedure shall be the same as above-mentioned when applying for delivery of goods by endorsed bills of lading.

 

4.3 Where the goods are shipped by partial shipment, the Appointer shall pay off the advance payment made by the Bank based on portion of the amount under respective shipping document and amount under related L/C.

 

Article 5: When applying for overseas usance L/C, the term of a draft or advance payment under each respective L/C shall be no more than 240 days counting from the date of a draft is issued or the date of payment made by the foreign agency bank of the Bank, and the settlement date of each debt shall be the due date of a draft or the due date as informed by the Bank.

 

Article 6: The interest of the advance payment or loan in foreign currencies shall be calculated according to the interest rate as informed by the Bank and as calculated from the date of payment made by the Bank or by a foreign agency bank of the Bank till the due date of the advance payment or loan. The bank may adjust the interest rate at any time by referring to the foreign exchange business credit rate established by the Foreign Exchange Transaction Center or the Bank’s increasing borrowing costs of foreign exchange rates.

 

When the Appointer defaults on paying off the principal, the Appointer shall pay the delay interest according to the interest rate of the due date of the general foreign exchange credit as informed by the Bank or the base

 



 

interest rate of New Taiwan dollar of the Bank adding 3.95%, whichever is higher. When the Appointer defaults on paying off the principal and its interest within six months , ten percent delay interest is required. When the Appointer defaults on paying off the principal and its interest beyond six months,  delay interest and the penalty of twenty percent of the delay interest is required.

 

The contracting parties shall be jointly and severally responsible for the necessary expenses arising from respective claim of enforcement of debts under the Agreement by the Bank.

 

Article 7: The handling charges shall be based on the rate as stipulated by the Bank if the Bank agrees to issue respective L/C under the Agreement.

 

Article 8: The Appointer shall pay off the principle and its interest for each loan or advance payment on the due date in New Taiwan dollars calculated by the exchange rate as designated by the Bank, or by the agreed exchange rate as set forth in the Pre Purchased Forward Foreign Exchange Contract signed by and between the Appointer and the Bank, or by the original foreign currency.  If the Appointer does not perform its obligation on the due date, the Appointer shall bear the risks of there being exchange rate variation between foreign currency of the loan or advance payment and New Taiwan dollar.

 

When the Appointer does not pay off the advance payment or loan according to the agreed term and the method, the Bank may convert the principal and the relevant fees into New Taiwan dollar based on the selling foreign exchange rate published by the Bank on the conversion date, and the Appointer shall have no objection on the said conversion date, the amount of exchange rate etc., but the Bank shall bear no obligation of conversion.

 

Article 9: If the Appointer makes the payment for the imported goods by payment methods other than L/C, including D/A, D/P, O/A, T/T or other methods, after the approval of the Bank, the Appointer may submit an appropriation application and the relevant transaction documents to get the loan in the credit line according to the percentage of the amount of the transaction document as agreed by the Bank. The longest term of each loan shall not exceed          day.

 

Article 10: For advance payment made by the Bank under respective L/C, the Appointer may submit appropriation applications , drafts or other supporting documents for the claims to apply for short term loan in New Taiwan dollar and commission the Bank to set off the debts with such loan. The Agreement can be used as the proof for the loan and there is no need to sign additional contracts.  The Appointer is willing to comply with the following terms:

 

(1) The longest term of each loan is 240 days.

 

(2) The loan shall be made even though the date of loan is after the term when the Bank may appropriate loan under the Agreement and/or after the expiration date of L/C.

 

(3) The interest shall be calculated based on the interest rate recorded on an appropriation application or the annual fixed deposit rate index adding annual rate of 1.09% (at present, the annual interest rate being 2.00%), which may be adjusted simultaneously according to the variation of the annual fixed deposit interest rate index.

 

(4) If the Appointer does not perform its obligation on the due date,  the Bank may convert the loan into other currency at the then exchange rate as designated by the Bank.

 

(5) The Appointer hereby authorizes the Bank to automatically transfer the deposit from the account opened by the Appointer at the Bank with the account number 1126-940-001286 for the purpose of paying off the loan and its related expenses (including principal, interest, liquidated damages, fees, insurance premiums, the fees of the enforcement of the claims and attorney fees, etc.), using automatic bank transfer or by the Bank from any of the persons entitled to sign the deposit withdrawal certificate, without the Appointer’s bank book, withdrawal slip or check. Such procedure shall be processed in accordance with the regulations of the Bank. Before all the debts are paid off, the Appointer shall not cancel such authorization the said deposit account or otherwise prevent the Bank from withdrawing funds from the said deposit account for the said purposes without the Bank’s approval and the Agreement shall serve as a proof of the authorization.

 



 

Article 11: The illustration of pricing of the base interest rate and the fixed interest rate index:

 

I. Base Interest Rate

 

1. Pricing Basis: base interest rate = the arithmetic average of the overnight call rate of the financial industry in the recent three months + a certain percentage, “ the arithmetic average of the overnight rate of the financial industry in the recent three months”  should be calculated based on the arithmetic average of the overnight call rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center”,  “a certain percentage” should be set by reference to capital costs, operating costs, and interest rate risks and other factors of the Bank, which the Bank may review and adjust as the market changes.

 

2. Rate sampling: based on the arithmetic average of the overnight call rate of the financial industry announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center’ for the three full months before the date of adjustment (rounded to take to the second decimal).

 

3. Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (1) Base interest rate is regularly adjusted once every three months and the adjustment dates are 3 / 23, 6 / 23, 9 / 23, 12/23 every year (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date).

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

 

Adjustment Date

 

3/23

 

6/23

 

9/23

 

12/23

 

 

ApplicablePeriod

 

3/23-6/22

 

6/23-9/22

 

9/23-12/22

 

12/23-3/22

 

 

Sampling Date

 

12/1-2/29

 

3/1-5/31

 

6/1-8/31

 

9/1-11/30

 

 

o (2) Base interest rate is regularly adjusted once each month, and the adjustment date is 23th every month (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date).

 

4. In case of significant force majeure factors (for example sampling organization being merged, eliminated or unable to provide overnight call rate of the financial industry etc.), the Bank has the right to change the pricing basis of the base interest rate.

 

II Fixed Deposit Interest Rate Index

 

1. Pricing Basis: fixed deposit interest rate index is set based on the average of the “  fixed deposit rate of one-year regular savings” of the sample reference banks ( which shall be based on the Bank website announcement when appropriating the fund ) selected from the Bank of Taiwan, Zhanghua Bank, Hua Nan Bank, First Commercial Bank,  Taiwan Cooperative Bank, Land Bank, Mega International Commercial Bank, Cathay United Bank, Taiwan Small and Medium-sized Enterprise Bank and Chinese Trust Commercial Bank and other well-known banks

 

2. Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (1) Fixed deposit rate index is adjusted once every three months.The adjustment dates are 2 / 21, 5 / 21, 8 / 21 and 11/21 every year(as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date) and sampling dates for the adjustment from the 11 th  date to 17 th  date of the same month for average interest rate as a basis, the time is based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

 

Adjustment Date

 

2/21

 

5/21

 

8/21

 

11/21

 

Applicable Period

 

2/21-5/20

 

5/21-8/20

 

8/21-11/20

 

11/21-2/20

 

Sampling Date

 

2/11-2/17

 

5/11-5/17

 

8/11-8/17

 

11/11-11/17

 

x (2) Fixed deposit rate index is adjusted once every month. The adjustment dates are 21st every month (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date)sampling date for adjustment from the twenty first date of a month to the twentieth date of a next month for average interest rate as a basis, and the time is based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 



 

3. In case of one of the following circumstances, the contracting parties agree that the Bank may change the full set of sample reference banks of the fixed deposit rate index, and replace them with other domestic banks.

 

(1) When the sample reference banks have merged, are merged, eliminated, closure, bankruptcy, reorganization or has one of the circumstances of having been ordered to suspend business, being regulatory, and being taken over, according to Article 62 of the Banking Act. There are banks among the sample reference banks which merge or are merged, eliminated, closed, bankrupted or are ordered to closed, regulated or taken over under Article 62 o the Banking Act.

 

(2)  There are banks among the sample reference banks which stop selling products of one-year regular savings with fixed deposit rates.

 

III.                               Method of Announcement: the adjusted base rate and fixed deposit rate index will be published on the boards of “ deposit/loan rate table “ of various branches of the Bank and the Bank website (www.esunbank.com.tw).

 

Article 12: When the Bank accepts and effects payment after examining the drafts and other supporting documents issued under the L/C and concluding they are consistent with L/C on the surface, the Appointer should pay off the advance payment on the due date.  Even if the said draft documents were proved to be incorrect,  forged, altered or have other defects (including the quality or quantity of goods not matching with the documents), the Appointer shall not, for any reason, refuse to pay it off.

 

Article 13: If the Bank suffers any loss from the Appointer’s failure to timely make customs declaration and clearance after the respective L/C shipping documents have been delivered, after the Bank notifies the Appointer within reasonable time, all the advance payment by the Bank is deemed mature. And the Bank may claim the amount in New Taiwan dollar calculated in accordance with the exchange rate as of the maturity date, or for the purpose of securing the claim, apply for the customs declaration and clearance with the Customs and then auction or at will dispose of (including the dispose method, the price and the time etc.) the goods imported to satisfy all debts, expenses and losses incurred due to the disposition of the goods (including the duties and transportation fees incurred from the customs declaration and clearance) owing to the bank. The contracting parties to the Agreement shall be jointly and severally liable for any shortfall. (This clause is individually negotiated).

 

Article 14: If the Appointer imports goods by collection, the Appointer may apply for delivery against letter of guarantee or endorsement on the countersigned bill of lading with the consent of the Bank and within the agreed specified amount. Affidavits (exclusive for delivery against letter of guarantee or endorsement on the countersigned bill of lading under collection arrangements) and any relevant deeds or documents requested by the Bank shall be submitted for each withdrawal. The contracting parties to the Agreement shall, pursuant to the terms and conditions of each affidavit, deed or document, be liable to the Bank for its damages incurred until the Appointer makes payment for the fees specified in the overseas documents sent to the Bank.

 

Article 15: In the event that there is any inconsistency between the shipping documents and the L/C in the Appointer’s application or the letter of guarantee or endorsement on the countersigned bill of lading under the collection arrangement issued by the Bank regarding the goods, specifications, individual prices, total amount or the clearance conditions, the Appointer agrees to be responsible for any outstanding balance, to accept the negotiable instrument, to make payment and comply with other procedures according to the terms and conditions set forth in the shipping documents sent to the Bank. The contracting parties to the Agreement shall be responsible for any loss born by the Bank arising from the inconsistency in the documents signed by the Bank and the documents sent to the Bank. The affidavit for delivery against letter of guarantee or endorsement on the countersigned bill of lading is incorporated into the Agreement as an attachment, and the contracting parties to the Agreement shall comply with such Affidavit accordingly.

 

Article 16: The Appointer agrees to provide the shipping documents, goods procured and other collaterals for the creation of pledge in favor of the Bank to secure advance payment owing to the Bank under the respective L/C, and the Agreement is the evidence for such creation of pledge. The Appointer agrees that from the date of opening the L/C until the arrival of the goods procured, the Bank has the pledge over all relevant shipping documents for the goods procured (e.g. import permits and the relevant bills of lading). The Bank also has the pledge over the goods procured from the arrival of such goods.

 



 

Article 17: Upon the Bank’s request, the Appointer agrees to obtain prior consent from the Bank regarding the categories and conditions of the insurance for the goods listed in the respective L/C. In the event that the goods are imported under FOB, FAS or C&F, the Bank shall be the priority beneficiary insured in full. The original copy of the insurance documents and the duplicate copy of the receipts of the insurance premium shall be retained by the Bank. The Bank may notify the Appointer to procure additional insurance when it deems necessary and the expenses incurred by such additional insurance shall be borne by the Appointer. The Bank is without obligation but has the right to manage the insurance on behalf of the Appointer should the Appointer delay in doing so or fail to renew the insurance upon its expiration. The Appointer shall duly repay the Bank immediately for any insurance premium advance by the Bank. Should there be any delay of repayment, the contracting parties to the Agreement shall pay the interests accrued according to clause 6 of the Agreement.

 

Article 18: The Bank is not responsible for any unsuccessful negotiation with the foreign negotiating bank, where the negotiation is requested by the Appointer when the Appointer refuses to accept the flaw indicated on the arrival notice of the shipping document for the respective L/C. The Appointer shall still pay off the principal and interests of the advance payment by the Bank and any other expenses so incurred in accordance with the Agreement. The contracting parties to the Agreement shall be jointly and severally liable for any damage of the Bank.

 

Article 19: The Bank shall not be held liable and the Appointer shall make full payment according to the L/C, should there be any loss or damage arising from any of the following: (i) the delivery error, delay or error in interpretation of the L/C; (ii) loss of the whole or part of the goods listed on the bill, delay or failure of arrival at the agreed venue of the bill; (iii) losses caused by failure to insure or under-insured of the goods during the transportation or after the delivery of the goods; (iv) the detainment or hinder of the goods by any third party during the transportation or after the delivery of the goods; or (v) any other factors and situations.

 

Article 20: The contracting parties to the Agreement shall bear liabilities relating to the following matters concerning the goods procured under the respective L/C: (i) the L/C beneficiary’s or the seller’s non-performance of the contract, delay or defective delivery, (ii) any other force majeure incident that leads to damage; and (iii) the insurance company refuses to honor the claim,  makes insufficient claim payment or delay the payment of the claim of the goods procured under respective L/C. When the L/C is overdue for three weeks, the Bank may directly write-off the L/C and use the amount of returned remittance to set off the advance payment under the Agreement.

 

Article 21: The relevant terms and conditions of the Agreement are applicable to the L/C financing where the Bank opens for triangular trade at the request of the Appointer.

 

Article 22: If the terms of the Agreement relating to operations, responsibilities and duties are inadequate in any way, the contracting parties to the Agreement shall, in addition to fully comply with the terms of the Agreement and any other special arrangements under contracts separately entered into, be bound by the latest enacted and promulgated “Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (the ‘UCP’)” of the International Chamber of Commerce and other relevant clauses based on the interpretation on terms of trade of the international trade regulations (the “Regulations”). The UCP and Regulations are deemed a part of the Agreement.

 

In the event of any change or amendment of the UCP or Regulations, the Bank may make corresponding changes or amendment to or termination of the Agreement regarding the actual situation and in line with the changed or otherwise amended UCP and Regulations, and the contracting parties to the Agreement shall not raise any objection.

 

Article 23: The Guarantor shall be jointly and severally liable for the principal, interest, delay interest, penalty, damages and other secondary claims to matters for which the Appointer is liable under the Agreement. The Guarantor shall not withdraw from its obligations as a guarantor. Failure of the Guarantor to sign on the Appointer’s L/C application or the disbursement application by the Guarantor may not be used as an excuse by the Guarantor to refuse to perform its responsibilities.

 

Article 24: The Appointer hereby authorizes the Bank to automatically transfer deposit from the account opened by the Appointer at the Bank with account number 1126-940-001286 for the purpose of pay off the

 



 

loan and its related expenses (including principal, interest, liquidated damages, fees, insurance premiums, the fees for enforcement of the claims and attorney fees, etc.), using automatic bank transfer or by the Bank from any of the persons entitled to sign the deposit withdrawal certificates, without the Appointer’s bank book, withdrawal slip or check. Such procedures shall be processed in accordance with the regulations of the Bank. Before all the debts are paid off, the Appointer shall not cancel such authorization, settle the said deposit account or otherwise prevent the Bank from withdrawing funds from the said deposit account for the said purposes without the Bank’s approval and the Agreement shall serve as a proof of the authorization.

 

Article 25: The venue of execution of the Agreement is the Hsinchu branch of E. Sun Bank. Except where otherwise agreed, the Agreement is governed by the laws of the Republic of China.

 

Article 26: Both parties agree that any litigation involving the Agreement should refer to the Financing Agreement stipulated by Taiwan Taipei District Court or Taiwan Hsinchu District Court. The terms and conditions of the said Financing Agreement shall be deemed as a part of the Agreement.

 



 

To: E. Sun Bank

 

The contracting parties to the Agreement hereby agree and sign the Agreement and declare their thorough understanding of the contents of the Agreement after reviewing within a reasonable time period.

 

The Appointer: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd.

(Original stamp)

Representative: Trung Doan

Address: 3-4F, No. 11 Ke Jumg Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350 Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Guarantor:

(Original stamp)

Address:

 

Guarantor:

(Original stamp)

Address:

 

Guarantor:

(Original stamp)

Address:

 

Guarantor:

(Original stamp)

Address:

 

Guarantor:

(Original stamp)

Address:

 

Date:

 



 

Credit Facility No.

 

Stamp :                       Handled by:                               Cross Reference:                          

 



 

Power of Attorney

 

The Appointers jointly issue and deliver to the Bank a promissory note in the amount of 5 million US dollars, as collateral of its debts, as deemed necessary in accordance with a fact, authorize the Bank or an agent, an employee of the Bank to fill in the due date, the rate, the payment of place, and other items to effectively enforce the right of a promissory note, the Appointer may not withdraw or limit this authorization without a written consent of the Bank.

 

To: E Sun Bank

 

Appointer: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Representative: Trung Doan

 

Appointer:

 

Appointer:

 

Appointer:

 

Date                         Month                     Year of R.O.C

 

Credit Facility No.:

 

Approval Code:

 

 

 

Stamp:

 

Handled by:

 

Cross Reference:

 



 

Promissory Note

 

Pay to the order of E.Sun Bank or its designator $5,000,000 without conditions

 

1. The interest is paid monthly from the date of the promissory note, calculated by     % o fixed o variable (current annual rate being     %). If the interest rate is variable, the above-mentioned interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with          interest rate. Where it is overdue to pay interest within six months, the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent.

 

2. This promissory note is exempted from making a refusal certificate, and is exempted from the obligation of notice under Article 89 of Negotiable Instrument Act.

 

3. Place of payment: No 34, Minzu Road, Xinzhu City

 

Issuer: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 



 

Representative : Trung Doan

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Date                         Month                     Year of R.O.C

 

Credit Facility No.:

 

Approval Code:

 

 

 

Stamp:

 

Handled by:

 

Cross Reference:

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this fist day of December, 2006 (“Effective Date”), by and between SEMI-PHOTONICS CO., LTD., a Taiwan company having offices at 7F, No.13, Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao-Li County, Taiwan, the Republic of China (“R.O.C.”) (the “Lessee”), and LUXXON TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION, a Taiwan company having offices at 12-5, Dungshr, 2 Lin, Dungming Tsuen, Shinwu Shiang, 327, Taoyuan County, Taiwan, R.O.C. (the “ Lessor”).  The Lessee and the Lessor are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

WHEREAS , the Lessor and Maxedge Electronics Corp. (the “Landlord”) entered into the lease agreement dated January 1, 2006 for the lease of the Leased Premise as defined below;

 

WHEREAS , the Lessor and the Lessee have entered into the assets purchase agreement as of the date hereof (the “Assets Purchase Agreement”), under which the Lessor agrees to sell certain assets to the Lessee, and the Lessee agrees to purchase from the Lessor the said assets; and

 

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement whereby the Lessee agrees to lease from the Lessor certain Leased Premise and Leased Facilities (as defined below).

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1   -   LEASED OBJECT

 

1.1            The Lessee agrees to lease from the Lessor and the Lessor agrees to lease to the Lessee (“Lease”) the premise outlined and described in Schedule A (the “Leased Premise”) attached hereto and incorporated herein for the Lessee to use as an office and factory (“Permitted Use”) and the facilities described in Schedule B (the “Leased Facilities”) attached hereto and incorporated herein.  The Leased Premise shall be deemed to include eight (8) parking places under the basement B1 of the building in which the Leased Premise is located without subject to any charge or fee to the Lessee or its Personnel (the “Parking Places”).

 

1.2            Upon request by the Lessee, the Lessor shall deliver a written statement executed by the Landlord expressing its understanding and consent to the Lease under this Agreement in the form satisfactory to the Lessee (the “Statement”).

 

ARTICLE 2   -   TERM OF LEASE

 

2.1            The Lease shall commence on the Effective Date and will remain in full force and effect for a period of ten (10) years, until November 30, 2016, when the Lease Agreement is expired (the “Lease Term”).

 

1



 

2.2            After the Lease Term, provided that no Event of Default (as defined in Article 14.2) has occurred and is then uncured accordingly, the Lessee shall have the right to extend the Lease Term for up to three (3) additional two (2) year periods (each, an “Option Term”) by delivering to the Lessor written notice not less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Lease Term, expressing its intent to renew the Lease. The Lease and the extended Lease shall be hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Lease.”

 

2.3            After expiration of the foregoing Option Term (the “Extended Lease Term”), the Lease shall be automatically terminated without any notice or consent by either Party or both Parties, and the Parties, if desired, shall enter into a written agreement for the subsequent use or lease of the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities.  Any utility, possession, occupancy or management of the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities after the Extended Lease Term shall be deemed as unauthorized use and shall in no event apply to the Article 451 of the Civil Law of Taiwan, R.O.C., whether the Lessor expresses its objection or not.

 

2.4            The Lease during the Extended Lease Term shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except that the rental rate during the Extended Lease Term shall be agreed upon by the Lessee and the Lessor; provided, however , that the commencing Rental of the Extended Lease Term shall increase by fifteen (15) percent, and thereafter the rental rate shall reflect the increase by fifteen (15) percent every two years during the Extended Lease Term.

 

ARTICLE 3   -   OWNERSHIP.

 

The Leased Facilities (including its Modifications, as defined below) and other facilities, equipments, materials, movable fittings, assets and properties as placed by the Lessor in or around the building where the Leased Premise locates (“Building”) or otherwise designated as belong to the Lessor are, and shall at all times remain, the property of the Lessor, notwithstanding that any part of it may now be, or may become, in any manner attached to, or embedded in, or permanently resting on, any real property, any Lessee Properties (as defined below) or any Building on real property, or attached in any manner to what is permanent as by means of cement, plaster, nails, bolts, screws, or otherwise (the “Lessor Properties”).  The Lessee shall keep the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities and Lessor Properties (including their Modifications) free and clear of, and shall not make or permit, any pledge, hypothecation, levy, lien(statutory or other) or preference, mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, charge, claim, security interest or other restriction or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever to attach or exist against either of them, and shall not commit any waste.  Except for the rights expressly provided herein, the Lessee shall in no event have or at any time acquire any right, title or equity in the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities and Lessor Properties. Except as otherwise agreed by the parties or according to the law, Lessee shall not be liable whatsoever for any of the Lessor Properties located within or about the Leased Premise that is not being leased by the Lessee.

 

ARTICLE 4   -   RENTAL AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

 

4.1            During the Lease Term, the total rental and charges (excluding the Operating Expenses as defined in the Article 7) for the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities

 

2



 

(“Rental”) are as follows:

 

(i)  Dec 1 st , 2006 –Nov 30th, 2008: NT$1,000,000 per month;

(ii)  Dec 1 st , 2008 –Nov 30th, 2010: NT$1,200,000 per month;

(iii)  Dec 1 st , 2010 –Nov 30th, 2012: NT$1,440,000 per month; and

(iv)  Thereafter, the rental rate will periodically increase by fifteen (15) percent every two years until the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

4.2            The five percent (5%) or such other rate of value-added tax (VAT) for the Rental will be borne by the Lessee.  The Lessee shall pay to the Lessor the Rental plus such VAT on the 10th day of each calendar month during the Lease Term and/or the Extended Lease Term.  without demand and without abatement, reduction, set-off or deduction of any tax.

 

4.3            A deposit equivalent to the then current three (3)-month Rental (the “Deposit”) shall be given by the Lessee to the Lessor as a security deposit immediately upon execution of this Agreement.  On the 10th day of the first month of each year when the Rental is adjusted pursuant to the Article 4.1 and Article 2.4, the Lessee shall make up and deliver to the Lessor the deficiency for such Deposit in the light of the increase of the Rental accordingly.

 

4.4            This Deposit after deducting all the Rentals, Operating Expenses, charges, damages and other fees as payable or due to the Lessor, arising from this Agreement or with respect to the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities will be refunded within thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of the Agreement (except for event provided in the Article 11 hereof).

 

4.5            All payments of Rental shall be made in New Taiwan dollars by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Lessor or such other method as agreed by the Parties.  The Lessee will bear the banking handling charges and wire/mail fees arising from the manner it pays to the Lessor.  No payment by the Lessee or receipt by the Lessor of Rental hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rental shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and the Lessor may accept such check as payment without prejudice to the Lessor’s right to recover the balance of such payment or pursue any other remedies available to the Lessor.

 

4.6            The Lessee agrees and acknowledges that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Lessor shall have no obligation to provide any allowances or grant any rental abatement during either the Lease Term or the Extended Lease Term, and there will be no period of rent-free occupancy at the commencement of any Lease Term or Extended Lease Term. The Lessee specifically agrees that any damage, loss, or disposition of or its idleness or purchase of the Leased Facilities in any manner will not constitute nor construe an abatement, reduction, set-off or deduction to the amount of Rental, Operating Expenses and other amounts payable according to this Agreement, unless is otherwise agreed in writing by the Lessor.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 5   -   USE OF LEASED PREMISE & LEASED FACILITIES.

 

5.1            The Lessee will be entitled to the right of the use and occupancy of the Leased Premise during the Lease Term; provided that the Lessee shall use its best degree of care to use and possess the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care.

 

5.2            The Leased Premise shall be used by the Lessee for the Permitted Use only and for no other purpose.  The Leased Premise and Leased Facilities shall not be used for any illegal purposes.  The Lessee shall not move, use or relocate the Leased Facilities, or any component thereof, from the Leased Premise and shall use its best effort not to cause any out of the ordinary vibration, noise, odor, light or other effect to occur within or around the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities that could reasonably constitute a nuisance or trespass for the Lessor, Landlord or any occupant of the Building or an adjoining building, its customers, agents, or invitees.  Upon notice by the Lessor, the Lessee shall promptly take best effort to remove or cure all such acts, provided that they are caused, induced or committed by the  Lessee.

 

5.3            Any improvement, remodeling, refurbishment, alteration, renovation, addition, change, decoration and/or partition to or in the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities, Buildling or Common Area, together with any and all fixtures, appurtenances, substitutions or replacements therefore or thereof (collectively, “Modifications”) in any manner, whether interior or exterior, and for any reason shall be upon prior written consent by the Lessor, save to the extent of the minor improvement, renovation, addition or modification to the Leased Premise and/or the Leased Facilities provided that such modification shall be made upon prior written notice received by the Lessor and shall, whether individually or in the aggregate, be less than US$25,000. Any and all the Modifications as from time to time added, constructed or made shall remain the property of the Lessor or the Landlord, as the case may be, and each Leased Premise and Leased Facilities referred herein shall also include all the Modifications if any.  Lessee may make any Lease Modification to the Leased Premise, at its own cost and expense and risk, after obtaining written consent by the Lessor; provided, however , that in no event shall the safety of the structure or pathway of the Building, Leased Premise or Common Area be affected.  If the approval of a competent authority is required under the applicable laws, ordinance, regulation or otherwise, the Lessee shall obtain such approval in advance and deliver to the Lessor any official certificate or document evidencing such approval.  The Lessor will provide all necessary assistance in filing such application in case the Lessor agrees with such Modifications.

 

5.4            Other than the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities and Modifications (if any), the facilities, equipments, materials, merchandises, movable fittings and other personal properties owned, placed and provided by the Lessee within the Leased Premise (the “Lessee Properties”) shall remain the properties of Lessee and shall be and remain at the Lessee’s sole risk.

 

5.5            No sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted, affixed, or displayed on the windows or exterior walls of the Leased Premise, Building or on any Common Area, except in such places, numbers, sizes, colors and styles as are approved in advance in writing by the Lessor, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, and which conform to all applicable laws, ordinances or covenants affecting the Leased Premise, Building or on any Common Area.  Any

 

4



 

and all signs installed or constructed by or on behalf of the Lessee pursuant hereto shall be installed, maintained and removed by the Lessee at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense.  The Lessee shall, if possible, to label the Leased Facilities with the “Luxxon’s Property” or the similarity and maintain such label during and after the Lease Term, upon request by the Lessor.  The Lessee shall be entitled to install one monument sign located at or near the gate entrance of the Building or the exterior walls of the Lease Premise at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense.  In addition to its corporate name, the Lessee shall have the right to use its font and logo on any such sign.

 

5.6            The Lessee shall promptly comply, at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense, and shall not in any way violate, any present and future law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation or requirement or other restrictive covenant affecting the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities, and shall not in any manner use either of all or any part of the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities so as to cause cancellation of, prevent the use of, or increase the rate of, the fire and extended coverage insurance policy required hereunder, throughout the Lease Term and the Extended Lease Term.  The Lessor makes no (and does hereby expressly disclaim any) covenant, representation or warranty as to the Permitted Use being allowed by or being in compliance with any applicable laws, rules, ordinances or restrictive covenants now or hereafter affecting the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities.  The Lessee hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Lessee shall conduct and rely solely on its own due diligence and investigation with respect to the compliance of the Permitted Use on the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities with all such applicable laws, rules, ordinances and restrictive covenants.

 

ARTICLE 6   -   MAINTENANCE; OBLIGATIONS

 

6.1            Unless is due to or as a result of any willful conduct or negligence by the Lessee or any of its officer, employee, consultant, worker, agent, contractor, guest or invitee (collectively, the “Personnel”), the Lessor, at its sole cost and expense, will be responsible for the following:

 

6.1.1.  Structural maintenance of the Building, Building foundations and exterior walls; and

 

6.1.2.  Outside area maintenance, including outside landscaping, parking places, drive aisles to such parking places, roof maintenance and repair; and all other structural aspects of the Leased Premise.

 

6.2            If applicable, the Lessee shall give the Lessor written notice of the need for any maintenance or repair for which the Lessor is responsible according to this Article 6.1, after which the Lessor shall have a reasonable opportunity to perform the maintenance or make the repair but in no event more than thirty (30) business days.  In the event of emergency, and upon notice, written or otherwise, the Lessor shall perform the repair within twenty-four (24) hours after the Lessor’s receipt of such notice.  If, within such time periods, the Lessor fails to perform any maintenance or make any repairs for which the Lessor is responsible under this Article 6.1, the Lessee shall have the right to perform such maintenance or make such repairs, at the Lessor’s expense on a reasonable and necessary basis.  The Lessor shall reimburse the Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from the Lessee for such actual and

 

5



 

reasonable expenses incurred by the Lessee in performing such necessary maintenance or making such repair, plus interest thereon at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum (the “Interest Rate”) thirty(30) days after the delivery of invoices to Lessee to the date paid, and if the Lessor fails to do so, the Lessee shall have the right to deduct such expenses from the next installment(s) of the Rental coming due hereunder.

 

6.3            Intentionally deleted.

 

6.4            Unless is due to or as a result of any willful conduct or negligence by the Lessor or its Personnel, the Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for the following:

 

6.4.1.  Maintenance of the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities in good condition, repair and working order, including normal maintenance;

 

6.4.2.  All water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, refuse disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities;

 

6.4.3.  Repair, recovery, reparation and indemnity of any damage or loss to the Leased Premise caused by the Lessee or any of its Personnel, other than ordinary wear and tear;

 

6.4.4.  Repair, recovery, reparation and indemnity of any damage or loss to the Leased Facilities or their components, in whole or in part caused by the Lessee or any of its Personnel, at least on a basis consistent with the operation and maintenance of properties or equipment comparable in type and function to such Leased Facilities with due care and in compliance with standard industry practice; and

 

6.4.5.  Repair, recovery, reparation and indemnity to the structural maintenance or outside area maintenance set forth in the Article 6.1.1 and 6.1.2., in whole or in part, ordinary or extraordinary, in the event that the cause of destruction, damage, loss, or wear and tear (except for normal wear and tear) is caused by the willful conduct or negligence of the Lessee or any of its Personnel.

 

6.5            If the Lessee desires to make any Modification to the Leased Facilities or to other facilities in the Leased Premised, the Lessee shall make such request to the Lessor by submitting written plan(s) for approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Only after the Lessor releases written approval, can construction work by the Lessee begin in accordance with the foregoing approval and the Lessee shall in no event damage, impair or affect the main structure and the facilities of the Leased Premise.  The Lessee shall bear all the costs and fees and take all the risks and full liabilities arising from or in connection with any of such Modification or change.

 

6.6            The Lessee agrees and acknowledges that the Lessor shall have no obligation to construct or install any improvements, and under no circumstances shall the Lessor be required to build any improvements on any Leased Facilities, make any repairs, replacements, alterations or renewals of any nature or description to such Leased Facilities, make any expenditure whatsoever in connection with the Leased Facilities or maintain any Leased Facilities in any way.  The Lessor shall not be required to maintain, repair or rebuild all or any part of any Leased Facilities, and the Lessee waives the right to (i) require the Lessor to maintain, repair, or rebuild all or any part

 

6



 

of any Leased Facilities (unless such repairs are needed to cure damage to a Leased Facilities caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lessor), or (ii) make repairs at the expense of the Lessor pursuant to any legal requirement, insurance requirement, contract, agreement, covenants, condition or restriction at any time in effect.

 

6.7            If any component of the Leased Facilities becomes worn out, lost, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or otherwise permanently rendered unfit for use, and unless such is due to or as a result of any willful conduct or negligence by the Lessor or its personnel, the Lessee, at its own expense, will within a reasonable time replace such component with a replacement component which is free and clear of all liens, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance and other restrictions and has a value, utility and useful life at least equal to the component replaced. All components which are added to the Leased Facilities shall immediately become the property of, and title thereto shall vest in, the Lessor, and shall be deemed incorporated in such Leased Facilities and subject to the terms of this Lease as if originally leased hereunder.

 

6.8            In the event that the Lessee fails to perform any of the duties and liabilities provided in this Article 6 within twenty-four (24) hours in the event of an emergency that substantially affects the normal operation by the entities or persons or the safety of the structure or pathway around the Building, Leased Premise or Common Area, or thirty (30) days in all other cases, the Lessor shall have the right to perform such works, at the Lesseer’s sole expense.  The Lessee shall reimburse the Lessor within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from the Lessor for all such expenses incurred or payable by the Lessor, plus Interest Rate thirty days after the delivery of invoices to Lessee to the date paid, and if the Lessee fails to do so, the Lessor shall have the right to deduct and obtain such expenses directly from the Deposit, without any notice to or consent by the Lessee.

 

6.9            Moreover, upon reasonable advance notice, the Lessor shall have the right to inspect the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities and all maintenance records with respect thereto at any reasonable time during normal business hours with the accompany of Lessee’s designated Personnel but shall not materially disrupt the business of the Lessee.

 

6.10          Unless otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement, any damage, loss, or destruction to the Leased Facilities, in whole or in part caused by the Lessee or any its Personnel shall not constitute, or grant the Lessee any right to, terminate or cancel the Agreement in any manner, or abate, reduce or impact the Rental, Operating Expenses or other fees payable by the Lessee, by contract, operation of law, in equity or otherwise.

 

6.11          Any and all the costs, expenses or charges assessed against or attributed to the Lessee Properties or articles entered, placed, occupied or operated by the Lessee or any of its Personnel in or around the Leased Premise, the Leased Facilities, Building or Common Area, for repair or maintenance or otherwise, shall be solely borne by the Lessee.

 

ARTICLE 7   -   DISTRIBUTION OF EXPENSES

 

7.1            Except for the house tax and land value of the Leased Premise to be borne by the

 

7



 

Landlord, the Lessee shall pay and be liable for any and all the taxes (e.g. VAT, rental, use, inventory and sales tax or other similar taxes), duties, levies, tariffs, and assessments, if any, arising from or incurred by amounts payable by the Lessee hereunder, or the operation or business in the Leased Premise and/or the Leased Facilities, whether levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other governmental authority, including without limitation to the VAT imposed on the Rental, Operating Expenses and other amount payable herein(“Tax”). Payments of the Tax shall be in addition to all other payments required to be paid to the Lessor by the Lessee under the terms of this Lease, and shall be made by the Lessee directly to such governmental body if billed to the Lessee, or if billed to the Lessor, such payment shall be paid concurrently with the payment of the Rental, Operating Expenses, or such other amount upon which the Tax is based, all as set forth herein.

 

7.2            In addition to the Rental and Tax, the Lessee agrees to pay the following operating expenses (the “Operating Expenses”):

 

7.2.1.  The electricity and water consumption and the private air-conditioning consumption by the Lessee shall be paid by the Lessee according to the readings on the respective electricity and water meter set up by the Landlord or the Lessor.

 

7.2.2.  Forty Thousand NTs (NT$ 40,000) per month during the initial two (2) years, with five percent (5%) increase every two-year period, to cover all of the expenses, charges and fees involved in the operation, cleanness, repair and maintenance as necessary to keep the Common Areas (other than the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities and Lessee Properties) used by the Lessee in good order, condition and repair, including but not limited to: (i) the two elevators used by the Lessee close to the Leased Premise; (ii) security services, expenses associated with the driveways and parking areas, security systems; (iii) restrooms; and (iv) the water supply, electricity, garbage and public air-conditioning for the public facilities. Other than the monthly rental amount, VAT, and the amount set forth above in this paragraph, neither Lessee nor its Personnel shall be responsible for any other fees or charges to the Lessor relating to the operation and use of the Common Areas and Parking Places unless is due to or as a result of any willful conduct or negligence by the Lessee or its Personnel.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Lessor or its Personnel shall not be responsible for any fees or charges to the Lessee relating to the operation and use of the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities or Lessee’s Properties.

 

7.3            Any amounts required to be paid by the Lessee under Article 7.2 and any charges or expenses incurred by the Lessor on behalf of the Lessee under the terms of this Lease shall be payable in the same manner and upon the same terms and conditions as provided for the Rental hereunder.  Any failure on the part of the Lessee to pay shall become due and shall entitle the Lessor to the remedies available to it for non-payment of Rental.

 

7.4            The Lessee may set up and maintain, in its sole discretion and at its own cost and expense, all the equipments and systems for communication, telephone, fax, internet, entrance guard and any other utility or service used or consumed in or servicing the Leased Premise or the Leased Facilities and in the care, management and use  thereof.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 8   -   FORCE MAJEURE

 

The Lessor and Lessee shall not be responsible for any failure to perform or delay in performance of any of its obligations in whole or in part under this Agreement due to causes beyond its reasonable control and that is unforeseen or, if foreseen, unavoidable, and that arises after the effective date of this Agreement.  Those causes shall include without limitation storm, fire, flood, earthquake, lightning, typhoon and other natural disasters, power failure, explosion, strike and other labor disputes, acts of public enemy, war, rebellion, insurrection, riot, epidemic, quarantine restrictions, transportation embargoes, acts of God, acts of any government or agencies thereof, governmental requirements and regulations and restrictions imposed by law, or judicial action.  If such cause applies, the Lessor or Lessee shall inform the other Party immediately in writing giving full details and use reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such cause of non-performance and to minimize the losses arising from such Force Majeure.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, in no event will the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure excuse the Lessee from its obligations to pay to the Lessor any sums due hereunder save to the extent of the event provided in the Article 10.4 of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 9   -   DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF LEASED PREMISE

 

The Leased Premise and Leased Facilities are delivered to the Lessee on the Effective Date, and the Lease shall commence on the Effective Date, whether or not the Lessee enters into or operates the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities.

 

ARTICLE 10   -   DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

10.1          During the Lease Term and the Extended Lease Term, the Lessee shall take good care to use the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities.  If the Leased Premise or any Leased Facilities, or any part thereof, is lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed due to the Lessee or any of its Personnel’s conduct, the Lessee shall repair, restore and be liable for such loss, damage, destruction and/or other liability.  This Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Leasee’s obligation to pay to the Lessor any sums due hereunder shall remain.

 

10.2          Intentionally deleted.

 

10.3          If the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities, or any part thereof, is damaged by fire, casualty or otherwise so long as not due to or arising from act of the Lessee or any of its Personnel during the Lease Term, the Lessor shall repair or cause other to repair such damage and restore the Leased Premises or Leased Facilities to substantially the same condition in which the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities existed before the occurrence of such fire or other casualty and this Lease shall, subject to this Article 10, remain in full force and effect except that the Lessee shall be entitled to a reduction in Rental based upon the proportion of the unusable area (as determined by the Lessee) that the area of the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities rendered unusable by such damage bears to the total area of the Leased Premise. The Lessee shall, at the Lessee’s sole cost and expense, repair and replace all such movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and personal property.

 

9



 

10.4          If the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities in whole or in part is damaged by fire or other casualty not due to or arising from act of the Lessee or any of its Personnel, the Lessor or any of its Personnel, or the Lessee is prevented from using the Leased Premise due to Force Majeure, during the Lease Term and (a) such damage causes the failure of essential use of the Leased Premise by the Lessee, and (b) the repair and restoration work to be performed by the Lessor or Lessee cannot, as reasonably estimated by the Lessor or Lessee, be completed within two (2) months after the Lessor’s knowledge of such fire or other casualty, or three(3) months thereafter while due to Force Majeure, as the case may be, then the injured and non-causing party (i.e., the party not causing the destruction) shall have the right, by giving written notice to the other Party within two (2) months after the occurrence of such fire or other casualty, or three (3) months while due to Force Majeure, as the case may be, to terminate this Lease as of the date of the end of such period. If neither the Lessor nor the Lessee exercises the right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this Article 10.4, the Lessor shall repair such damage and restore the Leased Premises and this Lease shall, subject to the Article 10 hereof, remain in full force and effect.  A total destruction of the Leased Premise not due to or arising from act of the Lessee or any of its Personnel shall terminate this Lease effective as of the date specified in the written notice by either Party after such total destruction.

 

10.5          Either Party shall have the right to terminate this Lease if any portion of the Leased Premise is taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain of any governmental authority in Taiwan, R.O.C. during the Lease Tenn (other than due to or arising from act of the Lessee or any of its Personnel), such event interferes the Lessee’s normal use of such portion of the Leased Premise that cannot be cured for a period of more than three (3) months and the remaining portion of the Leased Premise cannot reasonably accomplish the essential use by the Lessee as determined by the Lessor and the Lessee in good faith for the subject purpose of Lease. In each such case, either Party shall exercise such termination right by giving three-month’s prior written notice to the other Party.  If the Lessee does not exercise such right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this Article 10.5, this Lease shall terminate as to the portion of the Leased Premise upon written notice after being taken as of the date of such taking and shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Leased Premise not so taken, and the Rental shall be reduced upon written notice after the date of such taking in the proportion that the area of the Leased Premise so taken bears to the total area of the Leased Premise. If all of the Leased Premise is taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental authorities in Taiwan, R.O.C. during the Lease Term (other than due to or arising from act of the Lessee or any of its Personnel) and such event interferes the Lessee’s normal use of the Leased Premise that cannot be cured for a period of more than three (3) months, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such taking.

 

ARTICLE 11   -   RETURN OF LEASED PREMISE & LEASED FACILITIES

 

11.1          Upon expiration or termination of the Lease, the Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, immediately on the same date return the Leased Facilities to the Lessor and vacate the Leased Premise in the manner and status as delivered by Lessor on

 

10



 

the Effective Date (save to the extent of normal wears and tears), clean and neat, and any remodeling, refurbishment, decoration, partition, or article left inside or around the Leased Premise or Building after the Lessee vacates the Leased Premise shall be deemed to be abandoned by the Lessee at the disposal of the Lessor, to which the Lessee shall have no objection.  The Lessor may conduct the cleanness, recovery or other disposition of all such remodeling, refurbishment, decoration, partition, and left articles at the Lessee’s own cost and expense, and may withhold the Deposit for deduction of all such costs and expenses until all the cleanness, recovery or dispositions being consummated.

 

11.2          The Lessee must, upon the termination or expiration of the Lease, return to the Lessor all keys and security cards of stores, offices, and rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such Lessee, and in the event of the loss of any keys and security cards so furnished, such Lessee shall pay to the Lessor the cost of replacing the same or of changing the security, lock or locks opened by such lost key or security card if Lessor shall deem it necessary to make such change.

 

11.3          If the Lessee shall for any reason remain in possession of the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities after the date of expiration of the Lease Term or the Extended Lease Term or three (3) months the earlier termination of this Agreement (unless the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities are sold and transferred to the Lessee in accordance with the Article 21), such possession shall be as a lease-at-sufferance during which time the Lessee shall continue to pay the rental that would be payable by the Lessee hereunder were the Lease then in full force and effect with respect to the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities and the Lessee shall continue to pay 200% of the Rental (according to the most recent rental rate) that would otherwise be due and payable at such time in addition to the Operating Expenses or other fees payable herein and all the damages incurred by the Lessor as a result of such holdover. During such three (3) months for earlier termination due to or as a result of the Lessee or any of its Personnel, as a lease-at-sufferance, the Lessee shall continue to pay the rental that would be payable by the Lessee hereunder were the Lease then in full force and effect with respect to the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities in addition to the Operating Expenses or other fees payable herein.  During any period of lease at sufferance, the Lessee shall be obligated to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, but shall have no rights hereunder other than the right, to the extent given by law to tenant at sufferance, to continue their occupancy and use of the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities.  Nothing contained in this Article11.3 shall constitute the consent, express or implied, of the Lessor to the holding over of the Lessee after the expiration of the Lease or earlier termination of this Lease, nor shall it be read or construed as renewal of this Lease by operation of law, or applying to the Article 451 of the Civil Law of Taiwan, R.O.C., or preventing the Lessor from maintaining a suit for possession of the Leased Premise and/or Leased Facilities or exercising any other remedy available to the Lessor at law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE 12   -   GENERAL INDEMNITY

 

12.1          The Lessee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold the Lessor, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and agents harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, proceedings, damages, fines,

 

11



 

encumbrances, liens, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and costs and expenses of investigation incurred (collectively, “Claims”), to the extent such Claims (i) caused, arising from or as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Lessee or any of its Personnel or (ii) arising from or related to the existence of the Hazardous Material caused, permitted or committed by Lessee or any of its Personnel, or violation of Environmental Requirements with respect to the Leased Premise, or brought in, on the Leased Premise, or the actual or threatened migration of Hazardous Material into or from the Leased Premise on and after the Effective Date and such actual or threatened migration is caused, committed or permitted by Lessee or its Personnel. The Lessor and any Assignee may, at its option and at its sole expense, participate in any such action with counsel of its own choice.  To the extent that the Lessee has an indemnification obligation under this Article 12.1, the Lessee shall, in its reasonable discretion, perform all remedial actions necessary to remove any such Hazardous Material, or to remedy actual or threatened migration into or from the Leased Premise of any Hazardous Material caused by Lessee or its Personnel.

 

As used in this Agreement, “Hazardous Materials” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste, or any pollutant or contaminant, or words of similar import which is or becomes regulated by any governmental authority in which the Leased Facilities, Leased Premise, Common Area or Building is located, or the government of Taiwan.

 

As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other requirements of the government in Taiwan now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to protection of human health or the environment from Hazardous Material, including all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and remediation of emissions, discharges, storage, disposal or releases of Hazardous Materials and all requirements pertaining to the protection of the health and safety of employees or the public with respect to Hazardous Material.

 

12.2          The Lessor shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the Lessee, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and agents harmless from and against any and all Claims, to the extent such Claims (i) caused, arising from or as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Lessor in or on the Leased Premise or Leased Facilities, or (ii) arising from or related to the existence of Hazardous Material prior to the Effective Date caused, committed or permitted by Lessor , or the actual or threatened migration of Hazardous Material from or into the Leased Premises prior to the Effective Date and such actual or threatened migration is caused, committed or permitted, or the existence prior to the Effective Date of a violation of Environmental Requirements. with respect to the Leased Premises caused by the Lessor,.  To the extent the Lessor has an indemnification obligation under this Article 12.2, Lessor shall, in its reasonable discretion, perform all remedial actions necessary to remove any Hazardous Material in or on the Leased Premise, or to remedy actual or threatened migration from the Leased Premise of any Hazardous Material, or to remedy any actual or threatened violation of Environmental Requirements.

 

12.3          This Article 12 shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

12


 

 

12.4                       Each of the Lessor’s and Lessee’s remedies provided herein or by law, shall be cumulative to and not exclusive of every other remedy, and remedies may be exercised simultaneously or cumulatively.  No failure or delay by the Lessor or Lessee to exercise any right or remedy shall be a waiver thereof, nor shall any written waiver or consent extend to any instance other than the one for which it is given.

 

12.5                       None of the Lessor’s officer, director, shareholder, partner or principal of the Lessor, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall be under any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 13   -   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

13.1                       The Lessor represents and warrants as follows:

 

13.1.1.  The Lessor is duly organized, validly existing, and has all requisite authority to lease the Leased Premise and the Leased Facilities, and each individual of the Lessor represents and warrants that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the Lessor; and

 

13.1.2.  This Agreement is binding on the Lessor in accordance with its terms;

 

13.1.3.  Except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 13.1, the Leased Premise and Leased Facilities are provided on a “AS-IS, WHERE IS” basis, without representation, warranty or covenant of any kind, and the Lessor hereby expressly disclaims any and all other representations, warranties and conditions, express, implied, statutory or otherwise, including without limitation, any warranty of its fitness or suitability for a particular purpose, use, condition, design, operation, merchantability, value or the ability of the Lessee to utilize either or all of them (or any part thereof) to meet any proper functioning of the products. Neither the Lessor nor the Landlord shall be liable for any latent, hidden, or patent defect on the Leased Facilities or its failure, or any part thereof, to comply with any legal requirement.  The foregoing is in lieu of all warranties of Leased Premise and Leased Facilities, express or implied, whether arising by law, custom or conduct.  The Lessee and its affiliates have been afforded full opportunity to inspect each Leased Premise and Leased Facilities and the improvements thereon (if any), are satisfied with the results of its inspections and is entering into this Lease solely on the basis of the results of its own inspections, and all risks incident to the matters described in the preceding sentence are to be borne by the Lessee.

 

13.2                       The Lessee represents and warrants as follows:

 

13.2.1.  The Lessee is duly organized, validly existing, in good standing in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to conduct business in the jurisdiction where it is currently or will be located, and each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of the Lessee represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of the Lessee; and

 

13.2.2.  The Agreement is binding on the Lessee in accordance with its terms.

 

13



 

13.2.3.  The Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Leased Premise, Leased Facilities or Building, or the Common Area that results in a risk of harm to person or property or otherwise negatively affect either of their value or marketability, or is or become subject to any violation of any applicable law or regulations, including without limitation the Environmental Requirements and their amendments in effect during the Term or the Extended Lease Term.

 

ARTICLE 14   -   EARLY TERMINATION

 

14.1                       Notwithstanding the term of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated as a whole, with a ninety (90) day written notice upon occurrence of any of the following events, in which event this Lease shall expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice:

 

(i)              By either Party, where the other Party (the “Incurred Party” ) has elected to wind up and dissolved, becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, insolvency or is adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, or has a liquidator or trustee appointed over its affairs and such event or appointment affects the due performance of this Agreement by such Incurred Party (i.e. the Lessee’s obligation for on-time payment while the Incurred Party is the Lessee , or the Lessee’s normal use in accordance herewith while the Incurred Party is the Lessor), and shall not have been terminated or discharged within thirty (30) days thereof; or

 

(ii)           By either Party, if the material performance of the other Party under this Agreement is delayed for a period of two (2) months due to Force Majeure as described above, then such Party (whose performance is not required due to Force Majeure) shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect.

 

14.2                       Intentionally Deleted.

 

14.3                       If an Event of Default occurs, in addition to the right provided in the Article 14.2, the Lessor may, request to sequestrate the Deposit (besides the Rental, Operating Expenses and other amounts then due and payable), proceed by court action to enforce performance by the Lessee and/or to recover all damages and expenses incurred by the Lessor by reason of any Event of Default, and exercise any other right or remedy available to the Lessor at law or in equity.  Also, the Lessee shall pay the Lessor all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, legal fees and costs and fees of collection agencies) incurred by the Lessor in enforcing any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement.  The amount as calculated above shall be deemed immediately due and payable, and the Lessor may take the Deposit to compensate such damages, costs and expenses.  The rights, powers and remedies of the Lessor provided herein are cumulative and are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and may be enforced concurrently therewith or from time to time.

 

14



 

14.4                       The Lessee or the Lessor may, in consideration of business operation or for convenience, terminate this Agreement with a six (6)-month prior written notice to the other Party.

 

14.5                       Except for the provisions set forth in this Article 14, neither Party may terminate this Agreement without prior written consent by the other Party, whether in whole or in part.

 

14.6                       Termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the accrued rights and liabilities of the Parties on or prior to the date of termination, unless expressly waived in writing by the Parties.  The Lessee shall remain liable for all obligations under this Lease arising up to the date of such termination, and the Lessor’s acceptance of Rental, Operating Expenses or other amounts in full or in part following an Event of Default hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of such Event of Default.

 

ARTICLE 15   -   NOTICES

 

Any and all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in writing in the English language, and delivered by hand, mail, facsimile, overnight delivery service, or any other mode of communication routinely used by the Parties in their course of dealing to the address and number set forth below in this Article 15, or to such other address and/or number as the recipient may indicate in writing.  Any such notice or communication shall be deemed received when so deemed under Article 95 of the R.O.C. CivilCode .

 

If to the Lessee :

Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd.

7F, No.13, Ke Jung Rd.

Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park

Chu-Nan 350, Taiwan

Attn:  Legal Counsel

Fax:   +1-208-728-3700

 

If to the Lessor :

Luxxon Technology Corporation

 

Attn:

Fax:

 

ARTICLE 16   -   AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION

 

The Agreement shall not be amended, modified or altered in any manner except in writing signed by the Parties.

 

ARTICLE 17   -   ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

The Agreement and the attached Schedules, which are incorporated by reference and made an integral part of the Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the

 

15



 

Parties.  No agreements, representations, or warranties other than those specifically set forth herein or in the attached Schedules shall be binding on the Parties unless set forth in writing and signed by the Parties.  The captions set forth herein and in each Schedule are for convenience only and shall not define or limit any of the terms herein or therein.

 

ARTICLE 18   -   SEVERABILITY

 

If, in light of a particular set of facts and circumstances, any provision or provisions of this Agreement will be held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, then: (i) the validity and enforceability of such provision or provisions as applied to any other particular facts or circumstances and the validity of other provisions of this Agreement will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) such provision or provisions will be reformed without further action by the Parties hereto, but only to the extent necessary to make such provision or provisions valid and enforceable when applied to such particular facts and circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 19   -   GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the R.O.C. without regard to provisions regarding choice of laws, and the Taoyuan District Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute arising under this Agreement.  This Agreement is in both English and Chinese languages, and if any dispute, inconsistency, or conflict, the English text of this Agreement and its interpretation shall control and prevail over the other language in all respects.

 

ARTICLE 20   -   NON-ASSIGNABILITY; BINDING EFFECT

 

20.1                       Neither this Agreement, nor any of the rights or obligations of the Parties hereunder, shall be assignable by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties, provided, however, that the Party may, without requirement of any consent of the other Party, assign its rights and/or obligations hereunder or this Agreement to its subsidiary or affiliates, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.  This Agreement and the Lease may not be subleased or assigned by the Lessee, in whole or in part, to its affiliates or any third party (except by law) without on each occasion first obtaining the prior express written consent of the Lessor, and in the case of a sublease, the Lessee shall remain fully liable for any obligations under this Agreement, and in the case of assignment, the Lessee shall remain fully liable for any obligations under this Agreement until such assignee execute a separate lease agreement with the Lessor        and the assignee shall assume all of the obligations of the Lessee with respect to the Lessor hereunder. To obtain the Lessor’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Lessee shall give the Lessor written notice specifying the name and business of the assignee or sublessee, its intended use (including any hazardous materials to be used in any manner at the Leased Premise), the amount of rental or other consideration, the proposed effective date and duration and other details of the assignment or subletting.  The Lessee shall be liable for any and all acts or obligations of, or disputes with, the sublessees, whether or not with the Lessor’s consent, without, however, relieving the Lessee of any of its obligation or liability for the entire Lease.

 

16



 

No transfer, assignment, subletting or occupancy, whether or not with the Lessor’s consent, shall be deemed the acceptance of the sublessee, as the Lessee, or a release of the Lessee from its full and complete performance of all the obligations hereunder and the terms hereof, and the terms thereof shall in no event surpass or supersede the rights of the Lessee provided herein.

 

20.2                       Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessee acknowledges that the Lessor may transfer, sell, pledge, assign and/or convey its interest in each Lease, the Rental due thereunder or the Leased Premise or Facilities listed therein, in whole or in part, to an assignee (the “Assignee”), which may be represented by a bank or trust company acting as a trustee of such Assignee.  EACH OF THE LESSEE AND LESSOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER BY THE LESSOR, LANDLORD OR ANY ASSIGNEE SHALL NOT MATERIALLY CHANGE THE LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE ASSIGNED LEASE, AND THE ASSIGNEE SHALL ASSUME ALL OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE LESSOR WITH RESPECT TO THE LESSEE.  Any Assignee shall be entitled to enforce all the rights so assigned, the Lessor shall be entirely free and released from any obligations accruing thereafter under this Lease, and the Lessee agrees to look solely to Lessor’s successor in interest for performance of such obligations; provided, in each case, the Assignee shall assume all of the obligations of the Lessor with respect to the Lease.  The Lessor and the Lessee acknowledge and agree that all of the rights against the other under this Agreement shall be unaffected except as provided herein.  The Lessee agrees that upon notice of assignment of this Lease, it shall pay directly to the Assignee, unconditionally, all amounts which become due hereunder..

 

ARTICLE 21   -   FIRST REFUSAL RIGHT

 

21.1                       Subject to the Lessee’s full compliance with all the terms provided herein and without any occurrence of the Event of Default during the Lease Term and/or Extended Lease Term (including their date of expiration), the Lessor hereby grants to the Lessee a non-assignable and non-transferable right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Leased Facilities during the Lease Term and/or Extended Lease Term (unless is earlier terminated) in the event that the Lessor determines to sell the Leased Facilities.  The Lessor will provide the Lessee a written notice (the “First Refusal Right Notice”) indicating the price and other terms and conditions for such sale (the “Offered Purchase”), and the Lessee shall irrevocably respond to the Lessor in writing within fifteen (15) business days of the Lessor’s notice ensuring the Lessee’s decision to buy accordingly.  Failure to respond the Lessor in accordance with the aforesaid shall be deemed that the Lessee has elected not to exercise such rights and Lessee’s first refusal rights provided under this Article 21 shall be deemed waived and immediately expire.  The Lessor shall have no obligation to sell any Leased Facilities to the Lessee unless and until all of the Leased Facilities shall be purchased and paid by the Lessee on the equivalent terms and conditions offered by the Offered Purchase.  It is expressly understood by the parties hereto that any purchase hereunder SHALL BE WITHOUT REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, on the part of the Lessor and that the Lessor sells the Leased Facilities hereunder on a “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” basis.

 

17



 

21.2                       If the Lessee elects not to purchase the Leased Facilities according to Article 21.1, then Lessor shall have the right to sell to the Leased Facilities on the terms and conditions specified in the First Refusal Right Notice.  Lessee’s right provided in this Article shall not apply to any sublessee or assignee unless agreed by the Lessor in writing.

 

The Parties agree to have the Agreement to be notarized by the public notary institutions chose by the Parties, cost of which shall be shared by the Parties 50-50.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have duly executed the Agreement.

 

 

Lessor:

 

LUXXON TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lessee:

 

SEMI-PHOTONICS CO., LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

18



 

Schedule A

 

The Leased Premise

 

(a)                                  Address of the Building: 12-5, Dungshr, 2 Lin, Dungming Tsuen, Shinwu Shiang, 327,

Taoyuan County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

(b)                                  Location of the Leased Premise:

The Leased Premise is located on a parcel of the fourth floor of the Building as outlined in the drawing attached:

The Space of the Fourth Floor  [ As attached ]

 

The Space of the Leased Premise: approximately 5,030.51 square meters (1,521.73)

 

(c)                                   The lease will contain a non-exclusive right to use, in common with the Lessor and other lessees of the Building (and their employees, guests and other invitees), the following Common Area:

 

19



 

GRAPHIC

 

20



 

Schedule B

 

The Leased Facilities

 

No.

 

Code

 

Item

1

 

16320004

 

Cleanroom construction

2

 

16330008

 

Gas Pipe (Not Include Hook-up )

3

 

16310005

 

Factory Steel I-Beam-Build

4

 

16330011

 

Process Pipe Hook-up (DI Exhaust)And Additional Cost

5

 

16330010

 

Power Hook-UP And Additional Cost

6

 

16320001

 

Epoxy floor works

7

 

15350024

 

Oil Free Compressor(CDA)

8

 

16330007

 

Main Fire System

9

 

16320005

 

Cleanroom improvements

10

 

16330003

 

Fireproof Infilling Engineering

11

 

16320002

 

Cleanroom floor works

12

 

15350003

 

Generator Exhaust Smoke Depurator

13

 

16330012

 

Acid Exhaust Duct Modify

14

 

16330017

 

NH3 CQC And VMB Install

15

 

16330019

 

Roof Exhaust SUS 316 Duct Material Chang To PP Pipe

16

 

16330016

 

Acid Exhaust Duct 4F Walk-wayModify

17

 

16330020

 

HIGH Voltage Wire And ACB2/ACB4 Panel Modify

18

 

16320003

 

CLEAN ROOM Air Exhaust works

19

 

16380002

 

Fab refurbishment

20

 

16310002

 

Wall fixing and painting

21

 

16310003

 

Firefighting items

 

21




Exhibit 10.21

 

SEMI-PHOTONICS CO., LTD.

 

INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This Inte rn ational Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made an d entered into effective December 20, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) between SEMI-PHOTONICS CO., LTD., a company with offices at 7F, No.13 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu- Nan 350, Taiw an (“Comp an y”), an d NANOTECO CORP., a Japanese company with offices at 408 Mitaka Sangyo Plaza, 3-38-4 Shimorenjaku, Mitaka, Tokyo, 181-8525 Japan (“Distributor”).

 

WHEREAS Comp an y is engaged in the business of LED, general illumination, lighting, projector, projection display an d related products; an d

 

WHEREAS Distributor wishes to act as an independent distributor of Products in the Territory to Customers.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises an d coven an ts set forth below, the pa rt ies agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions .

 

1.1           “ Assigned Accounts ” means the companies having their manufacturing facilities/subsidiaries inside or outside the Territory but having their purchasing decision making authority in the Territory as listed in Exhibit A attached hereto. Any addition to the list of Assigned Accounts shall be agreed in writing by the Comp an y an d Distributor.

 

1.2           “ Customer ” means an Assigned Account, an d its wholly-owned subsidiaries an d affiliates, other than a House Account, that purchase the Products.

 

1.3           Products ” means those Comp an y LED chips an d LED related products described in Exhibit B .

 

1.4           “ House Account ” means an account which is the sole responsibility of Comp an y an d which is listed in Exhibit C of this Agreement.  Comp an y has the absolute right to designate (or remove) ce rt ain additional Customer accounts which are not originally listed in Exhibit A as House Accounts at any time during the term of this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Distributor.  Upon such notice, the additional House Accounts so designated shall be deemed added to (or removed fr om) the list set forth in Exhibit C . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not designate Assigned Accounts to House Account by way of direct or indirect manner whatsoever, including but not limited to, sell Products through buying agent(s) of Customer or any other distributor with offices inside or outside of the Territory to the same Customer.

 

1.5           “ Territory ” means that geographic area identified in Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

2.             Appointment of Distributor or Sales Representative .

 

2.1           Appointment as Distributor .  Comp an y hereby appoints Distributor as a

 

1



 

distributor in the Territory as well as Company’s exclusive Distributor of the Products to the Assigned Accounts within the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributor may not solicit or take orders for the sale of Products to a House Account. Distributor shall have the right during the term of this Agreement to represent to the public that it is a sole authorized independent distributor of the Products to the Assigned Accounts. Distributor shall have the right to obtain confidential technical information on Products from Comp an y that is necessary for sales by distributor.

 

2.2           Independent Contractor.  Distributor is an d at all times shall be an independent contractor in all matters relating to this Agreement. Distributor an d its employees are not agents of Comp an y for any purposes an d have no power or authority to bind or commit Comp an y in any way.

 

3.             Distributor’s General Duties .  The Distributor shall use its best effo rt s to introduce, promote the sale of, solicit an d obtain orders for the Products from the Assigned Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The Distributor shall bear the entire cost an d expense of conducting any an d all of its activities under this Agreement.

 

4.             The Distributor’s Specific Duties an d Prohibitions .  Without in any way limiting the generality of the preceding paragraph, the Distributor agrees as follows:

 

4.1           Facilities .  The Distributor shall maintain its own office space an d facilities, with the entire cost of these items an d activities to be borne solely by the Distributor.

 

4.2           Personnel .  The Distributor shall provide an d maintain, at its own expense, a competent an d adequately trained, skilled an d motivated sales organization for the sale of Products to Customers.  The Distributor shall employ sufficient technical resources to suppo rt Company’s product line.

 

4.3           Records .  The Distributor shall maintain complete an d accurate books an d records.  Comp an y an d its agents shall have the right at any time during the terms of this Agreement an d for a period of s ix months after its termination or expiration to examine an d copy such books, records, correspondence, quotations, orders an d other documents which pertain to Company’s business an d the fulfillment of the Distributor’s obligations hereunder, as it may deem necessary or appropriate upon reasonable advance notice to Distributor.

 

4.4           Sales an d Distribution of Products .  The Distributor shall purchase Products from Comp an y at the price to be determined by the Comp an y from time to time.  Comp an y reserves the right to ch an ge the Products prices by consulting with Distributor in good faith.

 

4.5           Repo rt s .  The Distributor shall prepare an d submit to Comp an y periodic repo rt s relating to its activities as Distributor by the 5th working day of the following qua rt er as follows:

 

(a)           Forecasts .  On the fifth (5 th ) day after the end of each qua rt er, Distributor will provide Comp an y with a 12-month rolling forecast, setting forth its estimated requirements for shipment by month for each Product.  Such forecasts are for pl an ning purposes only, and will not be binding on either party.

 

(b)           Quarterly Repo rt s .  Distributor will submit to Comp an y quarterly

 

2



 

sales information.  Such sales information will include, at a minimum, date shipped, quantity of Product sold an d quantity used internally, the Customers’ names, addresses, contact information, an d quantities sold to each such Customer, an d remaining inventory.

 

(c)           Feedback Repo rt s .  Distributor will submit to Comp an y, upon receipt of such information an d upon request by Comp an y, any competitive information, problems, complaints or suspected defects with respect to the Product, an d any feedback from any Customer.

 

4.6           Non-Competition .  Distributor may distribute with prior written approval from Comp an y products that compete with the Products, provided that Distributor maintains separate sales an d suppo rt personnel for the Products an d competing product(s).

 

4.7           Assignment .  The Distributor shall not tr an sfer, pledge, or assign this Agreement or enter into any form of sub-sales distributor agreement concerning any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Comp an y.

 

4.8           Secrecy .  The Distributor shall not during the term of this Agreement or thereafter for three (3) years, disclose to any third party any invoice value or Products sold by Comp an y to the Distributor, sales policies for any other business information of Comp an y acquired from or as a consequence of transactions under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Comp an y.

 

4.9           Matters Not Provided For .  With respect to any matters for which this Agreement does not provide, or if any questions a ri se with respect to the interpretation of the matters provided in this Agreement, Comp an y an d the Distributor shall exercise their best effo rt s to resolve such questions by consulting with each other in good faith.

 

5.             Company’s General Duties .  The Comp an y shall use its best effo rt s to supply the Products in good quality with competitive price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.             Product M an ufacture an d Order Placement .

 

6.1           Additions to an d Deletions from Products .  Comp an y may, in its sole discretion, discontinue the m an ufacture of any or all Products or make whatever ch an ges to those Products it deems necessary, desirable or appropriate.  Comp an y may, in its sole discretion, delete Products from the list of Products described in Exhibit B upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Distributor.

 

6.2           Purchase Orders an d Acknowledgements .

 

(a)           Purchase Orders .  Purchase orders shall be in writing or a mode agreeable to both pa rt ies, subject to the terms of this Agreement, an d must contain the following: (a) description of the Product to be purchased, (b) quantity to be purchased, (c) delivery schedule, (d) bill-to an d ship-to destinations, (e) price, (f) payment terms, an d (g) routing instructions.  All Products must be ordered in the minimum multiples quantities as specified per Product in Exhibit B only.  All Purchase orders submitted by Distributor shall be governed exclusively by the terms an d conditions of this Agreement. Any preprinted terms an d conditions in Distributor’s purchase order in addition to or inconsistent with those contained in this Agreement shall be of no force an d effect unless Comp an y specifically an d expressly

 

3



 

agrees in writing to such terms.  Distributor shall submit all Purchase Orders to Comp an y, 7F, No.13, Ke Jung Road, Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao-Li County, Taiw an , fax +886-37-586788 or such other address as is designated by Comp an y.

 

(b)           Order Acknowledgments .  Comp an y will notify Distributor if an order is not accepted.  No purchase order shall be binding on Comp an y unless an d until so accepted in writing by Comp an y.  Comp an y will use commercially reasonable efforts to fill all orders submitted by Distributor during the term of this Agreement.

 

(c)           Refusal of Orders .  Comp an y may withhold shipments because of the Distributor’s general financial condition and/or conditions of the Distributor’s account with Comp an y.  Such withholding shall not be construed as a breach of this Agreement.  Comp an y reserves the right at all times either generally or with respect to any specific order to vary, ch an ge or limit the amount or duration of credit to be allowed to the Distributor.

 

(d)           Shipping .  Products shipped pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be suitably packed for shipment in Company’s st an dard packaging, marked for shipment to Distributor’s address as designated by Distributor.  Risk of loss an d title shall pass to Distributor upon delivery of the Products to the freight forwarder at Company’s facility, as specified in Company’s shipping an d freight guidelines.  Distributor will be responsible for payment (or reimbursement of Comp an y) of all freight, insurance, taxes, customs duties an d other shipping expenses after such point.

 

(e)           Product Acceptance .  Distributor will inspect all Products for obvious physical damage promptly upon receipt thereof an d may reject any Product that fails in a material way to meet Company’s specifications for such Product.  Any Product not properly rejected within 30 days of receipt of that Product by Distributor will be deemed accepted.  Distributor will return any rejected Products pursuant to Company’s Return Merchandise Authorization Procedures, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E (“RMA Procedure”).  As promptly as practicable after receipt by Comp an y of properly rejected Products, Comp an y will, at its option an d expense, replace the Products an d return such replaced Product to Distributor or credit Distributor’s account at the current price for the rejected Product.  Improperly rejected Products will be returned to Distributor at Distributor’s expense an d will be subject to a se rv ice an d handling fee.  Comp an y reserves the right to discontinue the m an ufacture of any Product.

 

(f)            Company’s Modifications to Exhibits .  Comp an y may, from time to time, revise or amend Exhibits B , C an d E , or any of the foregoing, an d will provide Distributor with no less than 30 days prior written notice of such ch an ges.  The revised Exhibits shall be deemed incorporated herein an d made a pa rt of this Agreement.

 

6.3           Title an d Delivery of Product .

 

(a)           Delivery of the Products to the Distributor shall be completed upon delivery of the Products to the Distributor’s freight forwarder at a location specified by Comp an y.  All shipments shall be EXFACTORY from such location.  In all cases, Company’s title an d the risk of loss or damage to any Product, shall pass to the Distributor upon delivery of the Products to the Distributor’s freight forwarder.

 

Shipping dates are approximate an d are based upon prompt receipt of all necessary information from the Distributor.  In no event shall Comp an y be liable for any reprocurement costs for

 

4



 

delay in delivery or non-delivery, due to causes beyond Company’s control.  In the event of any such delay, the date of delivery shall automatically be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.  In any event, Comp an y shall not be in default for failure to deliver unless Comp an y does not respond to the Distributor with a revised delivery commitment within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice of failure to deliver from the Distributor.  The Distributor’s sole remedy for such default shall be cancellation of the order.  Comp an y further reserves the right to allocate production deliveries among its customers in a fair and reasonable manner.

 

(b)           Comp an y may make pa rt ial shipments against the Distributor’s purchase orders upon mutual agreement of the pa rt ies.

 

(c)           Comp an y shall have the right to make substitutions an d modifications in the specifications of Products sold by Comp an y upon not less than ninety (90) days notice in writing to Distributor, provided that such substitutions or modifications will not materially a ff ect overall Product form, fit, or function.

 

7.             Cancellation/Reschedules .

 

(a)           Comp an y will work with the Distributor on a case by case basis to resolve issues related to market ch an ges an d potential impact on orders placed with Company.

 

(b)           No cancellations shall be allowed within forty-five (45) days of scheduled ship date unless prior approval is obtained in writing from Comp an y.

 

(c)           If the Distributor cancels a po rt ion of an order, the bal an ce of that order, shipped an d unshipped, will be repriced to reflect the appropriate volume price.  Comp an y will invoice the Distributor for any price increase on Products previously shipped against the order.

 

(d)           In the event that the Distributor wishes to terminate all or a po rt ion of an order made in accordance herewith or to make any ch an ge in the scope of the order, such termination or ch an ge will be accepted only with the specific approval of Comp an y in writing.

 

8.             Payment Terms .

 

8.1           Comp an y will supply the Distributor with price quotations, at Distributor’s request, for Products.  Unless otherwise specified on the price quotation, quoted prices shall remain in effect for ninety (90) days.

 

8.2           Payment for all orders shipped by Company during a calendar month will be due on or before the 15 th  day of the following month.  All payment shall be made in United States dollars in immediately available funds by wire transfer to Seller’s bank account at                                       , ABA#                               in favor of Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd., Account #                        .

 

8.3           Comp an y will invoice the Distributor for Products when Comp an y ships such Products.

 

5



 

9.             Compensation .  The difference between Distributor’s purchase price for the Products an d Distributor’s price to its customers will be Distributor’s sole remuneration for the purchase an d sale of the Products hereunder.  Distributor shall have no right to receive any other payment or compensation from Comp an y for the purchase an d sale of the Products or to receive reimbursement of any expenses or other costs incurred by Distributor in connection therewith, unless specifically and expressly provided for hereunder.

 

10.           Limited Warranties; Disclaimer; Limited Liability .

 

10.1         Except for the warranty of title, Comp an y warr an ts only that each Product to be delivered hereunder shall, under normal use an d conditions, at the time of delivery an d for one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter conform substantially to Company’s specifications therefore.  However, the Comp an y will have no responsibility for any such defect arising from, relating to, or in combination with, components, pa rt s, or materials not produced or not provided by the Comp an y, including without limitation Distributor’s products, an d this limited warranty is void if the defect resulted from accident, abuse, or misapplication of the Products.

 

10.2         As the Company’s sole liability an d Distributor’s exclusive remedy for breach of the limited warranty in Section 10.1, Comp an y shall, at its option, (a) repair or replace at its expense (including return shipment) any Product found by Comp an y to be non-conforming to warranty, or (b) reimburse Distributor for the purchase price allocable to such products less reasonable deductions for usage an d general market depreciation; provided that Distributor first notifies Comp an y in writing of the alleged defective Products an d then, at Distributor’s expense, returns such Products to Company’s designated return facility within the applicable warranty period along with a brief statement explaining the alleged defect an d a reference to the return material authorization number (“RMA #”) issued by Comp an y.  Returned Proucts that are found by Comp an y to conform to such warranty or are returned out-of-warranty will be repaired or replaced at Company’s st an dard charges an d shipped back to Distributor at Distributor’s expense.  The warranty under this Section 10 shall not be valid if Comp an y determines that the Product has been abused, modified, altered, subjected to damage from accident or acts of nature or otherwise used in breach of this Agreement or in a manner not in accordance with the Company’s specifications or description.  THE FOREGOING STATES DISTRIBUTOR’S AND CUSTOMER’S SOLE REMEDY AND THE COMPANY’S SOLE LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 10.  In no event shall Comp an y be liable for any consequential or incidental damages.  The Distributor shall have no right or authority, express or implied, directly or indirectly, to alter, enlarge or limit the representations or guarantees expressly contained in Company’s most current written Product warranty as distributed by Comp an y for the applicable Product.

 

10.3         EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 10.1 ABOVE, THE COMPANY DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS OR OTHERWISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY PROVIDES THE PRODUCTS TO DISTRIBUTOR “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND AGAINST INFRINGEMENT.

 

10.4         COMPANY SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT

 

6



 

OF OR RELATING TO THE SALE OR USE OF ITS PRODUCTS, WHETHER OR NOT COMPANY HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.  IF COMPANY BREACHES ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, AND TOGETHER WITH ANY OTHER LIABILITIES RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS, SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT EXCEED THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR THE PARTICULAR PRODUCTS DURING THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE FINAL AJUDICATION SETTING FORTH THE LIABILITY AMOUNT.

 

11.           Proprietary Right .  Ownership an d all right, title an d interest in an d to any trademarks, trade names or se rv ice marks which are valid an d enforceable, used with any Product are an d shall remain vested solely in Comp an y.  Comp an y grants to the Distributor a limited license to use the trade name of Comp an y an d Comp an y logo solely to identify the Distributor as an independent distributor of Comp an y.  The Distributor shall provide to Comp an y, at no cost to Comp an y, examples of all its uses of Company’s trade name an d logo an d shall modify such use if requested by Comp an y.  The Distributor shall not adopt any trademark, trade name or se rv ice mark which is confusingly similar to the trademark, trade name or se rv ice mark used by Comp an y to sell or assist in the sale of its Products.  Upon termination of this Agreement, the Distributor will immediately cease all further use of Company’s trademarks, trade names or se rv ice marks except as may be required in the sale of Products in inventory.  The Distributor’s rights an d license under this Section 11 shall not su rv ive the termination of this Agreement.  All products authorized by Comp an y which are sold by the Distributor directly or through its sales distribution channel must bear an authorized Comp an y name, trademark or logo, an d no other except those authorized by Comp an y in writing.  The Distributor may not put any Comp an y trademark, trade name, logo etc. on any product other than as authorized by Comp an y in writing.

 

12.           Confidential Information .

 

12.1         During the term of this Agreement, each party (the “Receiving Pa rt y”) may be provided with or otherwise learn confidential and/or proprietary information of the other party (the “Disclosing Pa rt y”) (including, without limitation, ce rt ain information an d materials concerning the Disclosing Party’s business, pl an s, technology, an d products) that is of substantial value to the Disclosing Pa rt y, which is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure or which ought in good faith to be considered confidential (“Confidential Information”). All Confidential Information remains the property of the Disclosing Pa rt y.  The Receiving Pa rt y may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Pa rt y only to its employees an d contractors who need to know the Confidential Information for purposes permitted under this Agreement an d who are bound by written confidentiality agreements with terms at least as restrictive as those provided in this Agreement.  The Receiving Pa rt y will not use the Confidential Information without the Disclosing Party’s prior written consent except in perform an ce under this Agreement.  The Receiving Pa rt y will take measures to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information similar to those measures the Receiving Pa rt y uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information of like impo rtan ce but in no event less than reasonable measures.  Distributor will not disclose or publish any technical description of the Product or technology beyond the description published by the Comp an y for general dissemination.  The Receiving Pa rt y will give immediate notice to the Disclosing Pa rt y of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information an d agrees to assist the Disclosing Pa rt y in remedying such unauthorized use or disclosure.

 

12.2         The confidentiality obligations do not extend to Confidential

 

7



 

Information which (i) becomes publicly available without the fault of the Receiving Pa rt y; (ii) is independently developed by the Receiving Pa rt y without reference to or use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; or (iii) was lawfully in the possession of the Receiving Pa rt y at the time of disclosure, without restriction on disclosure.  The Receiving Pa rt y will have the burden of proving the existence of any condition in this Section 12.2.

 

12.3         The Distributor an d Comp an y have previously or are concurrently executing a separate confidentiality agreement an d non-disclosure agreement (the “Non- Disclosure Agreement”) which shall be unaffected by the execution of this Agreement.

 

The obligations set forth in this Section 12 will be effective from the Effective Date until three (3) years from the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

13.           Indemnification .

 

13.1         Comp an y agrees to defend an d hold Distributor harmless against any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid to third parties arising from any action or claim brought or threatened against Distributor alleging that the Products under normal use infringe any third party’s United States patent, Japanese patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other intellectual property right; provided that Distributor provides Comp an y with (a) prompt written notice of such claim or action, (b) sole control an d authority over the defense or settlement of such claim or action an d (c) proper an d full information an d reasonable as sist an ce to defend and/or settle any such claim or action. If the Product becomes or in Company’s opinion is likely to become, the subject of an infringement claim, Comp an y may, at its option, (a) procure for Distributor the right to continue using the Product as provided in this Agreement; (b) modify or replace the Product so that there is no infringement; or (c) if neither of the foregoing options are reasonably available to Comp an y, accept the return of the Products an d refund to Distributor the amounts paid for such Products depreciated over a three year period on straight line basis. Notwithstanding the provisions set for the above, Comp an y assumes no liability for infringement claims to the extent such claims arise from (x) combination of Products with other products not provided by Comp an y, (y) the modification of such Products unless such modification was made or authorized by Comp an y, where such infringement would not have occurred but for such modifications, or (z) Company’s compliance with specifications provided by Distributor (the “Excluded Claims”).

 

13.2         THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO ANY ALLEGED OR ACTUAL INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS BY THE PRODUCTS.  COMPANY’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY UNDER THIS SECTION 13 AND WITH ANY OTHER SECTIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TOGETHER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF THE PURCHASE PAID BY DISTRIBUTOR FOR THE PRODUCTS THAT GIVES RISE TO THE CLAIM DURING THE TWELVE- MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE CLAIM.

 

13.3         Other than as to claims for which Comp an y is obligated to indemnify Distributor under Section 13.1 above, Distributor agrees to defend an d hold Comp an y harmless against any damages, loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees an d costs) arising from claims brought or threatened against Company by any other party arising out of or related to (a) the Excluded Claims or otherwise Distributor’s misuse, modification, alteration, adaptation, promotion, marketing, sublicensing or distribution of the Product; or (b)

 

8



 

Distributor’s acts or omissions in breach of this Agreement, including but not limited to Distributor’s representations an d claims regarding the Products that are contrary to or inconsistent with Company’s Product descriptions an d warranties.

 

14.           Term an d Termination .

 

14.1         Term .  The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date an d end two (2) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Section 14.  Thereafter, this Agreement shall be extended automatically every year for an additional period of one (1) year, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Section 14 or unless either party gives written notice to the other party of its intention not to renew this Agreement at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of then current term.

 

14.2         Termination for Convenience .   Either party may terminate this Agreement for its convenience by giving the other party sixty (60) days prior written notice of the termination.

 

14.3         T ermination for Cause .  Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately, upon written notice, (a) if the other party materially breaches any term of this Agreement an d fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt by the breaching party of written notice from the non-breaching party describing such breach, (b) upon the institution by or against the other party of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings for the settlement of the other party’s debts not dismissed within 60 days, (c) upon the other party’s making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (d) upon the other party’s dissolution or ceasing to conduct business in the normal course, or the other party’s failure to pay its debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business.

 

14.4         Effect of Termination .  Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, (a) all rights an d licenses granted to Distributor hereunder will immediately cease; (b) Distributor shall immediately deliver the Quarterly Repo rt as to the period as yet unreported; (c) Distributor will immediately cease all use, marketing, promotion an d dist ri bution of the Product an d return to the Comp an y all copies of Company’s Confidential Information in Distributor’s possession, custody or control.  Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, each party will promptly return the other party’s Confidential Information.  The following Sections will su rv ive expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Sections 4, 6, 10-12, 14, an d 15.

 

14.5         Disclaimer .  Except as specifically provided herein, if either party is entitled under local law or otherwise for any special payment or termination indemnity as a consequence of termination or expiration of this Agreement, such party hereby waives an d disclaims to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to such payment or indemnity.

 

15.           General Provisions .

 

15.1         No Waiver .  The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed to be waiver of those provisions or of the right of that party thereafter to enforce each an d every provision hereof.

 

15.2         Return of Comp an y Property .  Promptly upon the termination of this Agreement, the Distributor shall turn over to Comp an y all Confidential Information an d all other Comp an y information an d material, including, without limitation, all samples, pamphlets,

 

9



 

catalogs, booklets an d other technical advertising data an d literature concerning Comp an y and/or its Products an d all copies thereof, in the possession, custody or control of the Distributor.

 

15.3         Notices .  Any notice hereunder shall be deemed duly given if delivered personally, facsimiled with receipt acknowledged, mailed to the other by prepaid registered mail, or certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by a recognized commercial carrier addressed to the address designated below or last designated.

 

If to Comp an y:

 

Semi-Photonics Co., Ltd.

7F, No.13, Ke Jung Rd.

Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park

Chu-Nan 350, Miao-Li County

Taiw an (R.O.C.)

Attn:       Legal Counsel

Fax:         +1-408-716-2452

 

If to Distributor:

 

Nanoteco Corp.

408 Mitaka Sangyo Plaza

3-38-4 Shimorenjaku

Mitaka, Tokyo, 181-8525

Japan

Attn:       CTO

Fax:         +81-42-486-5661

 

15.4         Governing Law .  This Agreement ( an d any other documents referred to herein) shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced an d governed by an d under the laws of the United States and the State of California applicable to instruments, persons an d tr an sactions which have legal contacts an d relationships solely within the State of California.

 

15.5         United Nations Convention .  The pa rt ies hereto agree that the rights an d obligations of each party under this Agreement shall not be governed by any of the provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the Inte rn ational Sale of Goods.

 

15.6         Force Majeure .  The pa rt ies shall not be liable for any delay or failure of the obligation hereunder (other than payment of amounts due), in whole or in pa rt , for any causes beyond the reasonable control of the pa rt ies including, but not limited to, Acts of God, war, riot, civil disturbance, strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes, accident of tr an spo rt ation or other force majeure.

 

15.7         Dispute .

 

(a)           Dispute Resolution .  Any an d all disputes, controversies or claims concerning or relating to this Agreement (a “Dispute”) will be addressed in accordance with the procedures specified in this Section 15.7, which will be the sole an d exclusive procedures for the resolution of such Disputes.  All negotiations pursuant to this provision are confidential an d shall be treated as compromise an d settlement negotiations for purpose of the

 

10


 

United States Federal Rules of Evidence an d state rules of evidence.

 

(b)            Negotiation .  The pa rt ies will attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute promptly by negotiation.  If the Dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of a party’s request for negotiation, either party may initiate mediation as provided in Section 15.7(c).

 

(c)            Nonbinding Mediation .  A party may initiate mediation by giving notice to the other party.  Mediation will be nonbinding an d before the Judicial Arbitration an d Mediation Se rv ices, Inc. (“JAMS”) under the then effective JAMS Rules of Practice an d Procedure.  The mediation shall take place in S an ta Clara County, California, regardless which party initiates the mediation.  The pa rt ies shall attempt to reach agreement on the appointment of a mediator.  If they cannot so agree, the mediator shall be appointed by JAMS an d pursuant to JAMS Rules of Practice an d Procedure.  The mediator will be a former judge of a federal or state cou rt .  The mediation shall be completed within sixty (60) days of its initiation, unless the pa rt ies otherwise agree.  The pa rt ies will bear their own costs an d expenses for participating in mediation under this Section 15.7(c), including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, an d shall shares equally the mediator’s fees an d expenses.

 

(d)            Binding Arbitration .  Any Dispute that has not been resolved by mediation as provided in Section 15.7(c) may be submitted to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).  There will be one (1) neutral, independent an d impa rt ial arbitrator selected in accordance with the AAA rules  an d procedures then in effect; provided, however, the arbitrator may not vary, modify or disregard any of the provisions contained in this Section 15.7.  The pa rt ies shall attempt to reach agreement on the appointment of an arbitrator.  If they cannot so agree, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA.  The arbitration shall take place in S an ta Clara County, California, regardless which party initiates the arbitration.  As pa rt of any arbitration conducted under this Section 15.7(d), each party may (i) request from the other party documents an d other materials relev an t to the Dispute an d likely to bear on the issues in such Dispute, (ii) conduct no more than five (5) oral depositions each of which will be limited to a maximum of seven hours in testimony, (iii) propound to the other party no more than two sets of interrogatories comprising a total of 35 questions, an d (d) two sets of requests for admissions comprising a total of 10 requested admissions maximum. The decision an d any award resulting from such arbitration shall be final an d binding.  Any final decision or award from arbitration will be in writing an d reasoned.  The judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any cou rt having jurisdiction thereof.  The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages an d each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover such damages with respect to any Dispute resolved by arbitration.  Each party shall bear its own expenses (including attorney’s fees) an d an equal share of the expenses of the arbitrator an d the AAA fees.

 

(e)            Confidentiality in Dispute Resolution .  The pa rt ies, their representatives, other pa rt icip an ts an d the mediator an d arbitrator shall hold the existence,  content an d result of the mediation an d arbitration in confidence.  All the dispute resolution proceedings contemplated in this Section 15.7 will be as confidential an d private as permitted by law.  The pa rt ies will not disclose the existence, content or results of any proceedings conducted in accordance with this Section 15.7, an d materials submitted in connection with such proceedings will not be admissible in any other proceeding, provided however, that this confidentiality provision will not prevent a petition to vacate or enforce an arbitration award,   an d shall not bar disclosures required by law.

 

11



 

(f)             Injunctions; Waiver .  Nothing in this Section 15.7 shall be construed to preclude any party from seeking injunctive relief from a cou rt without posting bond or other security, in order to protect its rights pending mediation or arbitration.  If either party chooses to seek such relief from a cou rt , the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction an d venue of the cou rt s located in S an ta Clara County, California.  A request by a party to a cou rt for such injunctive relief shall not be deemed a waiver of the obligation to mediate or arbitrate.  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE DISPUTES WAIVES THE PARTY’S RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR COURT OR TO HAVE DISCOVERY UNDER COURT RULES.

 

15.8          No Representations .  The Distributor represents an d acknowledges that it is relying solely on its own judgment, including its own estimate of the market for Products in Territory, in entering into this Agreement, an d that Comp an y has made no written or verbal representations or warranties, either express or implied, regarding the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the duration of the distributorship arr an gement an d any selling representation created hereby, the circumstances under which this Agreement shall or may be terminated, the size of the market for Products in Territory or the amount of commissions or profits which the Distributor will, could or might expect to receive hereunder.

 

15.9          Titles of Paragraphs .  The title of the various paragraphs of this Agreement are used for convenience of reference only an d are not intended to an d shall not in any way enlarge or diminish the rights or obligations of the pa rt ies or affect the meaning or construction of this document.

 

15.10        Integration/Modification/Entire Agreement .  This Agreement together with the attached Appendixes an d the Nondisclosure Agreement constitute the entire agreement an d final understanding of the pa rt ies with respect to the subject matter hereof an d supersedes an d terminates any an d all prior and/or contemporaneous negotiations, representations, understandings, discussions, offers and/or agreements between the pa rt ies, whether written or verbal, express or implied, relating in any way to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is intended by the pa rt ies to be a complete an d wholly integrated expression of their understanding an d agreement, an d it may not be altered, amended, modified or otherwise changed in any way except by a written instrument, which specifically identifies the intended alteration, amendment, modification or other ch an ge an d clearly expresses the intention to so ch an ge this Agreement, signed by the pa rt ies.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the pa rt ies have executed this Distribution Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

 

SEMI-PHOTONICS CO., LTD.

 

NANOTECO CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

13



 

Exhibit A

 

ASSIGNED ACCOUNTS

 

 

English name

 

Categor 1 die

 

 

C . I. KASEI CO., LTD

 

 

1 2Lamp

 

 

SUN ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY CO LTD

 

 

2

 

 

KYOSEMI

 

 

1

 

 

CCS Inc

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Sammy Co.

 

 

2

 

 

Union ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY CO LTD

 

 

2

 

 

Prof Precision LTD

 

 

1

 

 

LOOP CO. LTD

 

 

2

 

 

NIPPON LEIZ Corporation

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

INTERNIX Inc

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Shin-Etsu Handoutai Co. LTD

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Silicon technology Co. Ltd

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

NIHON COLMO CO , LTD

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Toshiba Matsusita Display Technology

 

( 1 and 2

 

 

 

HOYA CORPORATION

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

DENKA

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Japan Scantic Technology Management

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

NEC Lighting Ltd

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Jupa

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

MK Seiko Co.,Ltd

 

2

 

 

 

Iwasaki Electric Co., Ltd

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Iwasaki Information Systems Co., Ltd

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Techtuit Co., Ltd.

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

lida Electronics (Tsusho) Co.,Ltd.

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

Jyoyo Denshikiki Co., Ltd.

 

 

2

 

 

Sankosha Corp.

 

 

2

 

 

Nippon Koki Kogyo Co., Ltd.

 

 

2

 

 

Nippon Sento Co., Ltd.

 

 

2

 

 

Japan Outdoor Lighting MFG Co., Ltd.

 

 

2

 

 

Contents

 

 

2

 

 

ICHIKOH INDUSTRIES, LTD

 

 

2

 

 

Shibasaki Inc.

 

 

2

 

 

Kictec Corp.

 

 

2

 

 

KIRIN TECHNO-SYSTEM Corp.

 

 

2

 

 

Schott Nippon K.K.

 

 

2

 

 

Koizumi Lighting Technology Corp.

 

 

2

 

 

LTEL Corp.

 

 

2

 

 

OSAKI ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

 

 

2

 

 

Denso Co..Ltd

 

 

2

 

 

Koito Industries.Ltd

 

1 and 2

 

 

 

SAXA, Inc

 

 

2

 

 

Endo Lighting Corp

 

 

2

 

 



 

Exhibit B

 

PRODUCTS

 

Blue LED Chips:

SL-B60

SL-B40

SL-B28

SL-B24

SL-B15

 

Green LED Chips:

SL-G40

SL-G28

SL-G24

 

Near UV:

SL-U40

 



 

Exhibit C

 

HOUSE ACCOUNTS

 

None

 



 

Exhibit D

 

TERRITORY

 

Japan

 



 

Exhibit E

 

RETURN MERCHANDISE AUTHORIZATION PROCEDURES

 

Distributor must obtain a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number from Comp an y for all Products, prior to returning said Product to Comp an y for repair or replacement, or any other reason.  Failure to obtain an RMA number an d follow the procedures below by the Distributor before returning Product to Comp an y will result in Company’s refusal of said Product.  All Product returned for credit will be at Company’s current published price.

 

(a)            Distributor must submit a request for an RMA number to Comp an y in writing, an d should include the following information:

 

(1)            Distributor Name an d Address

(2)            Requester’s Name, Phone Number an d Fax Number

(3)            Product Name an d Description, Comp an y Pa rt  Number or SKU, Quantity

(4)            Product Current Unit Price an d Date of Purchase (if possible)

(5)            Reason for Product Return

(6)            Purchase Order Number

(7)            Debit Memo Number if Distributor intends to debit Comp an y

 

(b)            Comp an y will issue an RMA number to Distributor when the information required is provided to Comp an y.  Authorized RMA numbers are valid for only 30 days, upon which time the RMA will be closed.

 

(c)            The returning Product should be properly packaged for shipment of electronic pa rt s including anti-static packing for boards.

 

(d)            The RMA number issued by Comp an y must be clearly referenced on the outside of all ship containers an d packing lists packed an d prepared by Distributor so that  identification is possible when Product is received by Comp an y.

 

(e)            The following are the freight terms & guidelines for all typical authorized returns:

 

(1)            Distributor pays Freight

(i)             In warranty - Distributor pays freight one way , inbound to Company.

(ii)            Out of warranty — Distributor pays freight both ways , in bound & outbound.

(iii)           DOA’s (“dead on arrivals”)- Distributor pays freight one way , inbound to Company for credit only or for credit & replacement.

 

(2)            Company pays Freight

(i)             In warranty - Company pays freight one way , outbound back to the customer.

(ii)            DOA’s - Company pays freight one way for REPLACEMENT DOA’s, outbound to the customer.

(iii)           Company shipment error - Company pays freight both ways , back from the customer and replacement product to the customer.  Company will select the carrier both ways .

 

 



 

(f)             Any Produce returned to Comp an y that has failed as a result of abuse, misuse, neglect, unauthorized repair or modification are not covered under this warranty.  At its option, Company may refuse said Product or charge Distributor for out of warranty se rv ice.

 

(g)            Any Product returned to Comp an y that is replaced becomes the property of Comp an y.

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

Loan Agreement

 

(Used for Short-term, Medium-term, and Long-term Loan)

 

This Loan Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd., represented by Chairman Trung Doan (hereinafter the “ Borrower ”) and the guarantor who shall act as a joint and several guarantor for the Borrower (hereinafter the “ Guarantor ”, and the Guarantor and the Borrower hereinafter collectively the “ Obligors ”) for application of the loan facility from E. Sun Bank (hereinafter the “ Bank ”). In addition to comply with the Credit Facility Agreement, the Joint Guarantee Agreement and other agreements entered into with the Bank, The Obligors agree to comply with the terms and condition as follows:

 

1.                The Borrower may apply loan to the Bank in accordance with the Agreement during the term from January 13, 2009 to January 13, 2010 (the “ Term ”). The loan line is set at NTD 63,700,000. The first take-down shall be made on or prior to May 13, 2009; otherwise the Agreement shall promptly expire.

 

2.                The take-down and the lending period should be made in accordance with (2) of the follows:

 

(1)           If the one time take-down is made during the Term set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement, the Borrower may not make another take-down. The lending period is totally        years and        months calculated from    /date to   /date.

 

(2)           The Borrower may make multiple take-downs during the Term set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement. However, the lending period of each take-down may not exceed fifteen (15) years. When the line of the take-down is used, it may not be revolved after each take-down has been paid off. The Borrower should provide the take-down application indicating the intended sum of the loan, and the loan will be released accordingly upon the Bank’s agreement. The lending period shall be indicated on the take-down application.

 

(3)           When the revolving take-down is made, the maximum lending period of each revolving take-down may not exceed         . The Borrower should provide the take-down application indicating the intended sum of the loan, and the loan will be released accordingly upon the Bank’s agreement. The lending period shall be indicated on the take-down application.

 

3.                The Borrower agrees that the loan is deemed received when the Bank released each loan fund into the bank account that the Borrower opens with the Bank, or the drawdown made by the Bank upon the instruction of the Borrower.

 

4.                The interests of the loan accrued shall be calculated in accordance with (5) below:

 

(1)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the markup base annual interest rate at        %, (the current annual interest rate is        %). This markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its base annual interest rate.

 



 

(2)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed deposit interest rate marking up annual interest rate of 1 %, (the current annual interest rate is 1.9 %). This markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its fixed deposit interest rate.

 

(3)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed annual interest rate of        %.

 

(4)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the annual interest rate indicated in the take-down application.

 

(5)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed deposit interest rate marking up annual interest rate of 0.55 %, this markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its fixed deposit interest rate. However after the markup, the interest rate may not be lower than 1.65% of the annual interest rate

 

5.                The illustration of pricing of the base interest rate and the fixed interest rate index

 

I. Base Interest Rate

 

(1) Pricing Basis: interest rate = last three financial arithmetic mean of the overnight call rate + a certain percentage, “the financial industry last three months the arithmetic average of the overnight rate,” being based on the financial sector of the arithmetic mean of the overnight rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center”,  “a certain percentage of” being set by reference to capital costs, operating costs, and interest rate risks and other factors of the Bank, which the Bank may review and adjust as the market changes.

 

(2) Rate sampling: based on the financial sector of the arithmetic mean of the overnight rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center’ for the three full months before the date of adjustment (rounded to take to the second decimal).

 

(3) Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (a) base interest rate regularly adjusted once every three months, adjustment date being annual 3 / 23, 6 / 23, 9 / 23, 12/23 (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date).

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

Adjustment time

 

3/23

 

6/23

 

9/23

 

12/23

Available period

 

3/23-6/22

 

6/23-9/22

 

9/23-12/22

 

12/23-3/22

Sampling Date

 

12/1-2/29

 

3/1-5/31

 

6/1-8/31

 

9/1-11/30

 

o (b) base interest rate regularly adjusted once each month; the adjustment date is 23th every month (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an

 



 

adjustment date).

 

(4) In case of occurring significant force majeure factor (for example sampling organization having merged, being eliminated, or being unable to provide financial sector overnight call rate etc.), the Bank shall change the pricing basis of the base interest rate.

 

II Fixed Deposit Interest Rate Index

 

(1) Pricing Basis: fixed deposit interest rate index is set in accordance with the average base of “one-year fixed-rate regular savings deposits” of the sample reference banks among the Bank of Taiwan, Zhanghua Bank, Hua Nan Bank, First Commercial Bank,  Taiwan Cooperative Bank, Land Bank, Mega International Commercial Bank, Cathay United Bank, Taiwan Small and Medium-sized Enterprise Bank and Chinese Trust Commercial Bank and other well-known reference samples selected banks ( which shall be based on the Bank website announcement when appropriating the fund).

 

(2) Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (a) fixed deposit rate index adjusted once every three months, adjustment date for each of the 2 / 21, 5 / 21, 8 / 21 and 11/21 (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date), sampling date for the adjustment from the 11 th  date to 17 th  date of the same month for average interest rate as a basis, the time being based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

Adjustment time

 

2/21

 

5/21

 

8/21

 

11/21

Available period

 

2/21-5/20

 

5/21-8/20

 

8/21-11/20

 

11/21-2/20

Date collected

 

2/11-2/17

 

5/11-5/17

 

8/11-8/17

 

11/11-11/17

 

x (b) fixed deposit rate index adjusted once every month, adjustment date for each of the twentieth date (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date), sampling date for adjustment from the twenty first date of a month to the twentieth date of a next month for average interest rate as a basis, the time being based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

(3) If there is one of the following circumstances, the Obligors agree that the Bank may change the full set of sample reference banks of the fixed deposit rate index, and replace them with other domestic banks.

 

(a) When the sample reference banks have merged, are merged, eliminated, closure, bankruptcy, reorganization or has one of the circumstances of having been ordered to suspend business, being regulatory, and being taken over, according to Article 62 of the Banking Act.

 

(b)  One of the sample reference banks stops a sale of one-year periodic deposit

 



 

products with fixed rate.

 

III  Announcement: the adjusted base rate and fixed deposit rate index will be published on the board of “ deposit/loan rate table ” of various business units of the Bank and the Bank website (www.esunbank.com.tw).

 

6.                Payment of the principal and interests should be made to the Bank in accordance with (3) of the follows:

 

(1)           Interests monthly paid, principal paid when due.

 

(2)           Interests monthly paid, principal paid by     monthly or     quarterly.

 

(3)           Principal and interests are monthly paid in compliance with the annuity method; when floating interest rate is applied, the Borrower agrees that the interests accrued be adjusted according to the floating interest rate.

 

(4)           During the grace period from the date of the loan to              /date, only the monthly payment of the interests accrued should be paid.  After the grace period expires, the principal and interests shall be paid monthly in compliance with the annuity method. When floating interest rate is applied, the Borrower agrees that the interests accrued be adjusted according to the floating interest rate.

 

(5)           (blank)

 

7.                When the Borrower defaults on paying off the principal, the Borrower shall pay the delay interest according to Article 4; When the Borrower defaults on paying off the principal or its interest within six months , the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent. The Obligors shall be jointly and severally responsible for the necessary expenses arising from respective claim of enforcement under the Agreement by the Bank.

 

8.                The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to automatically transfer the deposit from the account number 1126-940-001286 of the demand deposit as opened by the Borrower in the Bank to set off the loan and its related expenses (including principal, interest, liquidated damages, fees, insurance premiums, the enforcement of the claims and attorneys fees etc.), by using automated equipment or by the Bank from any of the persons entitled to sign deposit withdrawal certificate, without the bank book, withdrawal slip or check of the Borrower, which shall be processed in accordance with the regulations of the Bank, and before all the debts are paid off, the Borrower shall not settle the said deposit account and the Agreement shall serve as a proof of the authorization.

 

9.                The Guarantor shall be jointly and severally liable for the principal, interest, delay interest, penalty, damages and other subordinate claims which the Borrower is liable under the Agreement. The Guarantor shall not withdraw from its obligation as a guarantor. Failure to sign on the take-down application by the Guarantor may not be used as an excuse to refuse to perform as a guarantor.

 

10.          The performance place of this Agreement is located in Hscinchu bench of the Bank. Both parties agree that Taiwan Taipei District Court or Hsinchu District

 



 

Court be the forum should the suit involves the Agreement is initiated.

 

To: E. Sun Bank

 

The Obligors hereby agree and sign the Agreement and declare their thorough understanding of the contents of the Agreement after reviewing for reasonable time.

 

The Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd.

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Responsible Person: Trung Doan

 

Address: 3-4F, No. 11 Ke Jumg Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350 Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

Date : July 22 nd , 2009

 



 

Credit Facility No.: 001455

 

Stamp:                                  Handled by:                                Cross Reference:

 



 

Promissory Note

 

Pay to the order of E.Sun Bank or its designator                 without conditions

 

1. The interest is paid monthly from the date of the promissory note, calculated by o base rate o monthly base rate x ARM per month adding 0.55% annual interest rate (the markup interest rate being no less than 1.65%) on o a fixed basis x a variable basis. If the interest rate is paid on a variable basis, the above-mentioned interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with o base rate o monthly base rate x fixed deposit rate for one month. Where the Borrower defaults on paying off interest or principal within six months, the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent.

 

2. This promissory note is exempted from making a refusal certificate, and is exempted from the obligation of notice under Article 89 of Negotiable Instrument Act.

 

3. Place of payment: No 34, Minzu Road, Xinzhu City

 

Issuer: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Representative : Trung Doan

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Power of Attorney

 

The Borrowers jointly issue and deliver the Bank a promissory note in the amount of NTD 63,700,000, as collateral of its debts, as deemed necessary in accordance with a fact, authorize the Bank or an agent, an employee of the Bank to fill in the due date, the rate, the payment of place, and other items to effectively enforce the right of a promissory note, the Borrower may not withdraw or limit this authorization without a written consent of the Bank.

 



 

To: E Sun Bank

 

Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Representative: Trung Doan

 

Borrower:

 

Borrower:

 

Borrower:

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

Loan Agreement

 

(Used for Short-term, Medium-term, and Long-term Loan)

 

This Loan Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd., represented by Chairman Trung Doan (hereinafter the “ Borrower ”) and the guarantor who shall act as a joint and several guarantor for the Borrower (hereinafter the “ Guarantor ”, and the Guarantor and the Borrower hereinafter collectively the “ Obligors ”) for application of the loan facility from E. Sun Bank (hereinafter the “ Bank ”). In addition to comply with the Credit Facility Agreement, the Joint Guarantee Agreement and other agreements entered into with the Bank, The Obligors agree to comply with the terms and condition as follows:

 

1.                The Borrower may apply loan to the Bank in accordance with the Agreement during the term from April 7, 2009 to April 7, 2010 (the “ Term ”). The loan line is set at NTD 49,500,000. The first take-down shall be made on or prior to August 7, 2009; otherwise the Agreement shall promptly expire.

 

2.                The take-down and the lending period should be made in accordance with (2) of the follows:

 

(1)           If the one time take-down is made during the Term set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement, the Borrower may not make another take-down. The lending period is totally        years and        months calculated from    /date to    /date.

 

(2)           The Borrower may make multiple take-downs during the Term set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement. However, the lending period of each take-down may not exceed five (5) years. When the line of the take-down is used, it may not be revolved after each take-down has been paid off. The Borrower should provide the take-down application indicating the intended sum of the loan, and the loan will be released accordingly upon the Bank’s agreement. The lending period shall be indicated on the take-down application.

 

(3)           When the revolving take-down is made, the maximum lending period of each revolving take-down may not exceed         . The Borrower should provide the take-down application indicating the intended sum of the loan, and the loan will be released accordingly upon the Bank’s agreement. The lending period shall be indicated on the take-down application.

 

3.                The Borrower agrees that the loan is deemed received when the Bank released each loan fund into the bank account that the Borrower opens with the Bank, or the drawdown made by the Bank upon the instruction of the Borrower.

 

4.                The interests of the loan accrued shall be calculated in accordance with (5) below:

 

(1)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the markup base annual interest rate at        %, (the current annual interest rate is        %). This markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its base annual interest rate.

 



 

(2)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed deposit interest rate marking up annual interest rate of 1 %, (the current annual interest rate is 1.9 %). This markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its fixed deposit interest rate.

 

(3)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed annual interest rate of        %.

 

(4)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the annual interest rate indicated in the take-down application.

 

(5)           From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed deposit interest rate marking  up annual interest rate of 0.80 %, this markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its fixed deposit interest rate. However after the markup, the interest rate may not be lower than 1.80% of the annual interest rate

 

5.                The illustration of pricing of the base interest rate and the fixed interest rate index

 

I. Base Interest Rate

 

(1) Pricing Basis: interest rate = last three financial arithmetic mean of the overnight call rate + a certain percentage, “the financial industry last three months the arithmetic average of the overnight rate,” being based on the financial sector of the arithmetic mean of the overnight rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center”, “a certain percentage of” being set by reference to capital costs, operating costs, and interest rate risks and other factors of the Bank, which the Bank may review and adjust as the market changes.

 

(2) Rate sampling: based on the financial sector of the arithmetic mean of the overnight rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center’ for the three full months before the date of adjustment (rounded to take to the second decimal).

 

(3) Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (a) base interest rate regularly adjusted once every three months, adjustment date being annual 3 / 23, 6 / 23, 9 / 23, 12/23 (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date).

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

Adjustment time

 

3/23

 

6/23

 

9/23

 

12/23

Available period

 

3/23-6/22

 

6/23-9/22

 

9/23-12/22

 

12/23-3/22

Sampling Date

 

12/1-2/29

 

3/1-5/31

 

6/1-8/31

 

9/1-11/30

 



 

o (b) base interest rate regularly adjusted once each month; the adjustment date is 23th every month (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date).

 

(4) In case of occurring significant force majeure factor (for example sampling organization having merged, being eliminated, or being unable to provide financial sector overnight call rate etc.), the Bank shall change the pricing basis of the base interest rate.

 

II Fixed Deposit Interest Rate Index

 

(1) Pricing Basis: fixed deposit interest rate index is set in accordance with the average base of “one-year fixed-rate regular savings deposits” of the sample reference banks among the Bank of Taiwan, Zhanghua Bank, Hua Nan Bank, First Commercial Bank,  Taiwan Cooperative Bank, Land Bank, Mega International Commercial Bank, Cathay United Bank, Taiwan Small and Medium-sized Enterprise Bank and Chinese Trust Commercial Bank and other well-known reference samples selected banks ( which shall be based on the Bank website announcement when appropriating the fund).  

 

(2) Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (a) fixed deposit rate index adjusted once every three months, adjustment date for each of the 2 / 21, 5 / 21, 8 / 21 and 11/21 (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date), sampling date for the adjustment from the 11 th  date to 17 th  date of the same month for average interest rate as a basis, the time being based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

Adjustment time

 

2/21

 

5/21

 

8/21

 

11/21

Available period

 

2/21-5/20

 

5/21-8/20

 

8/21-11/20

 

11/21-2/20

Date collected

 

2/11-2/17

 

5/11-5/17

 

8/11-8/17

 

11/11-11/17

 

x (b) fixed deposit rate index adjusted once every month, adjustment date for each of the twentieth date (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date), sampling date for adjustment from the twenty first date of a month to the twentieth date of a next month for average interest rate as a basis, the time being based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

(3) If there is one of the following circumstances, the Obligors agree that the Bank may change the full set of sample reference banks of the fixed deposit rate index, and replace them with other domestic banks.

 

(a) When the sample reference banks have merged, are merged, eliminated, closure, bankruptcy, reorganization or has one of the circumstances of having been ordered to suspend business, being regulatory, and being taken over, according to Article 62 of the Banking Act.

 



 

(b)  One of the sample reference banks stops a sale of one-year periodic deposit products with fixed rate.

 

III  Announcement: the adjusted base rate and fixed deposit rate index will be published on the board of “ deposit/loan rate table ” of various business units of the Bank and the Bank website (www.esunbank.com.tw).

 

6.                Payment of the principal and interests should be made to the Bank in accordance with (3) of the follows:

 

(1)           Interests monthly paid, principal paid when due.

 

(2)           Interests monthly paid, principal paid by     monthly or     quarterly.

 

(3)           Principal and interests are monthly paid in compliance with the annuity method; when floating interest rate is applied, the Borrower agrees that the interests accrued be adjusted according to the floating interest rate.

 

(4)           During the grace period from the date of the loan to              /date, only the monthly payment of the interests accrued should be paid.  After the grace period expires, the principal and interests shall be paid monthly in compliance with the annuity method. When floating interest rate is applied, the Borrower agrees that the interests accrued be adjusted according to the floating interest rate.

 

(5)           (blank)

 

7.                When the Borrower defaults on paying off the principal, the Borrower shall pay the delay interest according to Article 4; When the Borrower defaults on paying off the principal or its interest within six months , the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent. The Obligors shall be jointly and severally responsible for the necessary expenses arising from respective claim of enforcement under the Agreement by the Bank.

 

8.                The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to automatically transfer the deposit from the account number 1126-940-001286 of the demand deposit as opened by the Borrower in the Bank to set off the loan and its related expenses (including principal, interest, liquidated damages, fees, insurance premiums, the enforcement of the claims and attorneys fees etc.), by using automated equipment or by the Bank from any of the persons entitled to sign deposit withdrawal certificate, without the bank book, withdrawal slip or check of the Borrower, which shall be processed in accordance with the regulations of the Bank, and before all the debts are paid off, the Borrower shall not settle the said deposit account and the Agreement shall serve as a proof of the authorization.

 

9.                The Guarantor shall be jointly and severally liable for the principal, interest, delay interest, penalty, damages and other subordinate claims which the Borrower is liable under the Agreement. The Guarantor shall not withdraw from its obligation as a guarantor. Failure to sign on the take-down application by the Guarantor may not be used as an excuse to refuse to perform as a guarantor.

 

10.          The performance place of this Agreement is located in Hscinchu bench of the

 



 

Bank. Both parties agree that Taiwan Taipei District Court or Hsinchu District Court be the forum should the suit involves the Agreement is initiated.

 

To: E. Sun Bank

 

The Obligors hereby agree and sign the Agreement and declare their thorough understanding of the contents of the Agreement after reviewing for reasonable time.

 

The Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd.

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Responsible Person: Trung Doan

 

Address: 3-4F, No. 11 Ke Jumg Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350 Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

Date : July 22 nd , 2009

 



 

Credit Facility No.: 001455

 

Stamp:                          Handled by:                                Cross Reference:

 



 

Promissory Note

 

Pay to the order of E.Sun Bank or its designator                 without conditions

 

1. The interest is paid monthly from the date of the promissory note, calculated by o base rate o monthly base rate x fixed deposit rate for one month adding 0.80% (current annual rate being 1.80%) on o a fixed basis x a variable basis. If the interest rate is paid on a variable basis, the above-mentioned interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with o base rate o monthly base rate x fixed deposit rate for one month adding 1.0%. Where the Borrower defaults on paying off interest or principal within six months, the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent.

 

2. This promissory note is exempted from making a refusal certificate, and is exempted from the obligation of notice under Article 89 of Negotiable Instrument Act.

 

3. Place of payment: No 34, Minzu Road, Xinzhu City

 

Issuer: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Representative : Trung Doan

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Power of Attorney

 

The Borrowers jointly issue and deliver the Bank a promissory note in the amount of NTD 49,500,000, as collateral of its debts, as deemed necessary in accordance with a fact, authorize the Bank or an agent, an employee of the Bank to fill in the due date, the rate, the payment of place, and other items to effectively enforce the right of a promissory note, the Borrower may not withdraw or limit this authorization without a written consent of the Bank.

 



 

To: E Sun Bank

 

Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Representative: Trung Doan

 

Borrower:

 

Borrower:

 

Borrower:

 

Addendum to the Loan Agreement

 

The Obligors (the Borrower and the Guarantor) hereinafter apply a loan of NT$49,500,000 from the Bank dated July 22 nd , 2009 and entered in to the x Loan; o Bill; o Take-down application agreement with the Bank. The Bank agrees to addend, amend modify the terms of the Agreement according to (3) of the follows:

 

(1)           The original term of the loan, from             /date has been amended to from           /date to           /date.

 

(2)           The original interest rate which is based on o base interest rate, or o fixed deposit interest rate marking up 1% of annual interest rate calculated by floating interest rate of the Bank, is now amended and is based on o base interest rate, or o fixed deposit interest rate marking up 1% of annual interest rate calculated by floating interest rate of the Bank. Currently the annual interest rate is      %, and the remainder shall be complied with the original terms of the Agreement.

 

(3)           Other amendment:

 

The original first take-down dated Aug. 7 th , 2009 shall be replaced with Oct. 7 th , 209.

 

Except the forgoing amendments, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

To: E. Sun Bank

 

The Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd.

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Responsible Person: Trung Doan

 

Address: 3-4F, No. 11 Ke Jumg Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350 Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 



 

Guarantor:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Address:

 

 

Guarantor:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Address:

 

 

Guarantor:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Address:

 

 

Guarantor:

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Address:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Credit Facility No.: 001455

 

 

Stamp:                          Handled by:                                Cross Reference:

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

Loan Agreement

 

(Used for Short-term, Medium-term, and Long-term Loan)

 

This Loan Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd., represented by Chairman Trung Doan (hereinafter the “ Borrower ”) and the guarantor who shall act as a joint and several guarantor for the Borrower (hereinafter the “ Guarantor ”, and the Guarantor and the Borrower hereinafter collectively the “ Obligors ”) for application of the loan facility from E. Sun Bank (hereinafter the “ Bank ”). In addition to comply with the Credit Facility Agreement, the Joint Guarantee Agreement and other agreements entered into with the Bank, The Obligors agree to comply with the terms and condition as follows:

 

1.      The Borrower may apply loan to the Bank in accordance with the Agreement during the term from March 18, 2010 to March 18, 2011 (the “ Term ”). The loan line is set at NTD 47,500,000. The first take-down shall be made on or prior to Mach 18, 2011; otherwise the Agreement shall promptly expire.

 

2.      The take-down and the lending period should be made in accordance with (2) of the follows:

 

(1)    If the one time take-down is made during the Term set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement, the Borrower may not make another take-down. The lending period is totally        years and        months calculated from    /date to    /date.

 

(2)    The Borrower may make multiple take-downs during the Term set forth in Article 1 of the Agreement. However, the lending period of each take-down may not exceed five (5) years. When the line of the take-down is used, it may not be revolved after each take-down has been paid off. The Borrower should provide the take-down application indicating the intended sum of the loan, and the loan will be released accordingly upon the Bank’s agreement. The lending period shall be indicated on the take-down application.

 

(3)    When the revolving take-down is made, the maximum lending period of each revolving take-down may not exceed         . The Borrower should provide the take-down application indicating the intended sum of the loan, and the loan will be released accordingly upon the Bank’s agreement. The lending period shall be indicated on the take-down application.

 

3.      The Borrower agrees that the loan is deemed received when the Bank released each loan fund into the bank account that the Borrower opens with the Bank, or the drawdown made by the Bank upon the instruction of the Borrower.

 

4.      The interests of the loan accrued shall be calculated in accordance with (2) below:

 

(1)    From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the markup base annual interest rate at        %, (the current annual interest rate is        %). This markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its base annual interest rate.

 



 

(2)    From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed deposit interest rate marking up annual interest rate of 1.0 %, (the current annual interest rate is 1.91 %). This markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its fixed deposit interest rate.

 

(3)    From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed annual interest rate of        %.

 

(4)    From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the annual interest rate indicated in the take-down application.

 

(5)    From the date of the loan, the interests accrued shall be calculated based on the fixed deposit interest rate marking  up annual interest rate of 0.80 %, this markup interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the Bank’s adjustment to its fixed deposit interest rate. However after the markup, the interest rate may not be lower than 1.80% of the annual interest rate.

 

5.      The illustration of pricing of the base interest rate and the fixed interest rate index

 

I. Base Interest Rate

 

(1) Pricing Basis: interest rate = last three financial arithmetic mean of the overnight call rate + a certain percentage, “the financial industry last three months the arithmetic average of the overnight rate,” being based on the financial sector of the arithmetic mean of the overnight rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center”,  “a certain percentage of” being set by reference to capital costs, operating costs, and interest rate risks and other factors of the Bank, which the Bank may review and adjust as the market changes.
(2) Rate sampling: based on the financial sector of the arithmetic mean of the overnight rate announced by the “Inter-bank Call Center’ for the three full months before the date of adjustment (rounded to take to the second decimal).

 

(3) Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (a) base interest rate regularly adjusted once every three months, adjustment date being annual 3 / 23, 6 / 23, 9 / 23, 12/23 (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date).

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

Adjustment time

 

3/23

 

6/23

 

9/23

 

12/23

Available period

 

3/23-6/22

 

6/23-9/22

 

9/23-12/22

 

12/23-3/22

Sampling Date

 

12/1-2/29

 

3/1-5/31

 

6/1-8/31

 

9/1-11/30

 

o (b) base interest rate regularly adjusted once each month; the adjustment date is 23th every month (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an

 



 

adjustment date).

 

(4) In case of occurring significant force majeure factor (for example sampling organization having merged, being eliminated, or being unable to provide financial sector overnight call rate etc.), the Bank shall change the pricing basis of the base interest rate.

 

II Fixed Deposit Interest Rate Index

 

(1) Pricing Basis: fixed deposit interest rate index is set in accordance with the average base of “one-year fixed-rate regular savings deposits” of the sample reference banks among the Bank of Taiwan, Zhanghua Bank, Hua Nan Bank, First Commercial Bank,  Taiwan Cooperative Bank, Land Bank, Mega International Commercial Bank, Cathay United Bank, Taiwan Small and Medium-sized Enterprise Bank and Chinese Trust Commercial Bank and other well-known reference samples selected banks ( which shall be based on the Bank website announcement when appropriating the fund).

(2) Adjustment Frequency and Method:

 

o (a) fixed deposit rate index adjusted once every three months, adjustment date for each of the 2 / 21, 5 / 21, 8 / 21 and 11/21 (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date), sampling date for the adjustment from the 11 th  date to 17 th  date of the same month for average interest rate as a basis, the time being based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

Adjustment Frequency Compiled Table

 

Adjustment time

 

2/21

 

5/21

 

8/21

 

11/21

Available period

 

2/21-5/20

 

5/21-8/20

 

8/21-11/20

 

11/21-2/20

Date collected

 

2/11-2/17

 

5/11-5/17

 

8/11-8/17

 

11/11-11/17

 

x (b) fixed deposit rate index adjusted once every month, adjustment date for each of the twentieth date (as adjusted on a holiday, a next business day serving as an adjustment date), sampling date for adjustment from the twenty first date of a month to the twentieth date of a next month for average interest rate as a basis, the time being based on the announcement made by the Central Bank on that day. Index is subject to the second decimal point, rounding the third decimal point.

 

(3) If there is one of the following circumstances, the Obligors agree that the Bank may change the full set of sample reference banks of the fixed deposit rate index, and replace them with other domestic banks.

 

(a) When the sample reference banks have merged, are merged, eliminated, closure, bankruptcy, reorganization or has one of the circumstances of having been ordered to suspend business, being regulatory, and being taken over, according to Article 62 of the Banking Act.

 

(b)  One of the sample reference banks stops a sale of one-year periodic deposit

 



 

products with fixed rate.

 

III  Announcement: the adjusted base rate and fixed deposit rate index will be published on the board of “ deposit/loan rate table ” of various business units of the Bank and the Bank website (www.esunbank.com.tw).

 

6.      Payment of the principal and interests should be made to the Bank in accordance with (3) of the follows:

 

(1)    Interests monthly paid, principal paid when due.

 

(2)    Interests monthly paid, principal paid by     monthly or     quarterly.

 

(3)    Principal and interests are monthly paid in compliance with the annuity method; when floating interest rate is applied, the Borrower agrees that the interests accrued be adjusted according to the floating interest rate.

 

(4)    During the grace period from the date of the loan to              /date, only the monthly payment of the interests accrued should be paid.  After the grace period expires, the principal and interests shall be paid monthly in compliance with the annuity method. When floating interest rate is applied, the Borrower agrees that the interests accrued be adjusted according to the floating interest rate.

 

(5)    (blank)

 

7.      When the Borrower defaults on paying off the principal, the Borrower shall pay the delay interest according to Article 4; When the Borrower defaults on paying off the principal or its interest within six months , the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent. The Obligors shall be jointly and severally responsible for the necessary expenses arising from respective claim of enforcement under the Agreement by the Bank.

 

8.      The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to automatically transfer the deposit from the account number 1126-940-001286 of the demand deposit as opened by the Borrower in the Bank to set off the loan and its related expenses (including principal, interest, liquidated damages, fees, insurance premiums, the enforcement of the claims and attorneys fees etc.), by using automated equipment or by the Bank from any of the persons entitled to sign deposit withdrawal certificate, without the bank book, withdrawal slip or check of the Borrower, which shall be processed in accordance with the regulations of the Bank, and before all the debts are paid off, the Borrower shall not settle the said deposit account and the Agreement shall serve as a proof of the authorization.

 

9.      The Guarantor shall be jointly and severally liable for the principal, interest, delay interest, penalty, damages and other subordinate claims which the Borrower is liable under the Agreement. The Guarantor shall not withdraw from its obligation as a guarantor. Failure to sign on the take-down application by the Guarantor may not be used as an excuse to refuse to perform as a guarantor.

 

10.    The performance place of this Agreement is located in Hscinchu bench of the Bank. Both parties agree that Taiwan Taipei District Court or Hsinchu District

 



 

Court be the forum should the suit involves the Agreement is initiated.

 

To: E. Sun Bank

 

The Obligors hereby agree and sign the Agreement and declare their thorough understanding of the contents of the Agreement after reviewing for reasonable time.

 

The Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd.

 

(Original Stamp):

 

Responsible Person: Trung Doan

 

Address: 3-4F, No. 11 Ke Jumg Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350 Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

Address:

(Original Stamp):

 

 

Date : July 22 nd , 2009

 



 

Credit Facility No.: 001455

 

 

Stamp:                                         Handled by:                                         Cross Reference:                                        

 



 

Promissory Note

 

Pay to the order of E.Sun Bank or its designator                 without conditions

 

1. The interest is paid monthly from the date of the promissory note, calculated by o base rate o monthly base rate x fixed deposit rate for one month marking up 1.0% of annual interest rate (current annual rate being 1.91%) on o a fixed basis x a variable basis. If the interest rate is paid on a variable basis, the above-mentioned interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with o base rate o monthly base rate x fixed deposit rate for one month adding 1.0% annual rate. Where the Borrower defaults on paying off interest or principal within six months, the delay interest is ten percent, beyond six months, the penalty being twenty percent.

 

2. This promissory note is exempted from making a refusal certificate, and is exempted from the obligation of notice under Article 89 of Negotiable Instrument Act.

 

3. Place of payment: No 34, Minzu Road, Xinzhu City

 

Issuer: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Representative : Trung Doan

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Issuer:

 

Address:

 

Power of Attorney

 

The Borrowers jointly issue and deliver the Bank a promissory note in the amount of NTD 47,500,000, as collateral of its debts, as deemed necessary in accordance with a fact, authorize the Bank or an agent, an employee of the Bank to fill in the due date, the rate, the payment of place, and other items to effectively enforce the right of a promissory note, the Borrower may not withdraw or limit this authorization without a written consent of the Bank.

 



 

To: E Sun Bank

 

Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 3F, No. 11 Ke Jung Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350, Miao Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

Representative: Trung Doan

 

Borrower:

 

Borrower:

 

Borrower:

 

Addendum to the Loan Agreement

 

The Obligors (the Borrower and the Guarantor) hereinafter apply a loan of NT$49,500,000 from the Bank dated July 22 nd , 2009 and entered in to the x Loan; o Bill; o Take-down application agreement with the Bank. The Bank agrees to addend, amend modify the terms of the Agreement according to (3) of the follows:

 

(1)    The original term of the loan, from             /date has been amended to from           /date to           /date.

 

(2)    The original interest rate which is based on o base interest rate, or o fixed deposit interest rate marking up 1% of annual interest rate calculated by floating interest rate of the Bank, is now amended and is based on o base interest rate, or o fixed deposit interest rate marking up 1% of annual interest rate calculated by floating interest rate of the Bank. Currently the annual interest rate is      %, and the remainder shall be complied with the original terms of the Agreement.

 

(3) Other amendment: The interests accrued are calculated by 0.91 % of the fixed deposit interest rate for one month, and the markup annual interest rate of 0.80% calculated by floating interest rate of the Bank. However, the interest rate may not be lower than 1.80% of the annual interest rate after the markup.

 

Except the forgoing amendments, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

 

To: E. Sun Bank

 

 

The Borrower: SemiLEDs Optoelectronics Co. Ltd.

 



 

(Original Stamp):

 

Responsible Person: Trung Doan

 

Address: 3-4F, No. 11 Ke Jumg Rd., Chu-Nan Site, Hsinchu Science Park, Chu-Nan 350 Miao-Li County, Taiwan, R.O.C.

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

(Original Stamp):

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Credit Facility No.: 001455

 

 

Stamp:                                         Handled by:                                         Cross Reference:                                        

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SemiLEDs Corporation:

 

We consent to the use of our report, dated August 6, 2010, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

Our report, dated August 6, 2010, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.

 

 

(signed) KPMG LLP

 

Boise, Idaho

October 6, 2010